|
Health, Sport, & Fitness Event: Pilates/Yoga Workout Session |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
This workout session, sponsored by the Health, Sports and Fitenss SIG group, is open to all levels. The class will be half Pilates and half Yoga. Great to invigorate tired muscles and get the rejuvination you need to continue through the conference with vigor. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Business Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Emma AB |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University) |
Panelists: R. DOUGLAS GREER (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator), MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director/Secretary Treasurer), PAMELA G. OSNES (Education Board Coordinator), CAROL PILGRIM (Publications Board Coordinator), KATHRYN SAUNDERS (Science Policy and Research Board Coordinator), RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Membership Board Coordinator), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Senior Program Co-Chair), JANET S. TWYMAN (Program Board Coordinator), THOMAS L. ZANE (Professional Affairs Board Coordinator) |
Abstract: #none# |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director/Secretary Treasurer) |
PAMELA G. OSNES (Education Board Coordinator) |
CAROL PILGRIM (Publications Board Coordinator) |
KATHRYN SAUNDERS (Science Policy and Research Board Coordinator) |
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Membership Board Coordinator) |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Senior Program Co-Chair) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Program Board Coordinator) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (Professional Affairs Board Coordinator) |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Goes to the Zoo |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
AMY SUTHERLAND (Journalist) |
Amy Sutherland New England-based freelancer Amy Sutherland’s June 25 column entitled What Shamu Taught Me about a Happy Marriage has had a remarkable run at the top of the New York Times' most e-mailed list and enjoyed wide circulation among behavior analysts. In it, Sutherland wrote about using the techniques exotic animal trainers use on dolphins and other animals to improve her husband’s domestic behavior. Ignore the bad behavior and praise the ones you want, she wrote, and just like you can teach an aquatic mammal to jump through hoops, you can teach a hubby to put his laundry in the hamper. Sutherland came upon the applicability of behavioral methods while researching her new book, Kicked, Bitten and Scratched: Life and Lessons at the World's Premier School for Exotic Animal Trainers (Viking, June 2006). Both the book and the column have raised public awareness of animal training and the behavioral principles used at the Exotic Animal Training and Management Program at California's Moorpark College – where she spent a year following new students as they learned to work with the exotic (baboons and cougars) and not-so-exotic animals (snakes and rats) in the teaching zoo. Ms. Sutherland spent most of her childhood in suburban Cincinnati and earned her Master’s in journalism at Northwestern University, Medill School of Journalism. She has held staff positions at the Portland Press Herald, Maine Sunday Telegram, and the Burlington Free Press. Her articles have appeared in the Boston Globe, Christian Science Monitor, Disney Magazine, and the Los Angeles Times, among other notable publications. She has received numerous awards, including the Barnes and Noble Discover Great New Writer Award and the John D. Donoghue Award for Arts Criticism. |
Abstract: While working on my book, Kicked, Bitten and Scratched: Life and Lessons at the Premier School for Exotic Animal Trainers, I expected to learn a lot. I did. I learned female baboons prefer male trainers, that parrots can break a broomstick with their beaks, that cheetahs don't have collar bones and that human psychology is the basis for progressive training. At Moorpark College's Exotic Animal Training Program, I watched students learn the basics of operant conditioning in the classroom, then apply what they had just learned to a badger or a Bengal tiger. I learned how B. F. Skinner's ideas revolutionized training in this country, and in doing so, greatly improved the lives of captive animals. And I learned that what works at the zoo, works at home. |
|
|
|
|
Examining Social Skills Training with Autism and Asperger Syndrome |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Debra A. Leach (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Enhancing Social Reciprocity of Children with Autism within Everyday Routines and Activities. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DEBRA A. LEACH (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: A multiple baseline study related to enhancing the social reciprocity of children with autism within everyday routines and activities will be presented. The study entails parent training focused on the importance of intervention within naturally occurring routines and acitivities, the significance social reciprocity has on the development of children, and on six strategies to promote social reciprocity. The parents then receive weekly coaching conferences utilizing a video stimulated recall protocol. Results have shown significant increases in social reciprocity between the parents and children when parents implement intervention within everyday routines and activities. The coaching/conferences component was shown to have the most impact as opposed to simply providing parent training. |
|
School-Based Social Intervention for Students with Asperger's Syndrome: A Collaborative System-Wide Approach. |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY DEAN (Arcadia University) |
|
Abstract: Improvement of social awareness and pro-social skills are key goals for students with Asperger’s Syndrome and High-Functioning Autism. While these students are served across a variety of settings from full inclusion to center based education programs, the goal improving inter-personal competence is universal. The effects of a system-wide approach to addressing these goals in the context of a collaborative consultation model are presented. Including school administration in the development of programming resulted in grade- or school-wide social skills programming in a manner that greatly impacted generalization of skills for targeted students. This systems level consultation also created a collaborative milieu which contributed to the ability of relevant team-members to consult in meaningful ways. Through several case examples, this presentation will introduce strategies which have been effectively employed in improving social skills across settings through collaborative efforts of the school-based team, the community behavioral health workers, the students and their families. Collaborative efforts described include: co-facilitation (Therapist, Teacher, Behavior Specialist) of classroom “friendship groups” with all students in the setting, brief weekly team meetings, intermittent child focused meetings with the student, teacher, behavior specialist, and group facilitator, modeling and training in “coaching” social skills for family members and other related providers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Explaining the Relevance of "the Devil", Cultural Design Changes and the Evolution of Autonomy |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Betsy B |
Area: CSE |
Chair: David J. Hebert (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Ignoring "The Devil" at Our Own Peril. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN E. GLASS (Collin County Community College) |
|
Abstract: Once, B. F. Skinner was invited to speak to a colleague's class while at Harvard; he was introduced to the students as, "The Devil." While Skinner and the experimental analysis of behavior are readily (albeit unfairly) dismissed by many in the field of sociology and other social sciences, what he in particular, and behavior analysis in general can offer to the understanding and improvment of social institutions and social behavior is considerable. This paper demonstrates how his analysis of institutionalized social contingencies can be applied to the reduction and/or eradication of such destructive social practices as the unchecked proliferation of nuclear weapons, excessive overconsumption, and environmental degradation. |
|
A Return to Mainstream: Building Bridges Across Disciplines. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID J. HEBERT (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Abstract: B.F. Skinner (1949) had a vision for designing culture through the science of human behavior, yet the vision remains far from reality. Changing a culture is a complex and comprehensive endeavor requiring a comprehensive task analysis and systemic intervention across disciplines. Such an analysis will include components similar to those presented by Jon S. Bailey in Marketing Behavior Analysis Requires Different Talk (1991), Criss Wilhite, On Having a Principle (2004), John Staddon, The New Behaviorism (2001), and others. The analysis must also include both the explicit and implicit acknowledgement and application of principles of human behavior within behavior analysis and across psychology (Kunkel 1996), and other health and human service disciplines. One additional component must include an analysis of the historical and contemporary “macro” and “meta” contingencies impacting ABA, to provide guidance in the implementation of effective, systemic interventions. Cultural change through the dissemination and marketing of the science of human behavior, and more specifically ABA, will require building bridges with other health and human service disciplines. Systematic use of applied behavioral technology in collaborative research and education for clinical practice, academic contexts and experimental research will facilitate greater understanding of and appreciation for the expertise of each discipline. |
|
Belief in Free Will and Human Agency: Empirical Data and Theoretical Considerations. |
Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Kimberly Steyer (Bowling Green State University), Sarah Skala (Cleveland State University) |
|
Abstract: a. I have argued that the human belief in autonomy is an evolutionary psychological adaptation that functions as a motivating operation. It increases the likelihood that choice behavior will be emitted when non-aversive concurrent schedules of reinforcement are present and increases the potency of the primary reinforcer of a “sense of autonomy.” The manifestation of this evolutionary adaptation (i.e., belief in autonomy) is influenced by culture, such that it is expressed as “free will” in Western societies and as “harmony” in Eastern traditions. I present self-report data from US college and high school students that (a) substantiate the widespread endorsement of the belief in free will in Western society, (b) suggest that this belief encompasses both a “personal will” applied to oneself and a “general will” that is ascribed to others, and (c) indicate that the belief is related more to notions of moral responsibility and punishment than to constructs such as locus of control and self-esteem. These data provide the first empirical confirmation of what has been assumed over thousands of years of philosophical, theological, and psychological debate: that humans believe they possess agency such that their behavior is not determined. I discuss these data in the context of my proposed evolutionary view of belief in autonomy as well as Skinner’s contention that notions of freedom are culturally conditioned, and in the process identify the divergent social implications of each perspective. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Staff Performance in Residential Schools: The Use of Innovative Training Models |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Almeida, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present 4 studies demonstrating innovative models to improve staff performance in a residential setting. The first paper will discuss the effectiveness of a training program incorporating a video model of correct skill performance, but no feedback provided on performance. The second paper assessed the level of protocol compliance in new staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and structured performance-based training with a competency component. In addition, ongoing system-wide data of performance and competency-based staff training using feedback tools will be presented. The third paper assesses and compares the accuracy of the descriptive data collected by direct-care staff under the two conditions: on-shift with students or independent observer. The fourth paper employs the same procedures as Parsons and Reid (1995) to train 5 supervisors in a residential facility and 5 supervisors in a school facility to provide effective feedback to direct service staff in both the group home and school setting. |
|
Video-Modeling to Teach Staff to Conduct Discrete Trial Instruction: Maintenance and Generalization of Performance. |
CYNTHIA N. CATANIA (Melmark New England), Daniel Almeida (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Developing effective and efficient training methods to teach human service and educational staff to conduct discrete trial instruction is of critical importance to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. In this study, 5 direct service staff, with varying levels of experience and training in Applied Behavior Analysis, participated in a training program incorporating a video model of correct skill performance, but no feedback provided on performance. Staff’s percentage of accuracy of discrete trial competencies was assessed during baseline and training conditions using a multiple probe across participants design. Results showed an immediate and substantial increase in accuracy to 95-100% following training. For 3 of the 4 staff remaining in the study, maintenance data collected 4 months after the initial training showed continued levels of high accuracy. Generalization data will be collected on staff performance across different, non-training instructional curricula and students. How the findings relate to the efficiency and effectiveness of staff training will be discussed. |
|
Comparing the Effectiveness of Performance-Based Training to Didactic Training on Staff Teaching Skills. |
LAUREN M. FREDERICK (Melmark) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts must learn to be effective change agents with students as well as those who will carry out the interventions. Ensuring protocol compliance across direct care staff in a large residential educational facility is a challenge. While didactic training is enticing due to time efficiency, empirical research does not offer strong support of effectiveness in changing staff behavior (Dyer, Schwartz, & Luce, 1984; Sterling-Turner, et al., 2001). Effective staff training should be performance and competency based (Reid & Parsons, 2002). Data will be presented depicting the level of protocol compliance exhibited by recently hired staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and unstructured performance based training without a competency component. Data show low levels of compliance. Specifically, scores on a teaching skills feedback instrument ranged from 29.4% to 77.8% correct implementation (inter-observer agreement averaged 85%). These data will be compared to the level of protocol compliance in new staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and structured performance-based training with a competency component (data to be collected). In addition, ongoing system-wide data of performance and competency-based staff training using feedback tools will be presented. The impact of improved staff training on student outcomes will also be discussed. |
|
Utilizing Video as a Self-Monitoring Tool to Increase Staff Interaction Skills. |
TIFFANEY M. ESPOSITO (Melmark New England/Northeastern University) |
Abstract: The effects of a self-directed monitoring and feedback system on the interaction skills of direct-care staff in a residential group home setting were investigated. Four direct-care staff working with students with developmental delays were exposed to a training system which utilized video as a self-monitoring tool to improve desired interaction skills in the absence of supervisory feedback. The effects of the training system were assessed utilizing a multiple-baseline design across subjects. The performance across all four participants improved and was generalized over time. The need for the development of more efficient staff training and management systems that ensure the quality of care to individuals who reside in human service settings is discussed. |
|
Training Supervisors to Provide Feedback for Maintaining Staff Teaching Skills. |
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Patricia A. Finney (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Training supervisors to provide effective feedback that both enhances and maintains staff’s skills when teaching consumers is an integral component to an effective organization. Consumers benefit from staff members who utilize effective teaching skills and are consistent with the delivery of effective teaching strategies. Previous research conducted by Parsons and Reid (1995) found that maintenance of teaching skills was far greater for direct service staff whose supervisors had received training in providing feedback relative to staff whose supervisors had not received such training.
In this study, the same procedures as Parsons and Reid (1995) were employed to train 5 supervisors in a residential facility and 5 supervisors in a school facility to provide effective feedback to direct service staff in both the group home and school setting. The training package included classroom based instruction, on the job observation, and on the job feedback. After supervisors demonstrated mastery in providing direct services to consumers, these same supervisors were then trained to deliver effective feedback. Following this training in providing feedback, all supervisors were observed in their provision of feedback to their staff. Supervisors were observed and data was collected on the correct or incorrect presentation of the eight feedback components. Data to be collected. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Behavioral Toxicology |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Douglas B |
Area: BPH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: John M. Roll (Washington State University) |
Presenting Authors: : M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Abstract: In his tutorial, Dr. Newland will describe some basic principles of, and approaches to, framing a behavioral evaluation of environmental contaminants. He will show how behaviorally-trained scientists have had significant impact on the characterization and removal of toxic substances such as lead from our environment. As we have learned about very specific neural and behavioral consequences of exposures, we can apply this knowledge to understand behavioral processes, like development, more fully. The potential for behavioral toxicology to contribute to an understanding of developmental disabilities will be discussed. |
|
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Dr. M. Christopher Newland is an Alumni Professor at Auburn University where he and his students conduct research that blends behavioral toxicology, behavioral pharmacology, and the experimental analysis of behavior. They have been especially interested in applying advanced topics in behavior analysis to address environmental health issues. In recent years they have developed and applied the acquisition of choice, percentile schedules of reinforcement, log-survival analyses, reinforced variability (in progress), and the analyses of specific drug-behavior interactions, as well as old standbys like FR and FI schedules, to advance our an understanding of how disruptions of behavioral and nervous system development can have significant lifelong effects. Dr. Newland enjoys teaching at all levels and participates actively in Auburn's Master's program in applied behavior analysis/developmental disabilities. Dr. Newland completed his doctoral work at Georgia Tech, with a joint minor in mathematics and neurobiology, and held a post-doctoral fellowship at the University at Rochester in Environmental Health Sciences. His research has been funded by National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the Environmental Protection Agency. He currently is a member of Neurotoxicology and Alcohol study section for the National Institutes of Health. He is a past president of the Behavioral Toxicology Society, Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis, and is president elect of the Neurotoxicology Specialty Section of the Society of Toxicology. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Autism Interventions in Public Schools: Which Strategies, for Which Children, with What Resources? |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Discussant: Gina Green (San Diego State University) |
CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Lovaas et al. (1987) convincingly demonstrated that early intensive applied behavioral interventions can dramatically improve the lifetime prospects for children with autism, and there have been several additional comparative studies validating that specific approach along with the more general term applied behavior analysis as an intervention strategy. But the array of behaviorally based strategies has expanded and evolved over the past two decades. Distinctive labels have been given to innovations, some of which are advocated upon on the basis of conceptual rationales rather than supporting research. Furthermore, services for children with autism have moved beyond the research setting and into public schools and homes, with the interventions implemented by teaching staff, paraprofessionals and parents. There is clearly a need for researchers to step beyond traditional within-subject research designs and begin the process of delineating the similarities and differences between alternative approaches while also evaluating intervention effectiveness. A multi-systemic approach will be presented for evaluating early, intensive ABA-based interventions within public school settings. The methodology for this multi-site study extends beyond the single-subject design to address which techniques and strategies are most effective for which children within the autism spectrum and with what resources of staffing and expertise. |
|
Which Strategies? The Role of Curriculum Sequencing within Autism Interventions. |
JOHN C. BARNARD (Educational Services Unit, Burlington County Special Services School District), Christina M. Peters (Temple University), Betsy Wurstner (Temple University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been recognized as an effective intervention strategy for individuals with autism spectrum disorder and it provides the conceptual foundation for effective early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). Not the same as the more general term "early intervention," EIBI is a specialized instructional approach that includes an individualized and comprehensive curriculum protocol that is specifically designed and sequenced to build a complex repertoire of skills. This presentation will review selected general principles of behavior analytic curriculum development and discuss certain implications towards effective intervention within public school settings. Some similarities and differences between familiar approaches will be discussed along with the potential implications of these similarities and differences for attempts to compare curriculum packages. A proposed method of tracking curriculum sequencing will be presented along with a graphic representation of data for a sample of students demonstrating the similarities and differences between certain common approaches towards curriculum development. The important role of this type of data within a comprehensive research protocol will be discussed. |
|
For Which Children? Direct vs. Indirect Measures for Predicting Child Outcomes. |
BETSY WURSTNER (Temple University), Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22), Lisa Marie Angello (Rider College) |
Abstract: Selecting the most effective early intervention strategies for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has become increasingly challenging with the expansion of behaviorally based options that have become available. Direct, repeated assessment and evaluation of the child’s progress often is the single, best predictor of child outcome. However, there may be alternative measures conducted at the outset of intervention that can assist in predicting child outcomes. These assessment techniques include both direct and indirect measures of child performance and potential. As part of a multi-site study examining the factors contributing to positive child outcomes with early intervention, we will examine the relative utility of various assessment methods in predicting child outcomes with intensive early intervention for children with autism. Implications for improving the selection of appropriate intervention strategies will be discussed. |
|
With What Resources? Repeated Assessments of Staff Expertise. |
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University), Nina C. Wilde (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22), Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Data from both direct observation and from a written probe will be presented, evaluating the expertise (practical and conceptual) of staff persons who are implementing the alternative behavioral approaches that are under consideration here. The staff expertise probe was developed in the course of staff training prior to this project. During the project, these assessments occur at the start of the school semester, or before and after staff training when that occurs earlier. The staff observation tool was designed specifically for this project, and enables assessments twice per semester to track changes in expertise during a person’s work experience. Although the data will be aggregated in ways that preserve anonymity, results for each individual staff person will be assessed in relation to the progress of individual children with whom that person worked. The two staff assessment techniques were designed to encompass the full range of behavioral techniques so as not to favor any particular approach, thus allowing for meaningful comparison of staff expertise both within and across sites. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Applications in Medical Populations |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lindsay B. Fletcher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In a nation where HMOs reign, the demand for cost-effective treatments is on the rise. The utility of behavioral interventions in medical populations is becoming increasingly recognized. Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) provides a model of experiential avoidance that may contribute to many medical presentations. Here we discuss how ACT has been applied to two different prevalent and insidious health problems: obesity and insomnia. We will first discuss the application of ACT in treating stigma with clients in a weight maintenance program. We will then present a multiple baseline study that uses ACT to treat insomnia. Results indicate that this is a useful approach with these problems. Finally, a longitudinal study examining the link between experiential avoidance and healthcare utilization in college students and the implications for a clinical intervention will be presented. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for the Treatment of Obesity-Related Stigma and Weight Maintenance. |
JASON LILLIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara Bunting (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley McPherson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Obesity has been referred to as a dangerous epidemic and one of the most important public health challenges of the 21st century. Well controlled, comprehensive weight loss programs achieve significant weight loss results. However, weight lost is almost always regained over time. Typically, half the weight lost is regained in the first year following treatment, and by 3-5 years posttreatment, 80% of patients have returned to or exceeded their pretreatment weight (Perri, 1998; Wadden et al., 1989; Wing, 1998). In addition, obesity stigma is a major problem. The stigma of being overweight may be the most debilitating stigma in our society because it cannot be concealed and it is seen as a controllable condition (Crocker, Cornwell, & Major, 1993). Obesity stigma is rarely directly targeted in comprehensive weight loss programs. The current study examines a 1-day ACT workshop for obesity stigma and weight control. Subjects had completed 6 months of a comprehensive weight loss program prior to receiving the ACT workshop. Subjects were randomly assigned to receive the ACT workshop or treatment as usual (TAU). Data will be presented on 80 completed subjects on measures of stigma, weight maintenance, experiential avoidance, and quality of life. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Chronic Insomnia: A Preliminary Study. |
LINDSAY B. FLETCHER (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), William Torch (Washoe Sleep Disorders Clinic) |
Abstract: Lack of sleep is a chronic, pervasive, and culturally supported phenomenon that is costly on an individual and societal level. Insomnia affects 30-40% of Americans, second only to depression for incidence of a psychological disorder. Consequences of insomnia include work absenteeism, impaired concentration and memory, increased use of medical services, and increased risk for motor vehicle accidents. In addition, insomnia is highly comorbid with other psychological and medical problems, particularly depression and anxiety. However, there is presumably less stigma associated with seeking treatment for a sleep problem than for other psychological problems, and treatments for sleep problems may provide relief for comorbid problems as well. An 8-week behavioral treatment for insomnia was developed that incorporates the principles of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. This pilot trial is a multiple baseline study, with each subject serving as their own control. Sleep was measured daily using self-report measures and actigraphy, a watch-like device that measures movement when worn at night. In addition to the ACT skills covered in session, clients were instructed to practice a formal mindfulness exercise daily. Preliminary results will be presented. |
|
Predicting Student Attrition and Healthcare Utilization: Examining the Role of Experiential Avoidance. |
MIKAELA J. HILDEBRANDT (University of Nevada, Reno), Jacqueline Pistorello (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The transition from high school graduation to college enrollment has been identified as a stressful transition for many college students. It is estimated that 40% of college students drop out of college nationwide (Porter, 1990). The current study aims to identify psychological factors predictive of student attrition and healthcare utilization and to examine the potential mediating relationship experiential avoidance plays in these predictions. Two hundred and ten undergraduate students were recruited to participate in the current study. Upon enrollment, each participant provided demographic information and completed a packet of questionnaires, including outcome and process measures. Each student also provided a release of their academic records and healthcare information. Two hierarchical regression analyses were conducted. The results suggest that experiential avoidance, as measured by the AAQ, independently predicts the average healthcare visits per year the student is enrolled, accounting for 19% of the variance
(p < .05). The AAQ marginally predicts student attrition (p < .096). Additional regression analyses suggest that the AAQ predicts both healthcare utilization and healthcare utilization beyond other psychological factors. Given support for these regression models and the role experiential avoidance plays in determining outcomes, future research could implement prevention strategies for students at risk for dropout. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to Writing Instruction: Instructional Design to Application |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marilyn B. Gilbert (Performance Engineering Group) |
Discussant: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC.) |
Abstract: Discussant: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems)
According to the last National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), less than 24% of high school seniors are proficient writers. This want of writing skill soon becomes the burden of college professors and employers, not to mention the afflicted. The presenters in this symposium are working on a number of experimental and applied projects to improve the writing of learners in a variety of settings. Instructional design models as well as results from implementations will be presented. |
|
Using Methods of Performance Analysis - and Charles Darwin - to Teach Elements of Mechanics and Style. |
MARILYN B. GILBERT (Performance Engineering Group) |
Abstract: Let’s be clear about it: Johnny can’t write because we haven’t been effective teachers. The National Commission on Writing in America’s Schools and Colleges (2003) said so, but far more diplomatically.
In this paper, I will describe how I used principles of performance analysis—and the methods of Charles Darwin—to teach students how to apply the basic elements of mechanics and style to their own writing. The class was General English 101, required for either the BFA or an associate degree program at The Art Institute of Seattle. Throughout, I emphasized the logic in the initial design for transferring speech to print, the mission being to make it readable and engaging. Two concepts for readable print are consistent style and clear discriminations between major and minor sentence units. And of the many concepts for achieving engaging prose, using varied sentence structures and strong verbs and nouns are key.
Instead of organizing instruction around the usage of each punctuation mark, as is the usual way, I examined the basic examples of mechanics and style and sorted them into groups by their function in sentences. This sort produced ten general categories, covering basic mechanics, and six categories for stylistic changes. Both sets of categories also serve as editorial mediators, alerting students to a possible need for punctuation or a stylistic change in their own compositions. As an example, NAME is a mediator—or reminder—to capitalize sentence starts, titles, and proper nouns that are not descriptions. As they edit, students pause at each name and question if it’s just a description or truly a name. If they forget how to tell, they refer to a Performance Guide. Eventually, they will abandon the mediators and consult a style guide on details they forget.
To determine their starting levels of competence, students took comprehensive diagnostics. The results showed that no students exhibited the same strengths and the same deficiencies. By the end of the course, all students showed great improvements in mechanics and style in their compositions. |
|
Instructional Design of Arthur E. Whimbey’s and Myra J. Linden Whimbey’s Prototype-Construction Approach to Grammar. |
MYRA JEAN LINDEN-WHIMBLEY (TRAC Institute) |
Abstract: Just as the American Dream is exemplified in Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address, Frank Lloyd Wright’s Prairie House style architecture, and Martin Luther King’s “I Have a Dream” equality of races speech, the instructional design (I.D.) of Art E. Whimbey’s and Myra J. Linden-Whimbey’s Prototype-Construction Approach to Grammar (P-CAG) exemplifies leveling the playing field in American’s classrooms.
Students master the functions and uses of the parts of speech through prototype sentences beginning with the basic prototype subject + verb + object sentence and continuing through the sequencing of grammatical concepts from the simple through the complex. This presentation outlines and explains the use of that I.D. in the Whimbey-Linden grammar texts from Grade 5 through Grade 12. |
|
Results of a Four Year Implementation of the Prototype-Construction Approach in an Urban High School. |
BRADLEY G. FRIESWYK (BGF Performance Systems, LLC.) |
Abstract: In 2002 the English Department Chairperson at Yuba City High School convinced all of the English teachers to start using the Prototype-Construction approach to teaching English grammar, a new method for teaching grammar in which students learn the academic language of grammar and to manipulate and master language through exercises that have them construct standard English sentence patterns from the parts of speech. Since they began using the Prototype-Construction Approach, the teachers at Yuba City have seen tremendous gains on Language Arts assessments of their students.
The details of the implementation and the results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
BIG SIG Symposium I: Emerging Research in the Study of Gambling Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Laura L. Portera (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Topics will include recent research in gambling. |
|
Choice in Free-Ranging Gamblers. |
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: Since the introduction of line games into the Oregon state-sponsored gambling milieu in 2004, video lottery options (line games plus video poker) have accounted for over $15 million per week in state earnings from public wagering. Players’ demand for video poker, which had been the dominant gaming choice for the previous 14 years, has declined while demand for line games has increased, and in 2006 line games took over the dominant position in player preference. This substitution of line games for video poker indicates that both games supply a similar “commodity” to players not provided by other gaming alternatives. Thus, concurrent choice between these alternatives should be described by a matching function. Although public data do not allow analysis of individual choice behavior, earlier observations with free-ranging pigeons suggest that collective group choice between alternatives tends to match the relative rates of reinforcement for those alternatives (Baum, 1974). A comparison of the average relative odds of winning between line games and video poker games supports a matching analysis. |
|
The Integrative Behavioral Model of Gambling: Preliminary Support and Long-Term Usefulness. |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Although the study of gambling behavior is beginning to occur at a greater frequency within behavior analysis than in the past, such research still makes up only a small proportion of literature on gambling. Several factors likely contribute to that fact, with one being that unlike other fields, behavior analysis does not have a theory of gambling. The Integrative Behavioral Model (IBM) of gambling behavior was recently forwarded to help correct that problem. The IBM posits that several causal mechanisms account for why certain individuals display pathological gambling behavior whereas others do not. For instance, certain risk factors serve as establishing operations for the reinforcer of monetary gain, which in turns leads to a change in how individuals discount delayed rewards. Verbal behaviors (i.e., rules) also play a key role, potentially serving as either establishing operations or discriminative stimuli. The consequence that maintains the gambling (e.g., monetary gain vs. escape) also has a role within IBM. The model is consistent with the existing literature as well as newly collected data. It should therefore be useful in promoting gambling research from a behavior-analytic perspective, as well as in helping researchers secure extramural funding. |
|
Contextual Control of Response Allocation to Concurrently Available Slot Machines: A Replication and Extension of Zlomke and Dixon (2006). |
MATTEO CELLA (University of Wales, Swansea), Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea) |
Abstract: A recent study by Zlomke and Dixon (2006) showed that responding on two, concurrently available simulated slot machines may come under non-arbitrary contextual control. Specifically, these researchers found that when the background colour of each slot machine was established as a contextual cue for more-than and less-than, respectively, higher rates of responding were observed in the presence of the ‘more-than’ cue, despite each machine having equal payoff probability. The present study sought to systematically replicate and extend this finding by (a) employing a different nonarbitrary relational training and test procedure, (b) manipulating the presence/absence of a prior sorting test, (c) reversing the contextual functions, and (d) obtaining self-report measures of potential problem gambling. Findings will be discussed in terms of the role of verbal, relational processes in the maintenance of gambling. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Compared to Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Treating Pathological Gambling. |
TAYLOR JOHNSON (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Despite the prevalence of pathological gambling, relatively few empirical studies have examined potential treatments. Currently, the most effective treatment appears to be Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT). However, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) also holds promise for the treatment of pathological gambling. Thus, the current studied compared the effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy versus Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in treating pathological gambling. Compulsive gamblers were randomly assigned to recieve either 8 weeks of CBT or ACT. Each protocol consisted of an hour a week of 1:1 therapy. The results and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Child Behavior Therapy Research: Errorless Compliance Training, Mand Training, and Safety Training with Young Children |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian J. Feeney (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Blake M. Lancaster (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Research often demonstrates that children benefit greatly from behaviorally-based training techniques. The following symposium will consider three such ways in which behavioral strategies may improve a child's quality of life. During the first talk, the researcher indicates that children's lives improve when their relationship with their parents improve, which is one aspect of errorless compliance training. Children who demonstrate higher levels of compliance are also less likely to experience negative events associated with noncompliance as adults (e.g., prison time, drug use, etc.). In the second talk, the researcher discusses how children with autism, through the use of video modeling, learn how to effectively communicate for desired items (i.e., their toys). Such implications may result in improving a child’s ability to communicate his or her needs to others. Finally, during the third talk, the researcher discusses and compares two different approaches to teaching abduction safety skills to children. Teaching a child how to prevent his or her own abduction may help to avoid the acute and chronic psychological and behavioral disorders following such an experience. |
|
Assessment of Compliance throughout the Errorless Compliance Training Procedure. |
REBECCA K. ARVANS-FEENEY (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Ducharme and colleagues developed errorless compliance training, a parent training technique that excludes disciplinary procedures (e.g., time out and response cost). The current study addresses whether, while training compliance to easier requests, the overall level of compliance to more difficult requests increases without direct training. Parents included in the study reported noncompliance with their 3-10 year old children. Parent-training sessions, parent support sessions, and parent follow-up sessions were conducted at Western Michigan University. The remaining sessions were conducted by parents in the home setting. Results presented will inform researchers regarding the feasibility of implementing the errorless compliance training procedure in a more streamlined and efficient manner. Results will also demonstrate further efficacy for errorless compliance training. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Mand for Information Using Video Modeling. |
COURTNEY DILLON (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study attempted to teach young children with autism (ages 4-10) to ask the question, “Who has my toy?” using a video modeling preparation. During a preliminary training phase, children were taught to identify colored pieces of cardboard. Then, these pieces of cardboard were placed on strings and worn around the necks of three research assistants. Following a preference assessment, the child was allowed limited access to his/her most preferred toy. The toy was then hidden and the child was given the opportunity to ask, “Who has my toy?” If this question was not asked, the child was provided access to, first, a long version of the video model and subsequently a shorter version of the video model. Preliminary results have shown that video modeling is not effective in teaching children with autism to mand for information and therefore, following the video modeling condition, children were exposed to a vocal prompt condition. The first participant acquired the response immediately after receiving a vocal prompt, and acquired the response spontaneously after 14 vocally prompted trials (with the vocal prompt being systematically faded). |
|
Examining the Effectiveness and Efficiency of Two Delivery Models to Teach Children Abduction Prevention Skills. |
KIMBERLY SECKINGER (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University), Jeana L. Koerber (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Each year, over 58,000 children are the victims of nonfamily abductions in the United States and many suffer from acute and chronic psychological and behavioral disorders following the assault. Knowledge-based prevention approaches are limited in a number of ways, including a lack of empirical investigation to support their effectiveness, great variability in program content and presentation, and developmentally inappropriate teaching approach for young children, i.e., focused upon increasing a child’s verbally mediated knowledge rather than the actual behavioral repertoire (Bromberg & Johnson, 1997). In contrast, Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been found to be a highly effective strategy to teach young children important safety skills, including abduction prevention skills. Some constrictions, however, to this approach are the financial, human and time costs associated with this intensive training model and limited resources (i.e., trainers) in most communities to implement such programs. These limitations may be restricting the widespread adoption of this effective teaching model. This current investigation seeks to examine the use of a computer-simulated BST delivery model to teach young children abduction prevention skills and to compare its effectiveness and efficiency against the gold-standard of live BST training. |
|
|
|
|
Current Behavioral Research and Practice in Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been scientifically demonstrated to be the most effective option for young children with autism. However, more research is needed in order to identify the most effective procedures, both for the assessment and reduction of challenging behavior, as well as teaching adaptive behavior. This symposium includes three presentations on empirical research on a variety of topics in the assessment and treatment of the behavior of individuals with autism, covering topics such as toilet training, data collection of aquisition skills, and functional assessment. The symposium will be concluded with a discussion of the presentations. |
|
Wearing a Diaper During Toilet Training: An Evaluation of the Effects on Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Melody Nabizadeh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), James Summers (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Urinary incontinence has been shown to be a pervasive problem in children with autism. Incontinence can affect a child both socially and in terms of risk of infectious diseases transmitted through bodily waste (Berk & Friman, 1990). Surveys have reported that anywhere from 50 -70% of all children with autism have difficulties with toileting (Whitely, 2004; Horvath, Papadimitriou, Rabsztyn, Drachenberg & Tildon, 1999). Recent research conducted with an adult with developmental disabilities demonstrated that wearing diapers may occasion urinary accidents (Tarbox, Williams & Friman, 2004). In the current investigation a reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of wearing a diaper during toilet training for two children diagnosed with autism. Results suggest that wearing a diaper may increase the likelihood of urinary incontinence. Moreover, successful voids increased during the course of evaluation. Treatment, follow-up, reliability and integrity data will be presented. |
|
Comparing Indirect, Descriptive, and Experimental Functional Assessments in Children with Autism. |
ARTHUR E. WILKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Current standards of practice in psychological and educational services dictate the need for ascertaining the function of challenging behaviors before treating them and for behavioral interventions to be based on the function of behavior. At least three broad categories of functional assessments have been developed, including indirect, descriptive, and experimental procedures. Although experimental functional analyses are common in empirical research on behavioral intervention, indirect and descriptive functional assessment procedures may be more commonly used in clinical and educational practice. Little research has systematically compared indirect, descriptive, and experimental functional assessments, let alone with participants within the autism population. The current study compares indirect, descriptive, and experimental functional assessments, across several children with autism, representing a range of ages and topographies of challenging behavior. |
|
Electronic Data Collection for Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with Autism: An Analysis and Comparison of mTrial to Traditional Pen and Paper Methods of Data Collection. |
SIENNA GREENER-WOOTEN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: There is considerable empirical evidence that demonstrates that early intensive behavior analytic intervention (also referred to as ABA) produces substantial improvements in young children with autism across a number of skill domains (cognitive functioning, language skills, academic performance, etc.). A central feature of this treatment approach is the reliance on continuous measurement of child performance during all treatment hours (20-40 hours per week) to ensure an objective and quantitative analysis of behavior. Data collection ensures that appropriate treatment decisions are being recommended for each individual child and that an evidence-based practice model is being followed at all times. Pen and paper data collection is the standard practice in service delivery agencies, however this format can be time consuming and costly. An alternative is to collect data via an electronic format, however little research has been done on electronic data collection in these settings. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether mTrial, a program that allows therapists to record, store, and report discrete trial and other behavior data for students on a Palm handheld, is effective in collecting and maintaining client data during intensive early intervention and to compare this system to traditional pen and paper data. |
|
|
|
|
Delay Discounting |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This symposium highlights recent work in delay discounting, the study of how the present value of an outcome is degraded by delay to its receipt. In the first presentation, Mazur will present data from rats choosing between single and multiple delayed food reinforcers. Baumann and colleagues will next discuss discounting by humans of different types of hypothetical outcomes that differ in whether they are directly or indirectly consumed or exchanged for other things. For the third talk, Green and colleagues will compare discounting of three directly consumable hypothetical outcomes with money. In the last talk, Johnson and colleagues will discuss discounting of different outcomes by regular marijuana users and matched control participants. |
|
Rat’s Choices between Single and Multiple Delayed Reinforcers. |
JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Rats chose between alternatives that differed in the number of reinforcers and in the delay to each reinforcer. A left lever press led to two reinforcers, each delivered after a fixed delay. A right lever press led to one reinforcer after an adjusting delay. The adjusting delay was increased or decreased many times a session, depending on the rat’s choices, so as to estimate an indifference point—a delay at which the two alternatives were chosen about equally often. The results were compared to those from a previous experiment with pigeons that used a similar procedure (Mazur, 1986). The data from the present experiment were qualitatively similar to the pigeons’ data, but quantitative differences suggested that the rats were less sensitive to delay of reinforcement than pigeons. The overall pattern of results was well described by the hyperbolic-decay model, which states that each additional reinforcer delivered by an alternative increases preference for that alternative, but that a reinforcer’s effect is inversely related to its delay. |
|
To Eat, Not to Eat, or to Exchange: Discounting of Food, Gasoline, and Money. |
ANA A. BAUMANN (Utah State University), Adam Kynaston (Utah State University), Jane K. Alder (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting determines how the value of the outcome is affected by the delay to its receipt. Research to date has shown that consumable outcomes (e.g., alcohol) are discounted more steeply than the non-consumable outcome money. We are investigating the generality of this effect by comparing discounting of food (directly consumed), gasoline (indirectly consumed), and money (not consumed but exchanged for other things). Human participants completed a computer-based titration procedure to estimate the degree of discounting for hypothetical outcomes at seven different delays. Each participant completed the assessment for all three outcomes separately. The data indicate that food and gasoline are both discounted more steeply than money. The degree of discounting for gasoline is intermediate to that of food and money. These results suggest that steeper discounting of consumable outcomes than money is a general phenomenon, extending to indirectly consumed alternatives like gasoline. |
|
Discounting of Monetary and Directly Consumable Rewards. |
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University), Sara J. Estle (Washington University, St. Louis), Daniel D. Holt (Washington University) |
Abstract: We compared temporal and probability discounting of a non-consumable reward (money) and three directly consumable rewards (candy, soda, beer). Delayed monetary rewards were discounted less steeply than the directly consumable rewards, all three of which were discounted at equivalent rates. When rewards were probabilistic, however, there was no difference between the discounting of monetary and directly consumable rewards. It has been reported that substance abusers discount delayed drug rewards more steeply than money, but this difference either may reflect special characteristics of drugs and/or drug abusers, or it may reflect a general property of consumable rewards (Odum & Rainaud, 2003). The present findings suggest that abused substances (like beer) share the properties of other directly consumable rewards, whereas delayed monetary rewards are special because they are fungible, generalized (conditioned) reinforcers. |
|
Delay Discounting in Marijuana-Dependent Individuals. |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Warren K. Bickel (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Forest J. Baker (Duke University), Brent A. Moore (Yale University School of Medicine), Gary J. Badger (University of Vermont), Alan J. Budney (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: A growing number of studies have found that a variety of drug dependent groups (e.g., those dependent on nicotine, opioids, alcohol, and cocaine) discount or devalue delayed rewards significantly more than matched-control participants. The present study sought to extend these findings to marijuana dependence. Dependent marijuana users were compared to ex-dependent marijuana users and matched-controls. Participants in both groups performed computer tasks that assessed delay discounting for a hypothetical $1000 reward, a duration of improved health subjectively equivalent to receiving $1000, and an amount of marijuana subjectively equivalent to receiving $1000. No significant differences were detected in money or health discounting among the marijuana dependent individuals, ex-dependent individuals, and controls. Likewise, no significant differences were found in money, health, and marijuana discounting within the marijuana dependent group. These results may suggest a boundary condition for the link between rapid delay discounting and drug dependence. |
|
|
|
|
Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Review of Some Critical Issues |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (The Vinfen Corporation) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation) |
GERALD A SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (The Evergreen Center) |
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University) |
Abstract: As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis expands, critical issues relative to the protection of those we serve become more important to both the consumers as well as the longevity of the profession. The presenters will discuss a number of these issues, providing recommendations that will address both needs. Among these very critical issues is the current lack of direct oversight of individuals who are either members of ABA and/or certified by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The goal of this symposium will be to develop potential solutions to this issue and work to advocate for changes in the systems necessary to promote such needs. |
|
|
|
|
Further Developments in FCT: Acquisition and Maintenance of Mands |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present applications of functional communication training and discuss variables that affect the acquisition and maintenance of mands. David Wacker from The University of Iowa will present on the long-term maintenance of functional communication training. Lisa Winborn-Kemmerer from the University of Louisville will present an analysis of preferred mands during FCT. Finally Tonya Davis from the University of Texas will present on the influence of motivating operations on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. Following the presentations, Stephanie Peterson from Idaho State University will discuss the presentations. |
|
Long-Term Maintenance of Functional Communication Training. |
DAVID P. WACKER (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We have completed 3 years of a 5-year NIH-funded project that is evaluating long-term maintenance associated with functional communication training. Approximately 15 children have been enrolled in the project. All children are 6 years of age or younger, have developmental disabilities, and display aberrant behavior such as self-injury. Parents conducted functional analysis and functional communication training session in their homes with weekly coaching from project investigators. Treatment sessions were videotaped and coded using a 6-sec partial-interval recording system. IOA was recorded for approximately 30% of all sessions. Treatment continued for up to 1 year for each participant. Throughout treatment probes of aberrant behavior, manding and task completion were conducted in which various components of the treatment package were eliminated (e.g., mand card) or changed (e.g., time in demands increased from 5 to 15 minutes). The purpose of these probes was to determine if aberrant behavior increased or adaptive behavior decreased when these components were altered . In this talk, I will present the results of these probes and will discuss the results relative to maintenance and response strength. |
|
An Analysis of Extinction on Preferred Mands Used During Functional Communication Training. |
LISA C. WINBORN-KEMMERER (University of Louisville) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of placing preferred mands on extinction during functional communication training (FCT) for two boys with autism. During Experiment 1, a functional analysis and FCT was conducted to teach participants two mands to obtain positive reinforcement within a multielement design. A preferred mand was identified within a concurrent schedules design. The results demonstrated an increase in communication, a decrease in problem behavior, and the identification of a preferred mand. Experiment 2, conducted within a reversal design, alternated between placing the preferred and nonpreferred mand on extinction. The results of Experiment 2 were mixed. For one participant, the ability to alternate and use either mand was demonstrated and no problem behavior occurred. For the second participant, the ability to alternate between both mands was not observed and problem behavior increased. Interobserver agreement was 80% or higher. |
|
A Systematic Analysis of the Influence of Motivating Operations on the Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Mands. |
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Tasmania) |
Abstract: In this three-phase study we examined the influence of motivating operations on the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of mands for three children with autism who displayed challenging behavior. In the first phase of the study the consequences maintaining challenging behavior and their associated motivating operations were isolated. In phase 2 we taught replacement mands and systematically examined the influence of motivating operations (identified in phase 1) on the efficiency and effectiveness of the instructional process. Finally, we probed for generalization of these new mands across persons, settings, and activities while again systematically examining the influence of motivating operations on this generalization process. Interobserver agreement data was collected for 30% of all sessions across the three phases. Each phase had a mean score of 80% or higher. The results are discussed in terms of the importance of including motivating operations during functional communication training. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Advanced Interpersonal and Community Skills in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Discussant: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
CE Instructor: Gerald E. Harris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Early behavioral intervention has well demonstrated the ability to instill or increase basic social and interpersonal skills in children with autism. However, there remain many areas where programming is less well developed. This symposium presents data-based procedures for addressing problems in pedestrian safety, non-food ingestion, and joint attention skills. These areas are often more challenging to treat than basic language, academic, and self-help deficits. As behavioral interventions become more widespread and effective, increased numbers of children need assistance with the more subtle skills. The first presentation reports on a program designed to improve childrens ability to be safe in high risk situations in the community. Automobile awareness and safety while walking are important safety skills for all children to have. The second presentation describes an ABA intervention to help a child with severe Pica. Many children with autism have additional diagnoses, and Pica not only constitutes a serious threat to the childs well-being, but is notoriously difficult to treat in a natural environment. The third presentation describes a 3-phase behavioral intervention to increase joint attention in children with autism, thus allowing the shared awareness and experience that makes social interaction so rewarding. |
|
Teaching Pedestrian Safety Skills to Children with Autism. |
KRISTEN MCCLINTOCK (Texas Young Autism Project), Maureen Childs (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Little research exists on teaching community safety skills to children with autism. One study by Childs, McClintock, and Harris (2005) demonstrated behavioral methods to teach children with autism pedestrian skills. The present study extends those findings and also examines long-term maintenance of the skills by previously trained children (> 1 year post-test). The dependent variable for this study was safe pedestrian skills, defined as mastery of nine skills outlined in the task analysis. The sample included two typically developing children and five children with autism enrolled in a discrete trial ABA program. Participants were taught pedestrian skills first with use of a 3D model and then through training at familiar intersections in each child’s neighborhood. Results of a multiple-baseline design indicate that post-intervention, most participants demonstrated a significant increase in pedestrian skills compared to baseline, although the typically developing children made greater increases. Inter-observer agreement was above 90% for all phases. Long-term maintenance of pedestrian skills for previously trained children was found to be very good. These findings demonstrate the ability of a specific behavioral approach to teach children basic skills for crossing the street while having awareness of moving vehicles, and that these skills can be well maintained. |
|
Joint Attention Skills: A Three-Phase Intervention. |
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Jennifer Shen (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Joint attention has been identified as an essential element of a functional social repertoire. Deficits in joint attention often serve as discriminative behavioral markers in children with autism. This study evaluates a treatment protocol developed by the Texas Young Autism Project designed to improve joint attention skills of children with autism. Seven children receiving ABA treatment participated in the study. In Phase 1, each child’s ability to respond to the joint attention bids of others and to initiate joint attention exchanges was addressed. All participants reached mastery criteria in both responding to the joint attention bids of others and initiating joint attention. Phase 2 treatment protocol emphasized generalization of the skills to the child’s home environment. Assessment of joint attention skills in the home environment revealed that the skills did generalize. Phase 3 of the intervention taught and demonstrated generalization of joint attention skills to a wider range of settings. Inter-observer agreement was evaluated for 30% of the sessions revealing an average agreement of 95%. |
|
ABA Treatment for Pica in a Natural Environment. |
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: A number of children with autism are also co-diagnosed with Pica, a difficult to treat disorder with significant risks for the child’s physical well-being. Existing research literature on ABA interventions for Pica only describe treatment in a controlled setting, such as an institution. While this is important the real question for many behaviorists is how to intervene in a child’s natural environment. The present case study describes the design and implementation of a behavioral intervention for a young male, diagnosed with both autism and Pica, that occurs in the child’s home environment. Careful attention to single subject research methodology, in addition to the clinical issues, provided good baseline, reversal, outcome and follow-up data. Specific techniques and answers to logistical problems encountered are discussed. Time sampling procedures resulted in good interobserver agreement (> .90). |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Issues in Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway) |
|
Automatic Reinforcement: Default or Deception? |
Domain: Applied Research |
F. J. BARRERA (Private Consultant Practice, FBPP Corp.), Ross A Violo (Adjunct Member), Carobeth Zorzos (Adjunct Member) |
|
Abstract: This paper presents the case of Tamara, a 13-yr-old female with Self-Injurious Behaviour (SIB). Her multiple-topography SIB was severe (incurring in tissue damage) and with high frequency (rates >30,000 hits per day), and she had an extensive history of physical and mechanical restraints.
The function of Tamara’s SIB was determined to be ‘automatic’ as assessed by indirect methods (e.g., FAST=100% automatic reinforcement; MAS=88% sensory function), direct observation across settings, and a controlled experimental functional analysis, in which behavioural and physiological data collected across four conditions (continuous ignore or attention, and contingent ignore or attention) ruled out social mediation.
Subsequently, we examined the reinforcing value of SIB by using opportunity to self injure as a contingent reinforcer for an independent response, and investigated separately the potential sensory feedback of SIB impact via a sensory components analysis. The results indicated that while SIB had a minimal reinforcing value, this value was unrelated to any of its sensory effects. Preventing one SIB topography, however, virtually eliminated all forms of SIB, suggesting that escape from SIB was the maintaining function.
These results suggest that invoking’ automatic reinforcement’ as a maintaining default variable creates an explanatory deception, which deters further analyses of behavioural causation. |
|
Effects of Early Behavioral Intervention for Children with Mental Retardation. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Erik Jahr (Akershus University Hospital, Norway) |
|
Abstract: Data from various public services in Norway were analyzed. Based on the treatment they had received children were divided to two groups. One group of children (n=10) received on average 10 hours per week of 1:1 behavioral treatment. The other group of children (n=11) was an eclectic treatment control group. All children had been assessed on intelligence and adaptive behavior pre treatment, and after approximately 1 year of treatment.
At intake the two groups did not differ significantly on any of the variables measured. After 1 year of treatment the changes in intelligence scores were statistically significant in favor of the behavioral treatment group. Scores on adaptive behavior did not differ significantly between groups after one year of treatment. The average IQ gain for the behavioral treatment group was 18 points whereas the control group only gained 4 points.
These results suggest that behavioral treatment may be the treatment of choice also for children with mental retardation. Furthermore, children with mental retardation seem to profit more than groups traditionally targeted for behavioral treatment, such as children with autism and PDD-NOS. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Making the Case for Mechanicism in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Cunningham B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: N. Joseph Rodrigues (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Peter Killeen (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is considered to be based on mechanicism by some and on contextualism by others. This symposium makes that case that the former is the more appropriate and useful philosphical basis for a science of behavior. The first paper argues that the methodology of mechanicism, hypothetical-deduction, is superior to that of contextualism, induction, given the goals of prediction and control. The second paper reviews the arguments made in the mechanicism/contextualism debate and suggests that behavior analysis, like other sciences, ought to be based on a mechanistic philosophy. The third paper demonstrates how a mechanistic position, namely Theoretical Behaviorism, is capable of dealing with inferred-process theories. Taken together, these papers make the case that mechanicism is an adequate, appropriate and fruitful basis for behavior analysis. |
|
On the Methodological Aspect of the Mechanicism/Contextualism Debate. |
JOSE E. BURGOS (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: The mechanicism/contextualism debate is partly methodological. Conventional wisdom has it that mechanicists defend the hypothetico-deductive method, whereas contextualists favor the inductive method. The latter preference has an influence from Skinner’s emphasis on induction as the proper method of behavior science. This emphasis arises from assuming induction to be more effective for predicting and controlling behavior than hypothetical-deduction. However, Karl Popper pointed out that informational content and probability are inversely related. For example, the conjunction “Tomorrow will rain and the day after tomorrow will rain” is more informative than either of its conjuncts, but the conjunction is less probable than either conjunct. This result was discovered independently by Claude Shannon in his mathematical theory of communication. For example, one bit of information about an event corresponds to a probability of occurrence of that event of 1/2, while 3 bits of information correspond to a probability of 1/8. By seeking an increase in probability, induction leads to a decrease in content, which makes us more ignorant about the world. Hypothetical-deduction, in contrast, emphasizes content over probability. If content and effectiveness in prediction and control are positively related, then induction leads to less effective prediction and control than the hypothetical-deduction. |
|
Reviewing the Mechanicism/Contextualism Debate. |
N. JOSEPH RODRIGUES (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: It has been argued that behavior analysis is unique in that it is based on contextualism. According to these arguments mechanicism is outdated and not sophisticated enough to adequately deal with psychological phenomena. We re-examine this claim and show that a mechanistic philosophy is not only adequate but also more appropriate to the task of explaining behavior. Misunderstandings about the nature of mechanicism are clarified and the success of this position in other sciences as well as in interdisciplinary collaboration are pointed out. The majority of arguments against mechanicism are made based on Stephen Pepper's interpretation of mechanism and are targeted against discrete mechanism which he acknowledged in 1942 was already being replaced by consolidated mechanism. When these criticisms are examined in light of consolidated mechanism they lose much of their strength. Mechanicism is the only worldview that continues to evolve, thus lending itself to a better fit with the evolving nature of science in general and behavior analysis more specifically. |
|
Theoretical Behaviorism: Cognitive Psychology as a Behaviorist Views It. |
JEREMIE JOZEFOWIEZ (Duke University) |
Abstract: One of the characteristic of radical behaviorism compared to cognitivism has been its opposition to inferred-process theories. The debate on this point has been reopened by Staddon's new theoretical behaviorism which argues that inferred-process theories are necessary for the understanding of behavior. This talk discusses why inferred-process theories can indeed help achieve this goal and in which conditions the process described by such a theory are not mere fictions but might correspond to processes actually taking place inside the organism. It also tries to show that the use of inferred-process theories does not equate theoretical behaviorism with cognitivism because of radical differences between the research agenda of a behaviorist versus a mentalist psychology. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Operant Analysis and the Establishment of Joint Attention Skills in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Joint attention, a synchronizing of the attention of two or more persons, has been an increasing focus of research in cognitive developmental psychology. In particular, it appears that children diagnosed with autism may display a syndrome-specific deficit in joint attention skills. Over the last few years, phenomena treated under the heading of joint attention have also come into focus of behavior-analytic research and theory. The purposes of the present symposium are to present (1) an operant perspective on joint attention phenomena and (2) empirical results which show that joint attention skills can be established in children with autism through specific, step-wise operant procedures. |
|
Joint Attention in an Operant Perspective. |
PER HOLTH (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Phenomena typically considered under the heading of joint attention include gaze following, monitoring, social referencing, and protoimperative and protodeclarative gestures. In an operant analysis of these phenomena, a number of behavior processes are relevant. These include reinforcement, discrimination, conditioned reinforcement and chaining, conditional discriminations, joint control, conjugate reinforcement, continuous repertoires, and observing responses. From an operant perspective, specific teaching protocols aimed at the establishment of such skills appear to be a rather straightforward matter. |
|
Joint Attention Intervention Based on Applied Behavior Analysis for Young Children with Autism. |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Glenne Autism Center and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Based upon an operant analysis of joint attention skills, a teaching protocol was developed and implemented to facilitate such skills in four children with autism. All children were between three and four years of age and received early and intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) at least 25 hours per week. The teaching protocol specified nine different procedures, aimed at each of the following composite skills: (1) Social referencing/conditioning of normal social stimuli as reinforcers, (2) proximal gaze and point following, (3) distal gaze and point following (4) social monitoring, (5) responding to joint attention bids during structured play (6) initiating joint attention to novel stimuli (7) manding with joint attention (8) commenting on novel behavior, (9) tacting. The procedures were successively implemented according to an interrupted time series design with repeated tests of joint attention skills, using a modified version of Early Social Communication Scales, (ESCS). Although the results showed limited improvement on the modified ESCS, all children learned to master the skills that were targeted by the intervention, and reports from parents and teachers indicate significant improvement of joint attention skills in the natural environment in at least two of the four children. |
|
Can ABA-Based Interventions Produce Joint Attention Skills in Preschool Children with Autism? |
JÖRN ISAKSEN (Oppland Habilitation Services, Norway), Per Holth (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: A lack of joint attention skills may represent the core impairment in autism. In the present study, a training protocol was developed, based on the literature on joint attention and on behavioral interventions. The training was organized into a sequence of three main parts respectively aimed at establishing each of the following skills: (1) responding to attention bids, (2) engaging in turn-taking activities based on joint attention skills, and (3) initiating joint attention. The study was conducted according to a single-subject experimental design, in which joint attention skills were measured before and after intervention, using the ”Behavioral Assessment of Joint Attention”. Four 2.5- to 4-year-old children diagnosed with autism participated in the study. All four children completed the training successfully and made significant progress in engaging in joint attention and in initiating joint attention skills. Following the completion of training and at 1-month follow up, parents reported that their children used their skills in different settings. Moreover, at follow up, all four children were reported to engage in joint attention behaviors and showing degrees of enjoyment when doing so. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Issues in Choice and Preference |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preference Assessments have become an essential tool in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Over the past 20 years, the effectiveness and utility of multiple methods has been evaluated. Included in these studies are investigations into the validity of the various assessments. However, important questions remain. The three studies presented in this symposium address questions pertaining to the validity of different types of preference assessments, consistency of choices across assessments, and the accuracy of choice making behavior. In the first study, the efficacy of discrimination training to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to make auditory discriminations during symbolic preference assessments was evaluated. Results indicated that choice making improved for all three participants following discrimination training. In the second study, high preference items from full- and partial-array preference assessments were compared in a reinforcer assessment in order to assess the relative reinforcement value. Results indicated that although both full- and partial-array items initially functioned as reinforcers, the participants allocated more responding the full-array items when presented concurrently. In the final study, reinforcer assessments were used to validate the outcome of several preference assessment methods (single-stimulus, paired stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement). Results indicated discrepancies in rankings across the three methods and reinforcer assessments validated the results of only one or two of the preference assessment methods for 2 of the 3 participants. The results of these studies suggest that although preference assessments are vital tools in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior particular attention should be given to issues related to the validity of these procedures. |
|
The Effects of Discrimination Training on Choice-Making Accuracy during Symbolic Preference Assessment Formats. |
CHRISTINA M. VORNDRAN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Research on choice-making among individuals with developmental disabilities has primarily focused on the identification and incorporation of preferred items and activities into the home and community environments of these individuals. Because of cognitive and communication limitations, some individuals with developmental disabilities require training to make choices that accurately reflect their preferences. Verbal choice methods are commonly used in everyday clinical practice; however, the accuracy of these methods for identifying actual preferences depends on the individual’s ability to make auditory discriminations. Discrimination training is a strategy commonly used to teach a variety of discriminations to individuals with developmental disabilities. However, no studies to date have evaluated the efficacy of discrimination training for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities to make auditory discriminations for the purpose of improving choice-making accuracy during symbolic preference assessments.
The present study evaluated the direct and generalized effects of discrimination training on the choice-making abilities of three individuals with developmental disabilities. Results indicated that training was successful for improving choice-making accuracy for all three participants when a limited number of choices was presented. A generalization strategy of training multiple, choice exemplars was moderately successful in transferring the effects of training to choices in the context of a larger assessment. |
|
Evaluation of High- and Low-Ranked Stimuli in a Choice Preference Assessment. |
APHRODITE FOUNDAS MANGUM (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Tarvella et al. (2000) found that stimuli that were ranked low (i.e., below 60% of trials) in a choice preference assessment functioned as effective reinforcers for adaptive behavior. However, a large body of literature suggests that, in general, high preference stimuli are more effective reinforcers than low preference stimuli. In the current study we conducted two choice preference assessments (based on Fisher et al., 1992). The first assessment (full array) consisted of ten stimuli. The second assessment (partial array) consisted of a subset of stimuli (i.e., those selected on fewer than 50% of trials). We then compared the reinforcing effectiveness of the top two stimuli from full-array assessment to the top two stimuli from the partial-array assessment. Following these two preference assessments, the least-preferred item, most-preferred item and control were compared as reinforcers using in-square or in-seat behavior as the target response. Both the full-array and partial-array stimuli functioned as reinforcers initially; however, when full- and partial-array items were presented concurrently the participants allocated more responding toward the full-array items relative to the partial-array items. Reliability data were collected on over 30% of all sessions and averaged over 90% for all dependent measures. These findings suggest that, although the reinforcing effectiveness of some stimuli may be masked by the inclusion of higher preference stimuli, high preference stimuli may be more effective reinforcers. |
|
Validating Preference and Choice through Reinforcer Assessment. |
ELIZABETH J. KELSEY (Northeastern University), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities often lack the skills or the opportunities to make choices. When opportunities for choice are provided, it is important to ensure that the choices made are valid. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the validity of choices made during preference assessments for three adults with developmental disabilities. Standard single-stimulus, paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments were conducted for all participants using a variety of edible and activity items. Reinforcer assessments were then used to compare the validity of choices made across the different preference assessments. Preference hierarchies differed across preference assessment types for all participants. Results of the reinforcer assessment showed that for 2 of the 3 participants one or two of the preference assessments yielded valid results. Assessments for the third participant resulted in false negatives, that is, stimuli that functioned as reinforcers were not identified as preferred. Results were then used to prescribe a valid preference assessment method for future clinical application with each participant. This study suggests that careful selection of preference assessment methods is required to ensure that valid choices are made. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Methods of Increasing Compliance |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Four papers on the assessment and / or treatment of noncompliance will be presented. In the first paper, two case examples that demonstrate the effectiveness of nontraditional treatment strategies for increasing compliance will be presented. In the second paper, an extension of an EO analysis of compliance was done by applying the procedures to a classroom setting serving typically developing children with behavioral disorders. In the third paper, three antecedent and two consequent strategies for improving compliance were examined in young children. In the fourth paper, previous research on child compliance is extended by describing compliance levels of 16 preschool-aged children, and then elucidating the importance of antecedent and consequence-based strategies via parametric analyses. |
|
Individualized Treatment of Task Completion for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
KELLY J. BOUXSEIN (Georgia State University, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Common teaching strategies used to increase children’s task completion may include providing instructions, using 3-step guided compliance, and providing differential reinforcement. Children with autism spectrum disorders however, may present with various idiosyncrasies (e.g., problem behavior, ritualistic behavior) that may impede or alter the success of commonly implemented strategies. Therefore, common interventions may need to be modified to reach desirable outcomes for these children. We present two case examples that demonstrate the effectiveness of alternative treatment strategies for increasing compliance. In Case Study 1, a mother of a child with autism spectrum disorder used a choice paradigm within a 3-step guided compliance procedure to treat noncompliance and tantrums evoked by both the presentation of demands and removal of preferred items. In Case Study 2, we demonstrated that providing instructions specifying a task-completion goal resulted in increased engagement and completion of three tasks, even when no differential-reinforcement contingencies were arranged for a young man diagnosed with Asperger syndrome. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 23 to 42% of all sessions and mean agreement scores for dependent measures were above 90%. Findings from both cases demonstrated effective methodological variations on common treatment procedures for increasing compliance and task completion. |
|
Classroom-Based Analysis of Establishing Operations and Matched Treatment. |
BRENDA J. ENGEBRETSON (University of Iowa), Jennifer E. Copeland (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Specific establishing events have been shown to occasion noncompliance maintained by escape from tasks. For example, Call and colleagues (2004) demonstrated that level of task difficulty, amount of work, and adult attention functions as motivating operations for children’s noncompliance during outpatient evaluations. We extended this analysis by applying the procedures to a classroom setting serving typically developing children with behavioral disorders. One case example, Linus, will be presented. Linus was a seven-year-old and his problem behaviors consisted of noncompliant and disruptive behaviors (e.g., crying, throwing materials, pretend sleeping). Inter-observer agreement data were collected on 58% of the sessions with agreement for target behaviors ranging from 94% and 98%. An initial assessment of establishing operations for noncompliance was conducted within a multi-element design. Variables assessed were duration of the work task, presence of adult attention during the task, presession attention, and the presence of a visual example for the work task. Functional communication training was implemented and was matched to the results of assessment. Treatment was evaluated within a multi-element design. Improvement in both time on-task and number of tasks completed was observed. Implications of the study and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Detailed Evaluation of Antecedent and Consequence-Based Interventions to Increase Compliance among Young Children. |
KIMBERLEY L. M. ZONNEVELD (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Alonna Marcus (Florida Institute of Technology), Renee Saulnier (Florida Institute of Technology), Gracie Allen Beavers (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Noncompliance by young children is the most common childhood behavior problem listed by parents and teachers and is correlated with other, more serious behavior problems later in life. In the first experiment, following a functional analysis of some of the variables maintaining noncompliance, three antecedent-based interventions (i.e., noncontingent access to a preferred item, a warning condition, and the high-probability instructional sequence) were assessed for three children. In the second experiment, two additional interventions, delivery of high-preference stimuli contingent upon compliance and a guided compliance or three-step prompting procedure, were compared in three children. Results of the first experiment showed that the antecedent-based interventions were ineffective for two participants and that the high-probability instructional sequence was effective for one child. Results of the second experiment showed that the delivery of high-preference stimuli contingent upon compliance was more effective than the guided compliance procedure. Interobserver agreement data were collected on at least 50% of all sessions and agreement averaged above 90%. Overall, these results suggest that antecedent-based interventions may be of limited value and contingent delivery of preferred stimuli may be effective in the treatment of noncompliance. |
|
Preschoolers' Compliance with Simple Instructions: A Description and Experimental Evaluation. |
KASEY STEPHENSON (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The present study extends previous research on child compliance by describing compliance levels of 16 preschool-aged children, and then elucidating the importance of antecedent and consequence-based strategies via parametric analyses. The impact of six antecedent variables (proximity, position, physical contact, eye contact, vocal attention, and play interruption) was assessed on compliance by four children. The effects of three-step (vocal, model, physical) prompting were then assessed alone, in combination with the antecedent variables, and at different integrity levels for two children. Interobserver agreement was collected on 37% of all sessions and averaged 96%. The descriptive study showed that compliance was relatively stable for individual children, variable across children, and increased with age. Results of the experimental analyses showed that compliance gradually increased with the addition of each antecedent variable for two of the four children. Three-step prompting in combination with the six antecedent variables increased compliance to high levels for the remaining two children, and high compliance levels maintained until treatment integrity was deceased to 20%. Our results suggest that moderate levels of integrity with strategies involving both antecedent variables and 3-step prompting results in acceptable levels of compliance in preschoolers. Implications for the design of preschool classroom practices are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Schedule Manipulation in Response Reduction in Dogs |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan E. Meginley (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Applied animal behavior (AAB) consultation is a new field that has seen exponential growth in the last decade. Within the Association for Behavior Analysis itself, related presentation numbers have grown from 4 in 1993, the year of inception of the Trainers’ Forum SIG, to 36 in 2006. However, although extensive literature in applied behavior change with humans supports that schedule manipulation is an effective approach to response reduction, a recent review of all published AAB literature in peer-reviewed journals (Sobie, 2002) indicated that the most widely used treatment across all behavioral interventions in AAB was and is punishment. Advocating a different approach to the treatment of behavior excesses in animals, this symposium unites a series of presentations evaluating the use and efficacy of differential schedules of reinforcement in dog behavior reduction. |
|
An Examination of Differential-Reinforcement-of-Other-Behavior (DRO) Schedules with Pet Dogs. |
MEGAN E. MEGINLEY (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Many pet behavior problems require reduction in rate, yet empirical demonstrations of the relative efficacy of various response deceleration procedures with pets are rare. Two such procedures, demonstrated to be effective with humans and laboratory animals, are extinction and DRO schedules. In a series of studies in our laboratory, the buoy-touching of canine subjects in home environments has been examined under various conditions of reinforcement using steady-state, within-subject designs. In one experiment, extinction and a DRO 10-s schedule were compared in a multiple-schedule design using three dogs. In a second experiment, extinction and an escalating DRO schedule were compared in a reversal design. In addition to presenting data collected in these studies, I will discuss advantages and disadvantages of this general method for examining canine behavior and applying findings thus obtained to pet behavior problem reduction. |
|
Evaluation of Differential Positive Reinforcement Techniques as Adjunct Treatments in Decreasing On-Lead Lunging in Dogs. |
NAMIKO OTA-NOVESKEY (Humane Society of Kent County), Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated four positive reinforcement techniques adjunct to negative reinforcement facilitated by use of a Gentle®Leader collar for decreasing on-lead lunging and lunge precursor behavior in dogs. Evaluated were differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) and no adjunct reinforcement. Subjects included dogs referred for problem lunging behavior by area (West Michigan) obedience instructors as well as dogs from area animal shelters exhibiting lunging problems while being exercised by staff. Data were collected regarding efficacy in lunge and lunge precursor response reduction as well as participant compliance in execution of the different techniques. |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) in Reducing Behavior Excesses in Dogs. |
LAUREN ZVERINA (Western Michigan University), Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Dogs that are surrendered or rescued to a shelter environment often come with existing behavior excesses and deficits. The shelter setting itself—a novel stimuli-intense environment that may increase fear responding and interfere with expression of existing learned responses—also contributes to the overall manic behavior of many dogs vying for adoption in a shelter environment. This study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), i.e., attention to handler, on reducing inappropriate behavior including jumping, vocalization, leash pulling and other responses that might generally interfere with the dog’s overall adoptability. Discussion of results will include the implications explicit in the findings as well as suggestions regarding reasonable extrapolation of findings to other environments such as the home. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Stimulus Control |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Joshua A. Levine (University of North Texas) |
|
Exploring the Role of Sample Observing on Titrating Delays in a Matching-to-Sample Procedure with Pigeons. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOSHUA A. LEVINE (University of North Texas), Brian D. Kangas (University of Florida), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Results from laboratory experiments suggest that increasing response requirements or time spent in the presence of sample stimuli facilitates acquisition of conditional discriminations. Results from other studies show the same operation also serves to facilitate performance in successive n-delay conditional discrimination tasks. However, the use of static delay matching-to-sample procedures and percent accuracy as the dependent measure have limited a precise understanding of the effects of these manipulations. In the current study, we implemented a titrating-delay matching-to-sample procedure which allows a more sensitive and unbounded measure of the effects of increased response or viewing requirements. In the context of this procedure, a within-subject comparison sought to compare the effects of response requirements and time spent in the presence of the sample stimuli. Results show that both manipulations influenced the value of the adjusted delay in these procedures. Preliminary analyses suggest that extended observing response requirements were more effective than controlled viewing opportunities. The results from this study should inform future research interested in the role of sample observing methods on delayed matching-to-sample. |
|
Delay Interval in Second-Order Matching-to-Sample. |
Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad de Guadalajara-Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara-Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Alfredo Lopez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico - Iztacala), Gustavo Garcia (Universidad Franco Mexicana - Satellite) |
|
Abstract: Four groups of college students were exposed to a second-order matching-to-sample task and intramodal, extramodal and extradimensional transfer tests. In the training phase, for different groups sample and comparison stimuli were presented simultaneously or delayed from instructional or discriminative second-order stimuli. In transfer tests all stimuli were presented simultaneously. Acquisition of the conditional discrimination was reduced by discriminative second-order stimuli, but enhanced by the delay interval with instructional second-order stimuli. In transfer tests, the number of participants that showed consistent high percentage of correct responses was higher in the delay-instructional group, followed by groups simultaneous-discriminative, delay-discriminative, and simultaneous-instructional, in that order. The results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on both animal and human behavior under conditional discrimination situations. |
|
Delayed Matching-to-Sample and Equivalence in Typically Developed Children. |
Domain: Basic Research |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Torunn Lian (Glenne Senter Vestfold, Norway) |
|
Abstract: In an earlier study with adults as participants which included a series of four experiments with delayed matching to sample and equivalence showed that the participants even after long delays responded in accord with equivalence, while participants that were engaged in distracting tasks during the retention intervals did not have success on equivalence tests (Arntzen, 2006). We wanted to replicate the results in typically developed children. The purpose was also to study responding in accord with equivalence as function of different requirements of responses to sample stimulus, i.e., when there was no requirement of response to the sample, requirement of one response to the sample and requirement of n responses to the sample stimulus. |
|
|
|
|
|
This Aint Your Mamas Skinner Box: How Behavior Analysts Can Shape Corporate Learning |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amy L. Christensen (Convergys Corporation) |
Discussant: Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Amy L. Christensen, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a long-standing presence in education; however the corporate arena offers a relatively untapped education facet: corporate learning. Large companies typically spend over $100 million yearly on learning and training programs but what, if any, is the return on this investment? Corporate learning solutions generally are not built upon sound behavioral principles. They are, however, built upon Instructional Systems Design & Development (ISDD) methodologies. The most popular methodologythe ADDIE modelprovides a systematic process for creating corporate learning. It is through this model that behavior analysts have the opportunity to drive results. Behavior analysts have the capability to turn learning solutions into behavioral learning solutions and produce a return far greater than a monetary investment. Not only do behavior analysts have the power to influence corporate learning, but corporate learning also has the capability to impact behavior analysis. A variety of learning modalities are delivered in the corporate arena, many of which can enhance current behavioral solutions. A showcase of learning solutions will be demonstrated in an effort to highlight Whats out there? and where, as behavior analysts, we can make a difference. |
|
Can Behavior Analysis and Corporate Learning Get Along? |
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Convergys Corporation), Heather J. Huber (Convergys Corporation) |
Abstract: Some of the most significant contributions of behavior analysts have addressed autism, developmental disabilities, education, and organizational behavior management (OBM) – areas of study founded on basic behavior analytic principles. The behavioral principles that have proven effective in these areas can also improve the effectiveness of corporate learning. The skills that allow behavior analysts to succeed afford behavior analysts an opportunity to drive the results that businesses seek. |
|
Reinventing Corporate Learning Solutions with Behavior Analysis. |
HEATHER J. HUBER (Convergys Corporation), Amy L. Christensen (Convergys Corporation) |
Abstract: The ADDIE model is the instructional design methodology most widely accepted in the corporate learning environment. Working with the ADDIE model’s five components – Analyze, Design, Develop, Implement, and Evaluate – yields behavior analysts a unique opportunity to reinvent the model and its components from a molecular level and improve return on investment through the delivery of data-based learning solutions.
Just as behavior analysis offers corporate learning solutions an opportunity to become more behaviorally oriented, today’s corporate learning solutions offer the field of behavior analysis creative ways to deliver learning to our clients – be they students, teachers, parents, or a variety of other participants. E-learning and simulation-based training provide an enormous opportunity for behavior analysts to train a multitude of clients in an assortment of learning environments – providing safe and effective means of changing behavior and improving performance. |
|
From the Classroom to the Board Room. |
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Convergys Corporation), Heather J. Huber (Convergys Corporation) |
Abstract: We will demonstrate a showcase of learning solutions to depict how corporations are training their workforce in today’s market. These solutions will include e-learning and simulation-based training that target industries such as retail, manufacturing/automotive, financial services, pharmaceuticals, and high tech. The training types targeted in this training demo include workforce development and sales and services. As you watch this demonstration, we challenge you think. We challenge you to listen. And we challenge you to get imagine how you might apply these learning solutions to your own learning environment. |
|
|
|
|
The Value of Studying Behavior in Everyday Life |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Douglas A |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Paul Chance (Freelance Writer) |
JOHN D. BALDWIN (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Dr. John D. Baldwin has appreciated the power of behavior analysis since graduate school. His first field studies on monkeys in the rainforests of Central and South America convinced him that primates learn a great deal of their behavior repertoire; these naturalistic studies laid the foundation for a lifetime of studying behavior au naturel. By 1981 his primate research led him to reject sociobiology (in Beyond Sociobiology), and shortly thereafter he turned his attention to human behavior in everyday life. One of his central findings is that sensation-seeking behavior plays a crucial role in childhood development and many adult activities — in both humans and other primates. Sensory stimulation is a crucial primary reinforcer for exploration, play, creativity, and more. Dr. Baldwin has mastered the use of sensory stimulation in teaching and lecturing, in hopes of exciting people about the power of behavioral principles, and his Behavior Principles in Everyday Life (co-authored with his wife Janice, and now in its 4th edition) has succeeded in demonstrating the value of behavior analysis in our daily experiences. Currently, Dr. Baldwin is writing a book to help end the “science wars” by anchoring science on George Herbert Mead’s version of pragmatism, a very behavioral philosophy. Dr. Baldwin received his Ph.D. from Johns Hopkins University in 1967, and has been a professor at the University of California at Santa Barbara ever since. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis began in well-controlled laboratory settings, then branched out to applied settings. Our next domain is the study of everyday life, which can accelerate the development of behavior analytic approaches to all aspects of human life. First, are the personal benefits from understanding and living our own lives better. Second, observations from everyday life suggest ideas for laboratory studies. Clinical work also benefits: Knowledge about the contingencies of natural settings can inform clinicians about the types of interventions most likely to generalize to their subjects everyday lives. Third, teaching behavior principles inspires more enthusiasm when we employ examples from the environments that our students and the public know best, their own lives. Effective, data-based analyses of this nature are a powerful demonstration of the scope of our science. B. F. Skinner was adept in using naturalistic observations; we can build on his example. Fourth, our science promises to improve the human condition, as we show increasing numbers of people how to apply behavior analytic skills to all domains of their lives: relationships, family life, the workplace, etc. By expanding our range of analyses, we make our science more inclusive, and, perhaps, more widely used and valued. |
|
|
|
|
If Applied Behavior Analysis Has so Much to Offer Education (and it Does), Why Does Education Take Such Limited Advantage of its Findings? |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D. |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
Dr. William L. Heward is Emeritus Professor of Education at The Ohio State University (OSU) where he taught for 30 years. Internationally recognized for his work in applied behavior analysis and special education, Dr. Heward has served as a Visiting Professor of Psychology at Keio University in Tokyo and as a Senior Fulbright Scholar in Portugal. His publications include more than 100 journal articles and book chapters and nine books, including the widely used texts, Applied Behavior Analysis (co-authored with John O. Cooper and Timothy E. Heron) and Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special Education, which is in its eighth edition and has been translated into several foreign languages. In 1985, he received OSU’s highest honor for teaching excellence: the Alumni Association’s Distinguished Teaching Award. A Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Dr. Heward received the 2006 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. Bill’s current research interests focus on “low-tech” methods for increasing the effectiveness of group instruction and on adaptations of curriculum and instruction to promote the generalization and maintenance of newly learned knowledge and skills. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysiss (ABA) pragmatic, natural science approach to discovering environmental variables that reliably influence socially significant behavior and to developing a technology that takes practical advantage of those discoveries offers humankind our best hope for solving many of our problems. Unfortunately, ABA has had limited impact on society. Using public education as the exemplar, this presentation will explore the question, If ABA is so wonderful, why dont we (society) make greater use of it? Improving the effectiveness of education is one of societys most important problems, and for more than four decades applied behavior analysis has provided powerful demonstrations of how it can promote learning in the classroom. In spite of this evidence, behavior analysis is, at best, a bit player in efforts to reform education. Dr. Heward will identify a dozen reasons why ABA is ideally suited to help improve education, review a somewhat longer list of reasons that work against the widespread adoption of behavioral approaches in education, and suggest some actions that practitioners and researchers can take to enhance and further ABAs contributions to effective education. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Healthcare Behaviors and Outcomes with Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Healthcare safety continues to be a major issue in the public forum, and behavior analysts continue to address various aspects of healthcare delivery. This symposium includes three papers from three different universities, all focusing on improving the safety of healthcare. One paper focuses on improving employee health by increasing the safety of patient handling routines in a hospital. Another paper systematically studies methods for increasing the efficiency of staff response times in a nursing home. The third paper will discuss the successes and failures of attempting to affect large-scale change among physicians working in two hospitals by motivating them to adopt technological changes in the medication-ordering process. Following these data-based presentations, the results and implications of the research will be discussed by a leader in the field of teaching behavioral methods. |
|
Differential Staffing Reinforcement in a Nursing Home Reduced Response Latency to Call Bells. |
K. R. GRAVINESE (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: An ABC analysis (Daniels & Daniels, 2004) was used to pinpoint Certified Nursing Assistant (CNA) behaviors that compete with call bell response time. Observations of CNA response time to call bells were conducted on two separate residential wings of the nursing home. A staffing intervention was implemented in which a single CNA was reinforced for only answering call bells, ultimately removing all competing behaviors for that CNA. Other CNA's were then able to attend only to the competing tasks. The intervention was implemented on Wing 1, using Wing 2 as a control comparison. Following this intervention, a reversal was conducted counterbalancing the design. Response time to call bells was decreased from an average baseline of 330.5 seconds to 51.5 during the intervention. |
|
Overcoming Barriers to Behavioral Intervention with Medical Practitioners: A Two-Way Process. |
THOMAS R. CUNNINGHAM (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Remmie LeRoy Arnold (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), David Michael Harris (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Distress about medical errors continues to grow in the realm of public concern. The Institute of Medicine’s shocking estimate of medical errors occurring in the United States has prompted leaders in the healthcare profession to declare the mission statement of saving 100,000 lives through preventive actions to curtail risk of medication error (Berwick, Calkins, McCannon, & Hackbarth, 2006). One of their stated objectives, to improve patient safety with technology adoption, has been the focus of current research efforts. Increasing physician use of Computerized Physician Order Entry (CPOE) at two major medical centers was the target of an intervention package, as well as the pilot demonstration of a NIH grant application that was rejected following highly disparate reviews. Ineffective initial intervention strategies are being revised with direct input from medical professionals, and results will be discussed using physician CPOE usage data, reported medical incidents, average length of patient stay, as well as content analyses from researcher-physician communications. |
|
Patient Handling Safety for Nursing Staff. |
DON K. NIELSEN (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of video scoring and feedback about the scoring of the components of safe patient transfers was observed among eight nursing staff members in a skilled nursing department within an acute care hospital. An ABCA, multiple baseline across groups design was utilized in the study. The dependent variable under investigation was the percentage of safe lifting components. Following baseline measures, nursing staff participated in an information phase during which they reviewed and discussed components of safe patient transfers. A video scoring phase was introduced, during which, participants viewed and scored a model video of a patient transfer. Video scoring was not as effective in improving the safety of patient transfers for two of the participants during the video-scoring phase as it had been for the other participants and a feedback phase was added for these two participants. Finally, a withdrawal phase was implemented for all participants to determine the long-term effects of the study. The current study suggests that video scoring and feedback are effective in increasing safe behaviors related to patient transfers and reducing the possibility of back injuries among health care workers in a skilled nursing facility. |
|
|
|
|
Reports of the Long Term Survival of Behavioral Interventions: Sustainability Testing, Consumer Advocacy, and Generality |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Presents results of a new methodology for developing and analyzing sustainable behavioral interventions. The methodology involves simulating post-researcher conditions by terminating all supports for program implementation from the research team. One use of this simulation is during sustainability testing during which an intervention is tested and revised until it is sustainable. Once developed, the conditions producing sustained use are experimentally analyzed during the same simulated post-research conditions. The symposium presents research on sustainability from settings as varied as group homes, a co-op dormitory, pre-schools, a large middle school, a family and even a laboratory preparation. The results suggest four conditions that increase survival: sustainability testing, minimizing the effort required of service providers to implement an intervention, providing supervisors with a low effort system of observation and engineering the environment to permit consumers to act as advocates for the clients of a behavioral intervention. |
|
Sustainability Testing and Long Term Survival of Behavioral Interventions in Widely Varied Settings. |
L. KEITH MILLER (University of Kansas), Constance Tieghi (University of Kansas), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas), Matthieu De Wein (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Sustainability testing has been used to develop behavioral interventions in a wide variety of settings. Sustainability testing simulates post-researcher conditions by having the research team provide no support or encouragement for use of the intervention. The team remains in the setting to observe use and to revise the intervention until it is used at an appropriate level. Sustainability testing has been successfully applied in settings varying from group homes for the developmentally disabled to pre-schools as well as to problems varying from group meeting behavior to medication adherence. It has led to interventions powered by advocates for the client-served who are informed by simplified observation systems to provide differential reinforcement to the implementers for correct implementation. Sustainability testing of continued use under simulated post-researcher conditions has accurately predicted survival under actual post-researcher conditions for as long as 15 years. Sustainability testing seems to be an effective method for promoting program survival having considerable generality. |
|
A Human Service Simulation: The Use of Behavioral Outcomes to Manage Staff Performances. |
NATHANIEL G. SMITH (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas), Hang Wu (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study is an extension of a laboratory line of research aimed to simulate a human service situation. College students served as simulated staff and mice as simulated clients. This study investigated the effects of a program to manage staff implementation through the use of performance incentives (i.e., extra-credit points) contingent upon behavioral gains (i.e., behavioral outcomes) among the clients. The results revealed that performance incentives, when contingent upon behavioral outcomes, sustained high levels of correct staff implementation. Unobtrusive observations conducted in absence of direct supervision verified the extent to which behavioral outcomes among the clients reflected the degree of program integrity and continuation among staff. The use of management-by-behavioral-outcomes, if properly conceived, designed, and evaluated, may enhance the efficacy and sustainability of staff performance by making accountability more salient and supervision less onerous. |
|
Promoting Positive Child Outcomes by Enabling Parent Advocacy. |
MATTHIEU DE WEIN (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The effect of having teachers provide a parent with a daily progress note on the engagement of a child with developmental delays was examined. The daily progress note recorded events from the school day that included the child's participation in play activities, interactions with peers and adults, and use of communication. The researcher previously taught the teachers procedures to increase child engagement. Child engagement was higher during progress note conditions than no progress note conditions. Teachers and parents continued to use the progress note in the absence of researcher support 6 weeks after the study. The possible role of differential feedback from the parent for teacher implementation is discussed. |
|
Teacher Advocacy to Produce Long-Term Survival of a Middle School Pre-Referral Meeting System. |
CONSTANCE TIEGHI (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas), Rachel L. Freeman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This project developed a meeting system to foster data-based decision-making by teachers when targeting academic or behavioral problems. The goal was to develop a meeting system that would survive after the researchers left the setting. The study took place over a two-year period in a Midwest public middle school serving 600 students. Meetings were run by teachers using a scripted manual developed to guide teachers through the meeting process. At each meeting, the researcher measured the percentage of team meeting behaviors displayed. The percentage of team meeting behaviors increased from an average of 13% during baseline, to 81% with the scripted manual. Manual withdrawal was associated with team meeting behaviors decreasing to an average of 54%, increasing back to 79% with manual re-implementation. Follow-up observations for four years after the research team left the setting revealed continued implementation of the manual and team meeting behaviors averaging 85%, despite a change in the school's principal, vice principal, psychologist and half the teachers. Steps taken to increase survival of the meeting system included usability testing, transfer of supports to local staff, encouragement of teacher advocacy, decrease in effort to run meetings and train new teachers. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Our Technical Vocabulary of Discrimination: Potential Social and Political Side-Effects |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Douglas B |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University) |
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: In the technical vocabulary of behavior analysis, we discuss discrimination in the context of specifying conditions under which organisms come to behave one way given some stimuli and a different way given others. But in everyday talk, we more often discuss discrimination in the context of concerns about how people treat each other, as when we ask whether individuals are discriminated against on the basis of race or ethnicity or gender. Have we missed some political and social implications of our technical vocabulary? The varied usages have an underlying commonality. Whether pigeons respond differently to green and red keys or law enforcement officers to members of the public depending on their looks, the issue is how discriminated responding is brought about by contingencies and what can be done when those contingencies produce problematic behavior. If a member of some racial or ethnic group is mistreated by members of another group, that individual will come to discriminate on the basis of group membership as surely as a rat between a stimulus during which lever pressing produces shock and one during which it does not. However much we may wish it otherwise, contingencies maintain discriminations involving neighborhoods in which people travel and individuals with whom they interact. Existing social and political environments make such discriminations sometimes inevitable, but we know some things about behavior that may help us to cope with them constructively. This presentation therefore addresses these issues in terms of such behavior analytic categories as differential attention to stimuli, formation and abolition of discriminations, and conditional discrimination. |
|
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Dr. A. Charles Catania began his career in behavior analysis in fall 1954, when he enrolled in Fred Keller’s course in introductory psychology at Columbia. His experiences while a student included summer employment at Harlem Hospital. At the time, civil rights marches were current news and discriminatory practices with regard not only to race but also to gender, ethnic origins, and other dimensions, were widespread in many societal institutions, including educational ones. At Columbia, Catania also took a seminar on verbal behavior jointly taught by Keller, Schoenfeld and Hefferline. Catania learned more about verbal behavior and about discrimination in a technical behavior analytic sense as he continued his education at Harvard and in his later research and teaching. In recent years, he has become concerned with how a word such as discrimination affects students with varied backgrounds who take courses in behavior analysis and encounter it there for the first time in its technical sense. This topic therefore brings together two of Catania’s long-term major interests within behavior analysis, i.e., the basic contingencies underlying stimulus control and the analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
The Words that Bind Us: Clinical Issues and RFT I |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a behavior analytic account of language and cognition with a number of applications to the understanding of human suffering. The studies in this symposium explore how the RFT account might contribute to the understanding of difficulties common to a number of adult clinical presentations: negative self-concept, mood disturbances, disordered eating, and gender identity problems. Implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
Gender Identity and Implicit Attitudes towards Gender Conformity. |
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology), Lauren Rog (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Individuals who do not conform to societal gender norms are often viewed negatively, view themselves negatively and may suffer social and psychological consequences as a result. To assess implicit attitudes toward gender non-conformity, a sample of transgender individuals and two samples of non-transgender individuals (one heterosexual, one homosexual) were administered the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) with visual target stimuli. The stimuli consist of images of individuals of varying states of gender congruence, as well as individuals with an ambiguous gender appearance. Participants also complete a measure to assess their explicit attitudes toward gender conformity, a measure to assess acceptance and avoidance, and a measure to asses their sex role orientation. The results will be discussed in terms of how gender, sexual orientation and gender identity influence explicit and implicit attitudes towards gender conformity, and the possible role of implicit as well as explicit attitudes in stigma towards self and others. Future directions regarding implications for decreasing stigma and discrimination towards persons who do not conform with gender norms will also be discussed. |
|
Using the IRAP to Measure Differences in Association Strength during Mood Induction Procedures. |
RACHEL FREUND (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: Preliminary data from this within-subjects design indicate change in association strength from baseline preferences during negative mood-induction. Reaction times were faster at baseline to positive, self-consistent (as measured at baseline) words, but during negative mood-induction procedures responses were faster to negative, self-inconsistent (as measured at baseline) words. Five of thirteen participants showed this effect in the other-referent negative mood condition, and nine of thirteen participants showed the effect in the self-referent negative mood condition. |
|
Evaluating a Behavioral Measure of Psychological Flexibility. |
CHAD DRAKE (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: A growing body of research with the Implicit Relational Assessment
Procedure (IRAP) has demonstrated good results in detecting biased patterns of responding among various classes of verbal stimuli. The current study investigates the utility of the IRAP as a measure of responding among self-relevant and evaluative stimuli. The measure was administered in conjunction with self-report measures of self-esteem, psychological distress, and experiential avoidance to a sample of college undergraduates. The discussion of results will include an evaluation of the IRAP as a potential measure of psychological flexibility. |
|
Transformation of Functions of Pseudo Food Names. |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Chad Drake (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: A matching to sample procedure was used to establish relational discriminative functions (A less than B less than C) for three nonsense words presented as food names. Participants were then instructed that food B caused significant health problems (e.g., clogged arteries, high cholesterol, weight gain). Derived functions of food names A and C were then investigated using a multiple-choice questionnaire, Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure, and a behavioral task. Implications for treatment and prevention of disordered eating will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Behavioral Services Around the World: Analysis and Application |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Betsy B |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Sarah Taylor (University of Auckland, New Zealand, and Odyssey House) |
|
Thumbs Up NZ: Token Economy in a Substance Abuse Programme for Teens. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH TAYLOR (University of Auckland, New Zealand & Odyssey Hous), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
|
Abstract: Minimal positive reinforcement was introduced at a residential facility for adolescents with substance abuse problems in New Zealand. This was met with approval by staff and residents and led to the introduction of a token economy named “Thumbs up”. The Thumbs Up programme has rewarded participants for behaviours such as positive verbal statements, cleaning rooms up to standard, leadership responsibilities and adhering to aspects of the treatment programme. A multiple baseline across settings, behaviours, and participants was used. The programme is individualised in the sense that participants have input in the behaviour they want to change and the back-up rewards they will work for. Results gained and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Smoking Cessation Procedures versus Human Rights: Baseline Interventions. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ZACHARY P. SHOEMAKER (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC), Michael E. Rohr (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC), Felicia Patton (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC) |
|
Abstract: Human Right’s parameters may hinder effective smoking cessation interventions for community-based adults with developmental disabilities. For instance, Can the cigarettes be taken away even if the individual purchased them with their own money? Does a Medical Doctors’ order to stop smoking have to be followed? Does the individual have a choice? Can staff distract (delay) an individual from smoking because of their disability? Does the individual possess the right to have a cigarette if they ask for one? Does competence enter into the equation?
Prior to any behavioral interventions and any discussion with a Human Rights Committee (HRC) we have encountered some procedures that have been implemented within community-based agencies that show a decrease in cigarette consumption. Evidence has surfaced that these procedures have produced an overall decrease and have had little impact on staff resources. The absence of a HRC, while sustaining low rates, lead us to investigate whether HRC involvement would promote a reduction or to variables that may increase the frequency of consumed cigarettes. Perhaps the involvement of behavioral services and a systematic approach in treating “smoking” as an addictive behavior could lead to more effective treatment in reducing cigarette consumption with developmentally disabled adults. |
|
The Work-Related Values of Health Care Professionals, Value-Based Behavior, and its Barriers. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere, Finland), Susanna Helminen (Mänttä Health Care District) |
|
Abstract: Our purpose was to investigate the work-related personal values of Finnish health care professionals (n = 62) and the relationship of the values with actions, and the barriers perceived to them. We used the Values Assessment Forms used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy when gathering data in this pilot study.
The most common values regarding performance at work were “client centred services” (72.8 %), “responsibility” (45.2 %), “collegiality” (28.6 %), “resources at work” (26.2 %), “control of work” (19.0 %), “meaningfulness of work” (16.7 %), “absence of hurry” (14.3%), and “results of work“ (7.1 %). Most common values regarding personal development at work were “increased knowledge” (57.1 %), “client centred services” (26.2 %), “the professional’s situation” (23.8 %), “specific skills” (21.4 %), “comprehensiveness of the work” (19.0 %), “collegiality” (16.7 %), and “openness to new ideas” (16.7 %). Most common values regarding cooperation with colleagues were “collegiality” (66.7 %), “appreciation of professional skills” (57.1 %), “transmission of information in the organization” (31.0 %), “work climate” (28.6 %), and “individual work towards common good” (21.4 %). We also studied the relationship of work to leisure time, the actions undertaken towards the values in different areas of work, the barriers to the actions, and the relationships between these variables. In addition, the congruity of personal values with those of the organisation was examined. Significant relationships were found between many work-related values, actions, and the barriers to the actions. A specific analysis was done comparing those in training of Behavior Therapy (BT) with other health care personnel. The people in training of BT differed from other health care personnel so that they valued “client centred services” more and “collegiality” less than other health care professionals. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Panel Discussion for Sharing Materials and Ideas for Increasing Acceptance of ABA Worldwide |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services) |
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
STEVEN WOOLF (BEACON Services) |
DAVID M. CORCORAN (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Although ABA has the data showing effectiveness, parents continue to pursue fad and controversial treatments. Behavior analysts need to behave in a way that will result in increased acceptance of ABA and a scientific skepticism of all therapies. Attendees of this symposium are asked to bring materials - phamplets, flyers, brochures, videoclips, etc. - that can be disseminated to other members of the audience. These materials will hopefully be customized and given to pediatricians, parent groups, and other professional agencies, to begin developing a more positive attitude about ABA and a more objective evaluation of therapies being proposed for children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
ACT in Academic Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Often in Academic Setting, distress is attributed to skills deficits. However, it may be the case that the academic setting functions as aversive stimulation, leading to avoidance behaviors. These aversive stimuli and avoidant behaviors decreases the probability of engaging in behaviors that would lead to success. This symposium examines the use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy or Training in a variety of academic settings. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training for Academic Success in an after School Tutoring Program. |
JONATHAN WEINSTEIN (University of Mississippi), Laura Ely (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Trisha Wiley (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: After school assignments are often experienced as aversive by children and tend to reinforce avoidant repertoires. The purpose of this talk is to describe a process for delivering instruction in an after school setting that mixes technologies of Fluency training and Acceptance and Commitment Training. A conceptual analysis with preliminary data will be presented. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training in Behavior Analysis Classes. |
LAURA ELY (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: An Acceptance and Commitment Training intervention was used with undergraduates in a Learning Class and who were performing at least one standard deviation below the mean of the class. The intervention was offered at 3, 6, and 9 weeks into the semester. The intervention consisted of a 3-hour group covering the ACT model in a psychoeducational format. The effects of this training on attendance and grades was assessed. |
|
ACT in Yoga Classes. |
JASON LILLIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Claudia Drossel (University of Nevada, Reno), Alyssa Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Pratte (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The present paper presents the results of two studies that have included ACT as part of normal college physical education classes in Yoga. ACT seemed to support the Yoga training and lead to significant reductions is overall levels of stress and psychopathology as compared to Yoga classes without the ACT component. This may be a ready way to include more prevention training on campus – piggyback ACT into existing educational offerings. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Functional Analysis Research |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Although experimental functional analysis methods are commonly used in behavior analytic research, many questions remain as to the procedural nuances that may influence functional analysis outcomes. The purpose of this symposium will be to examine various refinements to functional analysis methodology that may aid in clarifying ambiguous assessment results. Three data-based presentations will be made in which functional analyses of challenging behavior were conducted with individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities. The first presentation will evaluate the role of caregiver behavior as a motivating operation during functional analyses. The second presentation will examine the effects of response blocking during functional analyses. During the third presentation, correspondence between the outcomes of functional analyses of challenging behaviors and precursor behaviors will be compared. Finally, in the fourth presentation, a method for training basic functional analysis skills will be evaluated. Collectively, these data sets will add to the current knowledge base on strategies for: (a) designing functional analysis procedures, and (b) training novices in the implementation of functional analysis sessions. |
|
Effectiveness of an Instructional DVD in Training Undergraduates to Implement Functional Analyses. |
MARANDA TRAHAN (Southern Illinois University), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Empirically validated functional analysis training tools are relatively sparse in the behavior analytic literature. In this study, we examined the effectiveness of an instructional DVD in training college students to implement experimental functional analyses. Ten upper-level undergraduates with minimal knowledge of functional analysis methodology participated. Session scripts were developed to simulate five commonly used functional analysis conditions. During baseline, participants were given the methods section of a published experiment to review, and they were asked to act as the “therapist” during sessions in which the experimenter posed as the “client.” The intervention phase involved giving participants an instructional DVD, an informational pamphlet, and a quiz. Additional feedback and role playing also were provided in some cases to reach the 90% accuracy criterion. Results showed that the DVD was effective in increasing all participants’ correct implementation of prescribed antecedents and consequences during functional analyses. These results suggest that an instructional video can be a useful training tool for providing basic skills in conducting complex behavioral assessments. |
|
Caregiver Behavior as a Motivating Operation for Problem Behavior during Functional Analyses. |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: When initial attempts to identify behavioral function under analog conditions fail, modifications to the analyses may be necessary to capture the conditions maintaining the behavior(s) in the natural environment; most commonly, the dimensions of the reinforcer (e.g., quality or quantity) (Richman & Hagopian, 1999). However, the value of the reinforcer may also fluctuate based on antecedent events, including the behavior of others. For example, Bruzak & Thompson (in press) found that the value of toys increased when children observed peers engaging with those items. Within the current study, we examined the effects of caregiver behavior on problem behavior maintained by access to attention, toys and edibles in two individuals (a 9 year-old male and a 32 year-old female) diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Each modified condition was compared to the corresponding experimental condition described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994). For each analysis, the participant’s problem behavior increased as a function of the therapist’s behavior while holding all dimensions of the reinforcer constant. We hypothesized that under these conditions, caregiver behavior functioned as a motivating operation (Laraway, Snycerski, Michael, & Poling, 2003). Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 33% sessions and averaged above 80% for all responses. |
|
Identification of Precursor Behavior for Use in Functional Analyses. |
BRANDON HERSCOVITCH (New England Center for Children), Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: One extension of functional analysis methodology involves providing consequences for a precursor behavior rather than for a severe target behavior. Evaluating whether outcomes from a precursor FA are similar to those obtained from an FA of the target behavior is important because some target responses are so severe they cannot be permitted to occur. Previous research has shown that functional analyses of precursor behavior resulted in similar outcomes to those obtained from a functional analysis of the target behavior (Smith and Churchill, 2002). However, no study to date has reported an empirically-based method for identifying precursor behavior for use during functional analyses. In the current study, such a method was developed, combining the use of indirect and descriptive assessment procedures, for two individuals diagnosed with autism. Based on the results, functional analyses were conducted for the target behavior and for the behavior identified as a reliable precursor. Results showed correspondence between functional analyses of target and precursor behavior. |
|
The Effects of Blocking during Experimental Analyses of Aggressive Behavior. |
HEATHER JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Blocking is a commonly used treatment component for reducing dangerous or inappropriate behavior, such as pica or stereotypy, displayed by individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., Reid, Parsons, Phillips, & Green, 1993). However, in some cases, blocking may have adverse side effects, such as increasing aggression (Hagopian & Adelinis, 2001). In cases where blocking does lead to increased aggression, there maybe little to no responding in a standard functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1994) where blocking is not one of the variables manipulated. In this presentation, four cases will be presented in which experimental analyses were conducted to examine the role of blocking on aggressive behavior. Treatment data, with a focus on altering relevant establishing operations, will also be presented. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Affective Behavior in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute) |
Discussant: Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Henry D. Schlinger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: "Affect" refers to a persons facial expression, gestures, and verbalizations that are emitted in response to a complex set of discriminative stimuli that evoke the observers use of terms that draw inferences about a persons emotional state. People with autism have deficits in social interaction that are apparent in nonverbal behavior. Such deficits have been addressed using applied-behavior-analytic methods that successfully promote social interaction. Based on the reviewed literature, however, only two studies (Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996) used behavioral principles to increase appropriate affective responding in individuals with autism. This symposium presents a review of the literature on affective behavior and two studies that add to that literature. The study by DeQuinzio, Townsend, Sturmey, and Poulson emphasized the role imitation and modeling play in displaying facial expressions. The study by Najjar, Vener, and Poulson used a behavioral intervention package, consisting of modeling, shaping, and script-fading to increase appropriate verbalizations, vocal intonation, and facial expressions. Both studies were conducted with children with autism. |
|
Affective Behavior and the Stimulus Control Procedures Relevant in Affect Training. |
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Children with autism show little or no interest in people as evidenced by the fact that they often look past or away from them. Such deficits have been addressed using applied-behavior-analytic methods that have been successful in promoting social interaction, which is emphasized in the present review. This review examines (a) affective behavior in children of typical development; (b) affective behavior in children with autism; and (c) the stimulus control literature with respect to its potential use to promote appropriate affective behavior in children with autism. The review concludes that applied-behavior-analytic methods can be and have been successfully used to teach people with autism to emit appropriate affective responses. It is finally suggested that more studies are needed to explore the problem of affect in people with autism, given that the two studies by Gena (Gena, 1994; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996; Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005) seem to be the only thus far published behavioral studies addressing this problem. |
|
Generalized Imitation of Facial Models by Children with Autism. |
JAIME A. DEQUINZIO (The City University of New York), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Imitation is an essential skill in the acquisition of language and communication skills. An initial phase in teaching young children with autism to engage in appropriate affective responding may be to teach the imitation of facial models. Using a multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design, the imitation training procedure consisting of modeling, prompting, differential reinforcement, and error correction was introduced successively across three subjects. Low, inconsistent rates of imitation of facial models were observed in the baseline condition. All of the participants learned to imitate some of the facial models presented during imitation training, however only two of the three participants demonstrated generalized responding to a novel facial model presented during interspersed generalization probe trials. Limitations of this study provide suggestions for future research in identifying the number of exemplars needed to better promote generalized imitation of facial models and in assessing to what extent imitation of facial models facilitates skill acquisition during more complex affective training. |
|
Using Modeling, Shaping, and Script-Fading Procedures to Teach Children with Autism to Engage in Appropriate Affective Behavior. |
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: People with autism have difficulty displaying appropriate affective responses. Based on the reviewed literature, two studies (Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996) used behavioral principles to increase appropriate affective responding by individuals with autism. This study adds to that literature by increasing precision of measurement and by using explicitly defined shaping procedures. This study used a behavioral intervention package, consisting of modeling, shaping, and script-fading to increase appropriate affective responding. A multiple-baseline experimental design across affective categories was used to evaluate the effects of the treatment package on the percentage of appropriate affective responding emitted by three children with autism following teacher-presented statements designed to evoke an affective response. Affective responding consisted of verbalizations, vocal intonation, and facial expressions. The participants did not emit appropriate affective responding during baseline. The percentage of appropriate affective responding emitted by all participants across categories increased systematically with the introduction of treatment. Nonreinforced probe responding also improved following treatment. |
|
|
|
|
BATSS to the Rescue: Interventions for Students at High Risk for Failure |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Janet Ellis (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Janet Ellis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The label "high risk" in the past denoted dangerous areas to avoid/was predictive of a problem that might not be readily resolved. Currently, the "high risk" label is being applied to students with behavioral deficits--and children who have been so labeled are placed into special education classrooms along with those diagnosed as persons with mental retardation, autism, developmental delay. Behavioral Assessment & Technology Support Systems (BATSS) has been successful in training classroom staff to remediate these behavioral deficits and, thereby, enable these children to function more appropriately and effectively in public school classrooms. Our discipline does not encourage us to recognize boundaries established by descriptive assessments. The papers presented in this symposium describe how master's-level graduate students are demonstrating to educators and classroom staff how to bypass some of the problem type behaviors being exhibited in these classrooms. Following the presentations the audience will be included in a discussion of problems, problem-solving strategies, and directed to literature that will acquaint them with behavioral technology. The speakers and the chair will generate discussion by asking questions of the audience. |
|
Teach Them while They're Young: Reading Program for Preschoolers. |
SARAH A. LAW (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Reading skills are critical to student academic success-- especially for those at-risk for academic failure in kindergarten.. Nine pre-schoolers-- ages 4 and 5--participated in a reading program 10-15 minutes/day 5 days/week for 8 months. They were in a blended classroom--half typically developing students and half students with DD: 4 had no identified developmental disabilities, and 5 were diagnosed with language delays, autism, learning disabilities, and mild MR. Each received 1:1 training consisting of vocally identifying letter sounds, followed by sound blends and short words. 20-sec, 30-sec, and 1-minute timings were implemented daily, thus measuring each student’s fluent and accurate sounds, blends, and word production. A pre-test consisted of asking each student to verbally identify and sound out all 26 alphabet letters prior to intervention. Results of the pre-test showed that none of the students correctly identified any of the letter sounds. Final outcomes of this training will be presented at the convention.This on-going intervention will serve to teach young children letter sounds and blends, as well as how to read short words, before these children enter kindergarten. |
|
Contingent Attention: An Effective "Magic Pill" for Decreasing Severely Aggressive Behavior. |
JAIME GOETTL (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Managing aggressive behavior in special education classrooms can require a considerable amount of valuable time and attention that could be spent with students behaving appropriately. BATSS was invited to assist the staff in a Life Skills classroom (4:7 teacher-student ratio) in managing the aggressive behavior of a 14 year-old student diagnosed with Mental Retardation and Selective Mutism. Baseline data were consistent with staff descriptions of the amount of attention delivered to the student (62-96% of intervals) when appropriately engaged in an activity. However, attention followed physical and object aggression in 89.6% and 20% of intervals containing aggression, respectively. Appropriate vocalizations were recorded in 15-36% of intervals. Appropriate requests steadily increased from 3-25% of intervals. Staff training will include modeling, role-playing, and delivering feedback to teachers on checklist performance to increase the student’s appropriate requesting and commenting, leaning the schedule of attention delivered to the student while maintaining high levels of engagement in appropriate activities and concomitantly low levels of aggressive behavior. The training will allow teachers to distribute attention more evenly among students and increase learning opportunities throughout the day. |
|
Effects of Staff Training on Aggression, Flopping, and Elopement by a 12-Year-Old Female in a SPED Classroom. |
ANNA MARIE WHALEY (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Students in special education classrooms who engage in seriously disruptive behaviors can and do cause dangerous situations for the student, evoke imitative behavior in their peers, inflict physical damage on staff, and have been, in extreme cases, refused seating on the school bus, caused parents to come to the school many times/month--endangering their jobs, and create chaotic situations for all concerned. BATSS was recruited to train 3 classroom staff on behavioral intervention procedures to reduce inappropriate behavior (aggression, flopping, and elopement) and increase appropriate behavior (engagement and compliance) of a 12-year-old female. The procedures focused on limiting forms of attention that followed inappropriate behavior while increasing forms of attention that followed appropriate behavior. Baseline observations indicated that reprimands followed noncompliance and physical aggression 50%-100% of occurrences, whereas compliance was praised for less than 10% of occurrences. This intervention is ongoing and final outcome data will be displayed in graphic format for the presentation. |
|
Overhauling an Entire Social Adjustment Classroom. |
LARISA MAXWELL (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: As public schools develop classrooms for students with emotional and behavioral disorders, the need for behavior analytic training increases, and the need for behavioral technology--appropriately applied--becomes ever more critical. In one such classroom, BATSS developed a class-wide intervention plan for 7 students, 1st through 5th grade, with diagnoses including ADHD, ED, and bipolar disorder. The available staff training intervention included: implementation of a reinforcer system, classroom restructuring, effective prompting techniques, and appropriate behavior management techniques. Baseline data across students indicated that student engagement ranged from 28% to 100% of intervals, compliance, from 35% to 100% of intervals, and physical aggression occurred in up to 35% of intervals. Data collection is in progress as the intervention is being implemented, and a completed data set will be available in full at the time of presentation. Potential impacts include the identification of an effective system for use in classrooms for students with severe emotional and behavioral disorders. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Behavioral Approaches to Educational Technology |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
|
An Evaluation of the Effectiveness, Efficiency, and Feasibility of Live On-line Tutoring for Remediating Students’ Skill Deficits. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ELEAZAR VASQUEZ, III (Utah State University), David E. Forbush (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: In a technological society, demands for higher literacy are ever increasing, creating more grievous consequences for those who fall short (NRC, 1998). Meeting the needs of skill deficient students is problematic for teachers for a variety of reasons including, customizing instruction to meet individual student needs, lack of research proven curriculum, and insufficient preparation at the pre-service level. One way to overcome these obstacles is to supplement classroom instruction with live systematic, comprehensive, and explicit online reading tutoring. The purpose of this presentation is to describe and discuss a preliminary investigation of a live online reading tutoring system delivered from undergraduate tutors at Utah State University to 4th grade students in a high minority, high poverty school in Philadelphia, PA. Employing a multiple-baseline across participants design, evaluation data were collected on the affects of 1:1 online reading tutoring on reading fluency scores of students. Additionally, data on tutors’ face-to-face and online tutoring behaviors will be compared, and finally, data collected from parents, teachers, tutees, and tutors evaluating the effectiveness, efficiency, and feasibility of online tutoring for remediating students’ skill deficiencies will be discussed. |
|
Behavior Analysis in Educational Technology: Rise, Fall, and Possible Future. |
Domain: Applied Research |
GEORGE H. BUCK (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: This paper will describe and discuss the applications of behavior analysis to various forms of educational technology beginning with the teaching machine and programmed instruction movement of the 1950s. Complex error analysis, elaborate branching, and reinforcement contingencies afforded by the application of mainframe computers and mini computers to education led to the zenith of applied behavior analysis by the early 1970s. With few exceptions, such as computer software in second language instruction, the deliberate application of behavior analysis to electronic forms of education has ebbed. The advent of the Internet as a common educational tool, coupled with the rise in popularity of constructivist theories of learning, have contributed to the eclipse of applied behavior analysis in the design of most technology-based education. Nevertheless, does web-based instruction, especially with its strong dependency upon navigational links that move the user to other locations, inadvertently embody aspects of behaviorism that actually interferes with the intended learning? This question will be answered by considering the results of an experimental study that examined progress through a web-based assignment, and by re-applying the principles of behavior analysis that have either been forgotten or trivialized by a majority of educators. |
|
Learning with Computer Based Instruction: A Review of Best Practices. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), Sophie Rubin (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has long recognized the potential of automating instruction, dating back to Skinner's interest in teaching machines. Computer based instruction (CBI) can be viewed as a modern day equivalent of Skinner's teaching machines. CBI, while often popular, hasn't always met expectations, possibly because most computer programmers try to simply replicate the teaching methods of traditional education. However, this is a failure of those designing the instruction, not computer based instruction itself. Given the unique understanding behavior analysts have regarding how people learn, we should give more attention to the unique issues involved with CBI. This presentation will present a 10 year review of psychological research into various methods of applying interactive computer based instruction for adult learners in order to identify best practices and future research directions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Can't We All Just Get Along? Collaborating with Ancillary Therapies to Provide Effective Services |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren M. Frederick (Melmark) |
Discussant: Terry J. Page (AdvoServ) |
CE Instructor: Lauren M. Frederick, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are frequently part of an interdisciplinary treatment team; quality programming for students requires that behavior analysts work effectively with other disciplines, which are likely to present vastly different approaches. This symposium presents data on interventions combining behavior analytic principles and strategies employed by speech and occupational therapists. The first study uses multi-element designs to assess the effects of various sensory stimulation protocols on two students challenging behaviors. The second study, conducted by a behavior analyst and speech therapist, uses a multiple baseline across settings to assess the effects of functional communication training on the aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of an 11-year-old boy. The effects of this intervention on his overall language acquisition rate will also be discussed. The final study will present data to be collected on the food refusal and selectivity of a young man with autism. Interventions from behavior analytic and speech pathology literature were combined; data on the effects of two phases of the intervention will be collected and evaluated in a changing criterion design. Collaborating with other disciplines can result in empirical and creative interventions. |
|
An Empirical Evaluation of Sensory Stimulation Interventions. |
JUAN-CARLOS LOPEZ (Melmark), Brigid Carbo (Melmark), Mark Streeter (Melmark), Tara Bernard (Melmark) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically eschew invalidated sensory integration therapies. However, a successful collaboration between behavior analysts and occupational therapists can result in an empirical evaluation of these protocols. This study will investigate the effectiveness of various sensory stimulation protocols on the challenging behaviors of two students. First, using a counter balanced multi-element design, the effects of two types of sensory stimulation protocols on the reduction of lip biting for an adolescent with autism and severe mental retardation will be evaluated. Preliminary data show that sensory stimulation on the form of gentle rubbing of the participant’s arms and hands significantly reduces his rate of lip biting. Data will be collected on the long-term effects of the more effective protocol by comparing the rate of lip biting during the 10-minute intervals immediately before and immediately after the implementation of the sensory protocol, using a pre-post intervention design. The second study assesses the effects of sensory stimulation protocols on the stereotypy of a 16-year-old male. Baseline measures, using partial interval data collection, indicate that stereotypy ranges from 75%-100% of intervals. A multi-element design will evaluate four sensory stimulation protocols. Further implications of working as part of an interdisciplinary team will be discussed. |
|
Behavior Analysis and Speech Therapy: Language Acquisition Goals and Challenging Behaviors. |
BRENDA DOUGHERTY (Melmark), Melissa Stone (Melmark), Lauren M. Frederick (Melmark) |
Abstract: Functional communication training has received a great deal of attention in the field of behavior analysis. However, the rationales and methods of increasing communication frequently differ between behavior analysts and speech therapists. This study presents the results of a functional behavior assessment and intervention of aggression and self-injury of an 11-year-old boy with autism and severe mental retardation. A behavior support plan consisting of noncontingent attention and a de-escalation protocol as well as picture communication system training represent baseline conditions. The results from the functional behavior assessment will be used to implement functional communication training. The addition of a functionally equivalent communicative response to the behavior support plan will be evaluated with a multiple baseline across conditions design. In addition, ongoing data collection by the speech therapist on number of requests and acquired pictures will be presented. The correlation between overall language acquisition, functionally equivalent communication, and the reduction of challenging behaviors will be discussed. |
|
A Multidisciplinary Approach to Food Selectivity and Refusal. |
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Melmark), Cynthia Hoyle (Melmark), Andrew Winston (Melmark), Brian Garozzo (Melmark) |
Abstract: Evaluating and treating an individual with disabilities’ eating problems typically requires input from many professionals, such as doctors, nutritionists, behavior analysts, and speech pathologists. While behavior analytic research provides effective interventions for eating problems, a speech pathologist can provide valuable input on the oral-motor functioning of an individual. This study examines an intervention, derived from a combination of behavior analytic and speech pathology research, on the food selectivity and refusal of a 20-year-old male with autism. In the first phase of the study, the student is negatively reinforced for tolerating (defined as not pushing the food away or exhibiting disruptive behavior) a non-preferred food in close proximity to preferred foods. Both proximity and duration are manipulated using a changing criterion design. In the second phase of the study, data will be collected and a changing criterion design will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of the use of preferred foods as positive reinforcement for the intake of non-preferred foods. A multidisciplinary approach to eating problems can result in empirical assessments and interventions that address complex causes and potential concomitant issues. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Clinical Behavior Analysis: Assessment and Procedure |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Charmaine Bill (ABA Supervisor) |
|
Functional Analysis of Parenting Styles, Parents’ Beliefs and Reactions, and Their Influence on the Incidence of Psychological Disorders in Childhood. |
Domain: Applied Research |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (Universidad Almería, Spain), Monica Hernández (Adjunct), María Jesús Martín-García (Universidad Almería, Spain), Carolina Gonzalez (Universidad Almería, Spain) |
|
Abstract: An epidemiological and correlational study is presented. Its goal is twofold: (1) to study the incidence of psychological problems in a representative sample of 6 to 12 year-old children attending school in the city of Almería (Spain); and (2) to analyze the function of parents’ values, beliefs, parenting styles and practices.
A random stratified sampling was used (precision error = 0.03, significance level = 0.05), with 455 parents undergoing assessment. The incidence of psychological disorders was tested by Achenbach’s Child Behavior Checklist (Spanish adaptation). A custom scale made for this investigation was administered to assess parents’ beliefs, parental rules, contingencies applied in accordance with appropriate and inappropriate behaviors, sorts of reinforcers and punishers employed.
Data were analyzed with SPSS 12.0 statistical software. They include data on the incidence of psychological disorders during childhood and the frequency of some educational styles identified in the literature as risk factors. Additionally, the analysis of bivariate correlations (Pearson) between both data blocks yields a certain degree of correlation between them. Finally, results are discussed as compared to the findings of other epidemiological studies, as well as some patterns for prevention are presented. |
|
Getting Your Kids to Eat: A Modified Program Addressing Selective Eating in Children. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHARMAINE BILL (ABA Supervisor) |
|
Abstract: Poor nutrition can have devastating effects on the health, education and social development of a child. Selective eating is where an individual will eliminate certain foods from their diet. In extreme cases the individual will only eat a small range of food. In a child, this situation is particularly dangerous and can result in malnutrition. This paper follows on from a presentation last year, which introduced a systematic and dynamic procedure, which has successfully increased the range of food consumed by several children with extremely restricted diets. The successful procedure has been adapted, so that other professionals and parents can carry out the program with minimum supervision. Additional data to be collected. |
|
|
|
|
|
Human Operant Work in Behavioral Momentum and Behavioral Economics |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Jason C. Bourret, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Ongoing research on behavioral momentum and behavioral economics continues to examine the generality of the momentum metaphor and the utility of behavioral economic analyses. The first study examined the effects of differing types of disrupter stimuli. The second evaluated momentum effects in a natural education environment. The third examined the effects of response effort manipulations on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on progressive-ratio schedules. The fourth evaluated a method to determine reinforcer value based on a unit-price analysis. |
|
Behavioral Momentum in Children with Autism. |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum was examined in 3 low-functioning (mental age equivalent scores < 1.75 years) children diagnosed with autism. Stimuli were presented in the context of a computer game on two separate monitors in the Shriver Center automated teaching laboratory (Lionello-DeNolf & McIlvane, 2003). Reinforcers were snack foods. Two-minute Low (VI 15) and High (VI 5 with 2 reinforcers per delivery) components alternated (on different monitors) on a multiple schedule. Behavioral momentum was assessed with four different types of disrupters: pre-feeding plus inter-component interval reinforcer delivery, concurrent presentation of an alternative stimulus, concurrent presentation of a movie, and non-contingent verbal reinforcement delivered by an experimenter who entered the experimental space during the disruption tests. Resistance to change differed depending on the type of distracter used: with pre-feeding distracter, resistance was approximately equal under High and Low conditions; with an alternative stimulus distracter, there was greater resistance in the High condition; and with a movie presentation distracter, resistance tended to be greater in the High condition, with some exceptions. These data extend earlier findings with developmentally disabled children (Dube & McIlvane, 2001; Dube, McIlvane, Mazzitelli, & McNamara, 2003) by examining momentum in an environment free from social influences. |
|
The Persistence of Task Performance in a Natural Learning Environment. |
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: The behavioral momentum metaphor suggests that a behavior is more resistant to distraction when reinforced on a denser schedule of reinforcement in a multiple schedule. While most research in behavioral momentum has been conducted in laboratory or analogue settings, this experiment studied resistance to distraction in a natural educational environment. Six participants with developmental disabilities were presented with familiar activities for which responding was reinforced on a multiple VI VI schedule. For four participants, two familiar play activities were used, such as stringing beads, and for two participants, two familiar academic tasks were used. Each activity was reinforced with a different schedule. Baseline sessions consisted of either six or eight alternating components, three or four for each task. In the distracter sessions, a disrupting item was placed on the student’s desk during the activity in the final two components of each session. This was a test of behavioral persistence. Sessions were presented in a multielement design, alternating between baseline and distracter sessions. Responses in the distracter components were compared to within-session responding in baseline components and to baseline sessions. Results are consistent with the behavioral momentum effect for four out of six participants. IOA was collected in 100% of test sessions and was above 92% for each participant. |
|
Using Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Measure the Reinforcing Effects of Stimuli under Differing Levels of Effort. |
LINDSAY C. PETERS (University of Kansas), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, Owen, & Slevin, 1992) may identify a hierarchy of relative preference but may not reflect that stimuli identified as low preferred may actually function as reinforcers. Progressive-ratio schedules have been used in both basic and applied research to measure the strength of reinforcers. Comparing responding on progressive-ratio schedules for qualitatively different reinforcers allows for a measure of the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in both an absolute and relative sense. The purpose of the current research is to determine the effect of changes in response effort on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on progressive-ratio schedules. After identifying stimuli of high- and low-preference on a paired-stimulus preference assessment, progressive-ratio schedules of reinforcement were arranged in a two-component multiple schedule in which responding was reinforced with high-preference stimuli in one component and low-preference stimuli in the other. The response measured was moving a weight from one target to another and effort was manipulated by changing the heaviness of the weight. Data were analyzed in terms of break points in responding, response rate and frequency, pre-ratio pauses, and work and demand functions. Results showed greater differentiation between response patterns produced by the qualitatively different reinforcers under lower levels of response effort. |
|
Consumption and Response Output as a Function of Unit Price: The Effect of Cost and Benefit Components. |
XERES DELMENDO (University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific), Kenneth Beauchamp (University of the Pacific), Noel A. Ross (University of the Pacific), Sandeep K. Sran (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to develop a method that can be used to determine reinforcer value, using the unit price prediction that the rate of consumption (or obtained reinforcers) at a given price will be constant regardless of the response requirement and magnitude of reinforcer that make up the unit price. A free operant preference assessment was conducted with four children, followed by a reinforcer assessment to determine reinforcer efficacy. Following the reinforcer assessment, the unit price evaluation was conducted. The number of reinforcers and responses required were manipulated by varying the number of reinforcers available and the fixed-ratio requirement, respectively. Four to five different unit price values were evaluated for each child. Preliminary results showed that responding decreased as unit price increased for all four children. Furthermore, for one participant consumption was not equivalent given equal unit price values but differing FR and consumables received. |
|
|
|
|
Impulsivity as a Predicture of Future Drug Status: From Bench to Bedside |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Ford C |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jin Ho Yoon (University of Vermont) |
Discussant: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A growing body of research has drawn links between impulsive choice and a variety of behavior problems, including drug use. Previous research has shown that current drug users make more impulsive choices than never- and ex-drug users on tasks involving discounting of delayed rewards. This finding does not reveal whether drug use alters impulsive choice, or whether impulsive choice precedes/predicts drug use. While data supporting the former have been found, the focus of the present symposium is on the latter hypothesis. Here, we present data from clinical trials and human and non-human laboratories showing that performance on an impulsive choice task does in fact predict future drug use. Our findings may have important implications for understanding the behavioral mechanisms underlying drug use and help design more effective drug-treatment plans. |
|
Impulsivity on an Adjusting Delay Task Predicts Vulnerability to Drug Abuse in Rats. |
JENNIFER PERRY (University of Kentucky), Marilyn E. Carroll (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Research in humans has suggested a relationship between drug abuse and impulsivity defined as the selection of a smaller-immediate reward over a larger-delayed reward. In the present experiments, we used male and female rats to explore the hypothesis that increased levels of impulsivity precede and predict enhanced vulnerability to drug abuse. Rats were selected for high or low levels of impulsivity based on performance on an adjusting-delay task. This task allowed rats access to 2 levers - a response on one lever yielded one 45 mg food pellet immediately; whereas, a response on the other yielded 3 pellets after an adjusting delay. The delay decreased following responses on the immediate lever, and it increased following responses on the delay lever. A mean adjusted delay (MAD) was calculated for each session, and rats were separated into low (LoI) and high (HiI) impulsive groups based on mean adjusted delays (MAD) that were calculated . Subsequently, acquisition of cocaine self-administration was examined, as well as maintenance, extinction, and reinstatement of drug-seeking behavior. Regardless of sex, HiI rats acquired self-administration faster than LoI rats. In maintenance and extinction, LoI females responded more on a cocaine-paired lever than HiI females; however, there were no HiI/LoI differences in males. Female HiI rats showed greater reinstatement of cocaine-seeking behavior than all other groups. These data support the hypothesis that impulsivity precedes drug abuse in some phases of addiction, and they suggest that sex may play a role in the relationship between impulsivity and drug abuse. |
|
Delay Discounting Predicts Choice to Smoke in a Laboratory Model of Abstinence Reinforcement. |
BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Delay discounting may be related to relapse during abstinence reinforcement interventions for cigarette smoking, and a nicotine patch may attenuate increases in delay discounting. The present study assessed the relationship between delay discounting and smoking following nicotine deprivation in a laboratory model of abstinence reinforcement, and the effects of a nicotine patch on discounting and smoking. Smokers were randomly assigned to an active (14 mg) or placebo patch group (n=15 per group). In each of three sessions, following a 3hr deprivation period, participants completed a delay discounting task, mood, and craving measures, and finally engaged in a laboratory model of abstinence reinforcement. During the control session, money was delivered every 30s regardless of smoking ($12.80). During the low ($5.00 maximum) and high ($20.00 maximum) sessions, participants could earn a progressively increasing amount of money for each 30s puff-free period. The low and high conditions significantly increased latency to smoke and significantly decreased amount of smoking relative to control. The nicotine patch did not affect delay discounting or smoking, however individuals who smoked during the low and high conditions showed higher rates of discounting. The association between discounting and choice to smoke may have important implications regarding treatment success and failure. |
|
Delay Discounting Predicts Postpartum Relapse to Cigarette Smoking among Pregnant Women. |
JIN HO YOON (University of Vermont), Stephen Higgins (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: The present study examined if baseline delay discounting (DD) for hypothetical monetary rewards predicted smoking status at 6-months postpartum among women who discontinued smoking during pregnancy. Participants were 48 women (10.5 + 4.1 weeks gestational age at study entry) who participated in a clinical trial examining the use of incentives to prevent relapse. Discounting for hypothetical monetary rewards, smoking status, and other socio-demographic characteristics were examined at baseline with smoking status being periodically re-determined through 6-months postpartum. Greater baseline DD was significantly associated with being younger, less educated, and having a history of depression, but only baseline DD was a significant predictor of smoking status with greater discounting being associated with smoking at 6-months postpartum. The results extend the association of DD with risk for substance abuse to pregnant and recently postpartum cigarette smokers and, to our knowledge, provide the first demonstration of DD predicting treatment outcome. |
|
|
|
|
Issues in Consultation and Collaboration |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
|
Improving Student Outcomes Using an Interdisciplinary, Collaborative, Problem Solving Approach. |
Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Shobana Musti-Rao (University of Cincinnati), Cynthia Hughes (University of Cincinnati) |
|
Abstract: The study documents the collaborative efforts of University faculty and teachers working in an urban charter school to address the behavioral and academic needs of students. Teachers from one fourth-grade classroom and one fifth-grade classroom collaborated with University faculty from school psychology and special education. The teachers were trained to implement evidence-based practice to students they were serving in their classrooms, including both general education and special education students. Interventions were developed and implemented through a tiered service delivery model. Through this model, class-wide instruction was modified and student progress was monitored. Based on data, students who were not making adequate progress were provided supplemental, small-group instruction. Students who continued to struggle were provided individualized intervention services. Across all tiers of intervention, treatment integrity and inter-observer/inter-scorer agreement were assessed. Consultation and training included helping teachers identify effective strategies for developmental, academic, or classroom behavior skills. Data collected through this study will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of such an interdisciplinary collaboration on teachers’ implementation of procedures, and, in turn, study the effects of effective implementation of evidence-based practice in multiple tiers on student outcomes. |
|
Methods and Outcomes of a Program Evaluation of School-Based Behavioral Consultation Services. |
Domain: Applied Research |
GRETCHEN JEFFERSON (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Donald A. Wachelka (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Jennifer MacDonald (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Ralph N. Pampino (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral consultation is a common method of support for educators whose students exhibit problem behaviors that inhibit their learning or the learning of others. Consultation models and indicators of success vary across disciplines. Service delivery models span the continuum of triadic, conjoint, and direct behavioral consultation. Consultation outcomes also are evaluated on a continuum of indirect to direct measures depending on the primary professional discipline of the consultant (i.e., school psychologist, applied behavior analyst, psychologist) and may included administration of treatment acceptability measures, Likert-type estimates of goal attainment, and/or direct observation of target behaviors in the environment.
This paper will focus on the methodology and outcomes of a program evaluation of a behavioral consultation agency that serves school systems, general and special education classrooms, and individual general and special education students in the western US. Evaluation outcomes include demographics of clients served, typical course of involvement with the agency, and client outcomes. Methodology included summarization of archival documents such as client files and Individualized Educational Programs, indirect assessments of effect such as treatment acceptability and intervention contextual fit surveys, and direct observation of goal and target behaviors. |
|
Adapting Levels of Support and Measurement within a Class-Wide Behavioral Support System. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA A. COOKE (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral consultation in educational settings may include analysis and support of state and district systems, classrooms, and individual students. Support at any level may shift to a more macro or micro focus in response to observed outcomes. This paper will report on the evolution and outcome of a three-tier system of classroom support that included a class-wide system with individual student contingencies, embedded individual student support within that system, then class-wide support with group contingencies with embedded individual support.
This evolution was indicated by the expected responsiveness of most students to the initial class-wide system with two students demonstrating no positive behavior change and a negative reaction to the system when problem behavior was penalized and prosocial behaviors were not sufficiently frequent to access reinforcement. Individualization of the classroom system for these students was effective, but not to the point where individualized supports could be removed. Students who initially responded to the class-wide system with individual student contingences did transition to the group contingency, decreasing the teacher’s response effort in implementing the classroom management system. Shifts in measurement focus also are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Issues Related to Autism and Autism Treatment |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Ronit M. Molko (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
|
A Parent Education Program for Stimulating Infants at Risk for Autism: Another Look. |
Domain: Applied Research |
RONIT M. MOLKO (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Riki Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Erin McNerney (Autism Spectrum Therapies), William D. Frea (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
|
Abstract: Current trends in research have focused on identifying specific markers, or skill deficits, in infants that may be indicative of a child being at-risk for a diagnosis of Autism. The present study describes and examines new results of a parent education program for stimulating infants based on variables identified by recent research. Participants in the current study were the parents of infants classified as “at-risk” for a pervasive developmental disability by their local regional center. The intervention program was designed to provide parents with information regarding typical infant development and to teach parents behaviorally-based strategies to facilitate their infant’s development of age-appropriate communication and social-interaction skills. Parents were taught to encourage development of skills that previous literature has suggested to be hallmark signs of a later diagnosis of Autism. The current presentation describes the overall program model and examines the parents’ fidelity of implementation of the specific strategies taught, the children’s gains in communication, and social interaction skills, and the children’s progress toward their individual IFSP goals at the completion of the parent education program. Additionally, the present study examines the next stage of programming for the children who have participated in the program. |
|
Children with Autism in the People’s Republic of China: Diagnosis, Legal Issues, and Educational Services. |
Domain: Applied Research |
XIUCHANG HUANG (Tennessee Technological University), Yanqing Guo (Institute of Mental Health, Peking University), John J. Wheeler (Tennessee Technological University) |
|
Abstract: Since the late 1970s, special education in the People’s Republic of China has experienced significant reform and fast development, together with the profound political, economic and social changes. However, education for children with severe developmental disabilities, especially autism, is still the greatest challenge in the field of special education. Today, most children with autism are still excluded from both regular and special schools because the need for education is far exceeding the availability of such service provided by state-owned regular and special schools. As a result, grass rooted non-profit NGOs originally founded by parents of children with autism have become the major service providers for this population and their parents since the 1990s. Although some children with high functioning autism can attend regular schools, such practice is not as common and successful as inclusion in the Western countries. This paper addresses the above issues and provides a detailed introduction to the educational services offered by different service providers (regular or special schools, and non-profit NGOs) to children with autism in China. It also addresses the diagnostic issues and related legal requirements for this population. Current challenges and possible solutions are also discussed in the last part of this paper. |
|
Social Validation Issues and Strategies in Intensive Early Intervention for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah) |
|
Abstract: This paper will discuss issues related to social validation of various aspects of intensive early intervention with children with autism spectrum disorders. A brief review will be provided of social validation approaches that have been reported in the published literature in this area. Recommendations for future incorporation of social validation strategies and their role in research will be presented. |
|
Genetic Autism: An Introduction to Fragile X. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK ADAMS (BEST Consulting, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Fragile X Syndrome is an identifiable genetic abnormality located on the FMR1 gene. Many of the characteristics associated with Fragile X, especially males, are surprisingly similar to those of autism. The number of children diagnosed with Fragile X, its relation to autism as well as treatment considerations will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Modeling the Characteristics of Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University) |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight current research regarding the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR) as an animal model of Attention/Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Because ADHD is defined by such behavioral characteristics as impulsivity, inattention, hyperactivity, and learning difficulties, it is reasonable to assert that an appropriate animal model also ought to display these features. Research presented here will use mathematical modeling to explore the validity of the SHR as an animal model of ADHD with regard to these characteristics. |
|
Preference for Smaller, More Immediate Reinforcers in the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat. |
ANDREW T. FOX (Central Michigan University), Dennis J. Hand (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Previous research (Adriani et al., 2003) failed to demonstrate strain differences between SHRs and controls (Wistar-Kyoto; WKYs) in preference for smaller, more immediate reinforcers over larger, more delayed reinforcers. Additional research is needed to assess the reliability of these results. To this end, we employed an intertemporal choice procedure in which SHRs and WKYs chose between a single pellet delivered immediately and three pellets delivered after a delay that varied in duration across sessions (0 to 24 s). In Experiment 1, delays were presented in ascending and then descending order and remained in effect for only one session. In Experiment 2, the order of conditions was random, each delay was left in effect for multiple sessions, and returns to baseline preceded each condition. In Experiment 1, SHRs chose the single pellet more than WKYs at the larger delays during the ascending series and at all delays during the descending series. In Experiment 2, SHRs chose the single pellet more than WKYs at the two highest delays. Modeling with hyperbolic discounting functions supported the notion that SHRs are more impulsive than WKYs. Thus, using an intertemporal choice procedure, SHRs can be shown to be more impulsive than WKYs. |
|
More than Just Waiting: Impulsivity, Hyperactivity, Inattention, and Timing in the DRL Performance of SHR, WKY, and Long Evans Rats. |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Inefficient collection of reinforcers in DRL (differential reinforcement of low rates) is the kind of impulsivity that characterizes attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). On the basis of such DRL performance, the utility of Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR) as a model of ADHD has been disputed (Bull et al, 2000; van den Bergh et al, 2006). These data were replicated in the performance of SHR relative to two control strains in two DRL tasks (5 and 60 s). Performance was analyzed using a model that assumes the concurrent operation of four independent processes: impulse control, activity, attention, and timing. Fits of this model suggest that, relative to other strains, SHRs were impulsive, hyperactive in DRL 60 s, but neither inattentive nor poor timers. Results support SHR as a model of the predominantly hyperactive/impulsive subtype of ADHD and indicate that inefficiency in reinforcer collection may confound impulsivity with the operation of other processes. Consistency with prior SHR data, diagnostic relevance, and potential implications for the study of timing disorders in ADHD, are discussed. |
|
Response Acquisition with Delayed Reinforcement in the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat. |
DENNIS J. HAND (Central Michigan University), Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present study was conducted to further evaluate the validity of the SHR model of ADHD by characterizing learning of a novel response under conditions of delayed reinforcement. Seven experimentally naïve SHRs and a control group of seven normotensive Wistar-Kyoto (WKY) rats were exposed to a contingency where one lever press initiated pellet delivery after a 15-s, resetting delay. Rats in both groups acquired lever pressing, and the pattern of acquisition was well-described with a three-parameter, sigmoidal equation. Response acquisition was retarded in the SHRs; they took longer to acquire the behavior, exhibited lower response rates and earned fewer reinforcers over the course of the experiment. When reinforcer delivery was made immediate in a subsequent condition, the SHR exhibited higher response rates than the WKY, suggesting that the lower rates of responding seen in the SHR were due to the reinforcer delay. The results replicate previous research on response acquisition with delayed reinforcement and provide further validation of the SHR strain as a model of ADHD. Like humans diagnosed with ADHD, the SHRs appear to be hypersensitive to delayed consequences, which in the present context, interfered with learning a novel behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Behavioral Safety |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present recent research promoting behavioral safety. In the first study, Mackner and colleagues will discuss procedures for teaching parents to provide safety skills training for preventing gun play to their children. In the second study Tarasenko and colleagues will describe peer tutoring for teaching abduction prevention skills to children. In the third study, Knudson and colleagues will describe behavioral skills training to promote fire safety skills with individuals with severe and profound mental retardation. Finally, Van Houten and malenfant will discuss procedures for promoting safety belt use among drivers. |
|
Parent Training to Prevent Gun Play. |
AMY GROSS (Western Michigan University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Unintentional firearm injuries and deaths affect many children each year. Recent research has shown that behavioral skills training with in situ training has been an effective training strategy to teach children the proper safety skills to use if they ever encounter an unattended firearm. The current study evaluated the use of parents as trainers in order to increase the efficiency of training. Parents received a training program that taught them to conduct behavioral skills training with in situ training to teach safety skills to their children. The success of parent training on their children’s safety skills was evaluated in a multiple baseline across participants research design. The results showed that the training was effective for three of the four children. |
|
Evaluating Peer Training of Abduction Prevention Skills. |
MELISSA TARASENKO (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Child abduction is a serious problem with approximately 100 children killed each year by nonfamily abductors. Training programs that attempt to teach children the correct skills to use if they ever come into contact with a stranger can be effective when they incorporate behavioral skills training (BST) and in-situ training into their protocol. However, these methods can be rather time and energy consuming. The current study evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of a peer tutoring approach to teaching abduction prevention skills. Peer trainers implemented BST sessions and in-situ training sessions with their younger peers. Children successfully acquired the target safety behaviors taught by the peer trainers. |
|
Fire Safety Skills Training for Individuals with Severe and Profound Mental Retardation. |
PETER J. KNUDSON (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Literature concerning fire safety has focused largely on children but persons with mental retardation also are in need of fire safety training as they are highly vulnerable to fire injury and death. The purpose of this research was to evaluate behavioral skills training procedures for teaching individuals with severe and profound mental retardation to exit their residence upon hearing a smoke detector. Fire safety skills training involved instructions, modeling, prompting, and corrective feedback with in situ training. Assessments took place in the participants’ group home with the participants unaware that an assessment was taking place. The results showed that the participants did not exit their residence independently following training but that the level of prompting needed to promote exiting behavior decreased for all participants following training. |
|
Using Technology to Increase Seatbelt Use. |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), J. E. Louis Malenfant (Centre for Education and Research in Safety) |
Abstract: This study evaluated a seatbelt gearshift delay that did not allow a person to place their vehicle into gear during a final 8-second seatbelt reminder chime that was presented when the driver placed his or her foot on the brake to place the vehicle in gear. Participants were drivers of 60 US and 60 Canadian fleet vehicles that did not consistently wear their seatbelt. Drivers could avoid the reminder by fastening their seatbelt before attempting to place the vehicle in gear, or could terminate the reminder and escape the delay by buckling their seatbelt at the start of the reminder. The seatbelt reminder presented along with the seatbelt gearshift delay increased seatbelt use from 39% to 73% when the duration of the remind was always fixed at 8 seconds and from 51% to 64% when the length of the reminder was random with a mean values of 8 seconds. Drivers rarely removed their seatbelts once they were buckled during the pre-treatment baseline phase and there was no increase in unbuckling during with delay condition. Some of the participants that did not show a large increase with an 8 second delay showed a larger increase when the delay duration was increased to 16 seconds. |
|
|
|
|
Situational and Behavioral Factors Related to Alcohol Consumption in High-Risk Drinking Environments |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Discussant: Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Three data-based presentations on student alcohol use and abuse will be presented. The first paper presents data assessing the relation between various environmental factors at tailgate parties that predict alcohol consumption intoxication level and risk for DUI. Implications for developing interventions to reduce high-risk drinking before and DUI following football games will be discussed. The second presentation reports on research conducted at fraternity parties. The methodology employed involved observing the behavior of partygoers, recording and evaluating compliance with university risk-management policies, and identifying relations among specific environmental variables and intoxication levels. Implications and recommendations for improving alcohol risk-management will be discussed. The third paper presents research investigated the effectiveness of various program components designed to reduce alcohol consumption during and after prom, across three years at five rural high schools. Results regarding the efficacy of these programs will be discussed with implications for designing interventions to curtail alcohol use at prom dances. The discussant will address the effects of the various drinking environments on alcohol consumption, identifying similarities and differences across various drinking environment that promote alcohol consumption. |
|
Environmental Factors Related to Alcohol Consumption at Tailgate Parties Before NCCA Division 1-A Football Games. |
ELISE A. DRAKE (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Matthew G. Cox (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Thomas R. Cunningham (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Leah Farrell (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: This field study was designed to study environmental factors related to intoxication levels of tailgaters before and following collegiate football games. Participants included 544 individuals (321 men and 223 women) attending tailgate parties at before one of six NCAA Division 1-A college football games. Before each game, research assistants approached tailgate parties in as they entered randomly selected area of parking lots. Participants allowed researchers to perform an audit of their tailgate environment (e.g., food, beverages, tents, banners, and university attire), answered a few questions, and receive an estimate of their BAC using a hand-held breathalyzer. They also agreed to self-administer a Breathscan® tester immediately after the game. All participants were entered in a raffle to win signed sports memorabilia. Results indicated that amount of food and nonalcoholic beverages, and age were negatively correlated with intoxication, and that the amount of alcohol present, size of tailgate party were positively correlated with alcohol consumption.. As in previous studies men were more intoxicated than women and 35% of drivers had a BAC above .05 following the game. Implications for developing interventions to reduce alcohol consumption at tailgate parties, and prevent DUI will be discussed. |
|
A Systematic Assessment of Environmental Factors Related to Alcohol Consumption at University Fraternity Parties. |
KENT E. GLINDEMANN (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: College student alcohol use continues to be a concern on this nation’s campuses, contributing to a variety of negative consequences ranging from physical harm to reduced academic success, and impaired decision-making to driving under the influence (DUI). To further study this complex problem, this three-year research project applied behavioral science strategies to systematically study fraternity party environments to identify specific factors related to alcohol consumption and the intoxication of partygoers. Participants included 2,541 university students (1,587 men, 954 women) attending one of 48 fraternity-sponsored parties at Virginia Tech. The primary dependent variable collected was the blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level of partygoers from 12:00 a.m. to 1:00 a.m. - a peak time for most fraternity parties. The research methodology employed involved observing the behavior of partygoers, recording and evaluating compliance with university risk-management policies, and identifying relations among specific environmental variables, drinking behaviors, and intoxication levels by: a) surveying students about their experiences of alcohol-related outcomes, b) observing alcohol consumption and related behaviors at fraternity parties, and c) assessing participants’ levels of intoxication near the end of the same fraternity parties using handheld breathalyzers. Results will be discussed with implications for risk-management strategies designed to curtail excessive student alcohol consumption. |
|
Impacting Prom Night Safety: A Three-Year Study of Prevention Intervention Programs Designed to Ameliorate High-Risk Student Behaviors on Prom Night. |
RYAN C. SMITH (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Angela Sylvina (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Alcohol consumption and subsequent negative outcomes from high school prom dances is a highly recognized problem. Intervention programs utilizing Fatal Vision® goggles, pledge cards, and after-prom parties have been developed and independently incorporated into high schools across the country. However, to date little or no outcome data have been collected to determine the efficacy of these programs. This study investigated the effectiveness of these various programs and their components across three years at five rural high schools in eastern Virginia. Programs were implemented during the week prior to prom, and after-prom parties were held immediately after a school’s prom. The week following the proms, students were asked to complete an evaluative survey asking them about their degree of exposure to the various intervention programs and their subsequent prom-night behaviors. Results regarding the efficacy of these programs will be discussed with implications for future interventions designed to curtail alcohol use among high school students attending prom dances. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Tactics Used at The Jigsaw CABAS School to Expand the Academic and Communication Repertoires of Children on the Autistic Spectrum |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catherine F. Grant (The Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College) |
CE Instructor: Emma L. Hawkins, M.S. |
Abstract: Various tactics used at the Jigsaw CABAS School are described and data are provided to show their effectiveness in expanding the academic and communication repertoires of children on the Autistic Spectrum. The effect of multiple exemplar instruction was tested on the transfer of stimulus function for unfamiliar pictures across listener and speaker responses. Conditioning procedures were used to increase time spent playing appropriately with various activities, increasing the number of learn units presented was used to decrease out-of-seat behaviour and items were targeted to a rate criterion for fluency. Writer immersion is used to increase the number of written autoclitics and to decrease the number of written errors. Textual prompts are also being tested in this classroom as a tactic to increase the use of descriptive autoclitics. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of all these tactics. |
|
The Emergence of the Listener Component of Naming and Full Naming in Children on the Autistic Spectrum by Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction. |
JACKIE CHARNOCK (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Racheal Eade (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: The effect of multiple exemplar instruction was tested on the transfer of stimulus function for unfamiliar pictures across listener and speaker responses. Four children on the Autistic Spectrum who did not have the listener to speaker component of naming participated in this study along with a further non-vocal child who did not have the listener component of naming. Multiple exemplar instruction consisted of teaching the match, point to, tact and intraverbal repertoires simultaneously (match and point only for the non-vocal child). The participants were tested on previously untaught unfamiliar pictures post multiple exemplar instruction and naming was shown to have emerged. |
|
A Collection of Tactics Used in the Pre-Listener Classrooms to Increase Academic and Communication Repertoires of Children on the Autistic Spectrum. |
KATHY HALES (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jo Phillips (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma Payn (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This presentation includes the effects of conditioning procedures to increase time spent playing appropriately with various activities, increasing the number of learn units presented to decrease out-of-seat behaviour and targeting items to a rate criterion for fluency. Six pre-listener children on the Autistic Spectrum participated in this study. All participants achieved significant gains across academic and communication repertoires because of the tactics implemented. |
|
The Effects of Reader/Writer Tactics on the Reading and Writing Behaviour of Children on the Autistic Spectrum. |
EMMA L. HAWKINS (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Racheal Eade (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Rougier (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: Writer immersion is defined as an establishing operation consisting of a period of time in which all communication is required to be in written format including learn units presented by the teacher. It is a tactic that is used in the reader/writer classroom at The Jigsaw CABAS® School to increase written autoclitics and to decrease the number of written errors. Textual prompts are also being tested in this classroom as a tactic to increase the use of descriptive autoclitics. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of these tactics. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Joint Attention Skills to Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Joint attention involves the coordinated attention between a social partner and an object in the environment and has been identified as one of the earliest emerging social behaviors in typically developing children. Deficits in joint attention for children with autism have been well documented in the literature. These children fail to orient to speech sounds or social stimuli, show deficits in the ability to follow the gaze of another person and often to use gaze shifts and gestures to initiate joint attention. Interventions based on behavioral teaching approaches have shown the most promise for ameliorating joint attention deficits in young children. A variety of instructional procedures including systematic prompting, shaping and reinforcement have been shown to be effective in teaching responding to joint attention and initiating joint attention. A limitation of this research to date is in the generalization and maintenance of the acquired skills. The purpose of this symposium is to describe several research projects in which the authors are using behavioral interventions to teach joint attention to preschool age children. The implications of these findings will be discussed as they relate to the integration of these skills into the general behavioral repertoires of these children. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Initiate Bids for Joint Attention with Peers. |
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole M. Scrivanich (Alpine Learning Group), Rachel Kirk (Alpine Learning Group), Courtney Berman (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Children with autism have deficits in joint attention. Joint attention involves the use of gesture and eye contact to share attention with another person about an object or an observed event. Bids for joint attention can include looking toward an item and shifting gaze between the item and the person, pointing or gesturing toward an item, and displaying or showing an item. Recent research indicates that children with autism can be taught to respond to and initiate bids for joint attention with adults (Taylor & Hoch, 2004). This current study used a multiple baseline design across pairs of peers to assess the effects of video modeling to teach children with autism to initiate and respond to bids for joint attention with their peers. Children with autism were taught to approach a peer, display an item of interest (an unusual or novel toy), to make a declarative statement (e.g., “Wow! look at this”), and to wait until the peer responded with a reciprocal comment (e.g., “That’s funny!”). Results indicated that video modeling was effective in facilitating some of the responses associated with joint attention, but additional prompting procedures were required to promote more subtle responses. |
|
The Role of Social Consequences in the Development of Joint Attention in Young Children with Autism. |
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Diana J. Ervin (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: In this paper we will review a contingency analysis of joint attention in which the characteristic gaze shifts, gestures, vocalizations, are shaped and maintained by conditioned socially mediated reinforcers. According to this analysis, joint attention deficits in children with autism spectrum disorders may be related to failures of socially mediated consequences to function as conditioned reinforcers. We will describe a protocol for assessing social reinforcers and intervention procedures based on use of these social consequences to establish joint attention initiations. Joint attention initiations were defined as use of gaze shift, gestures and vocalizations in the context of a target stimulus in the environment. Data from preschool age children with autism spectrum disorder will be reported. Interobserver agreement was high for all behavioral measures. Results will be discussed in the context of the posited behavioral contingency analysis of joint attention. |
|
Does Teaching Approach Matter in Facilitating Joint Attention and Symbolic Play in Young Children with Autism? |
CONNIE KASARI (University of California, Los Angeles), Connie Wong (University of California, Los Angeles), Stephanny Freeman (University of California, Los Angeles), Tanya Paparella (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Acquiring and generalizing new skills can be particularly difficult for children with autism and may be affected by teaching approach, skill domain, and individual child characteristics. In this study, joint attention and symbolic play skills were taught to children with autism using both discrete trial and naturalistic, developmental intervention approaches. Forty-one children with autism (aged 31 to 55 months) were randomized to a joint attention intervention or symbolic play intervention. The intervention procedure first involved structured discrete trials at a table to “prime” children for the targeted goal and then floor play involving naturalistic developmental intervention similar to pivotal response and milieu language interventions. Results indicate that children with autism generally acquire skills with the structured teaching approach first. However, these findings are qualified by interactions between skill domain and teaching approach. Children learning play skills reached mastery first in the structured setting whereas children learning joint attention skills reached mastery at the table and floor at the same time. Children with higher mental and language ages reached mastery faster in structured settings. These results suggest that some skills may be more quickly mastered using specific teaching methods, and should be considered in evaluating the success of a treatment program. |
|
|
|
|
Relational Framing and Rape: IRAP and Matching-to-Sample Procedures |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Hernandez (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services) |
Abstract: Literature from which Relational Frame Theory (RFT) was conceived utilized the matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure to train relations between stimuli and test for the derivation of additional relationships. MTS procedures provide solid measures of stimulus equivalence, but not other relational frames. Therefore, the IRAP was developed. The IRAP is the result of making RFT-consistent adjustments to the Implicit Associations Test. IRAP research has been successful at answering questions regarding the existence of certain frames. More research on pre-existing frames as well as the formation process is needed. Therefore, this symposium includes presentations on the use of IRAP and MTS procedures to examine the relationship between relational framing and rape-related content. The first presentation will present results on the relationship between reported sexual attitudes, sexual history, and matching to sample response to neutral symbols and a stimulus which could be interpreted as rape-related. The second presentation will discuss the relationship between positive and negative words as compared to rape and mutual sex stimuli using the IRAP. The third presentation in this symposium will explore the differences between these procedures, as well as the practical and technical issues associated with their use. |
|
Rape Fantasy, Relational Frame Theory, and Theoretical Implications for Treatment. |
JESSICA A. MADRIGAL-BAUGUSS (University of North Texas), Jennifer Bivona (University of North Texas), Laura Howe-Martin (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Research indicates that 30 to 50% of women report having erotic fantasies of being the victim of sexual aggression. It is unclear why this fantasy is common, when rape is typically reported to be an aversive outcome. In the present study, an RFT-guided approach was used to better understand how rape comes to be related to seemingly unrelated and more positive (neutral) stimuli. The relationship between matching-to-sample computer response and reported sexual attitudes and history was examined. It was predicted that women who reported a history of sexual abuse and/or a high level of sex guilt would relate a sexual stimulus with symbols more efficiently than women who do not have a history of abuse or guilt. Initial data did not support that hypothesis, although a larger sample is currently being analyzed. Results did indicate significant differences in transfer of stimulus function. Originally neutral symbols, after being matched to an ambiguous stimulus that could be interpreted as rape-related, were rated negatively by abuse survivors but more positively by the other women. This could mean that all stimulus events even remotely related to sexual content would be aversive, and treatment should be tailored to address these broad factors. |
|
Relational Responding to Rape Myths. |
NICOLE HERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Lea M. Fisher (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Rape fantasies are common sexual fantasies that both women and men experience. Inaccurate beliefs about rape may be the result of indirect learning experiences. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a contextual behavioral account of language and cognition that explains how indirect learning occurs via stimulus control in the form of relational conditioning. The Implicit Relational Attitude Procedure (IRAP) is a computerized task that measures existing relational stimulus control. Usually, participants of the IRAP show longer latencies on trials that present stimuli that are inconsistent with their previous social-verbal learning histories. The present study examined the relationship between positive and negative words compared to rape and mutual sex stimuli using the IRAP. Explicit measures of attitudes toward rape were also administered. It was hypothesized that participants would show longer response latencies to inconsistent trials, trials that presented positive stimuli with rape or negative terms with mutual sex in the presence of the similar relational cue. Data collection is still in progress but will be collected and analyzed by this presentation. |
|
IRAP and You Listen, or Matching-to-Theory: An Opinion on the Usefulness of the IRAP and MTS Procedures for Answering Empirical Questions. |
AMY MURRELL (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Adcock (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: A few years ago, students of RFT began to ponder the use of the IAT as a measure of the existence of “frames.” A couple of projects employed the IAT pre and post MTS and were only moderately successful at measuring changes. Industrious programmers began work on the new IRAP procedure, which utilizes similar technology as the IAT with adjustments for further direct examination of relational frames from the RFT perspective. Thus far, IRAP research has been successful at answering questions as to the existence of certain frames. This talk will explore the differences between the IRAP and MTS procedures, as well as the practical and technical issues with their use. It will highlight the specific research questions that have been answered by MTS, but not yet by the IRAP. The possibilities of developing an IRAP that can measure things such as development of frames, mutual and combinatorial entailment, and arbitrarily applicable relational responding will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Interbehavioral Psychology in Service to Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Hayne W. Reese, Ph.D. |
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Dr. Linda J. Parrott Hayes received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Manitoba, and her Master’s and doctoral degrees from Western Michigan University. Dr. Hayes was a member of the behavior analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she took a position at Saint Mary’s University in Canada. She founded the campus-based and satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno on a self-capitalization model. Dr. Hayes has participated in the governance of the Association for Behavior Analysis throughout her career, serving as Coordinator of the Education Board, founder and Director of the Council of Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis, and multiple terms as a member of the Executive Council, including its President. She is actively involved in efforts to promote the development of behavior analysis around the world. Dr. Hayes is best known for her work in behavior theory and philosophy. |
Abstract: Scientific communities rarely embrace new formulations of their subject matters or theories concerning them with enthusiasm. On the contrary, new theories are frequently and sometimes forcefully resisted, the latter peculiar to those touching upon issues of so fundamental a sort as to threaten venerable scientific traditions. Historians note that the eventual adoption of new formulations of events in the sciences is typically preceded by their having first suffered through successive stages of being ignored, dismissed, reviled, ridiculed, distorted, and exploited. Such has been the fate of interbehavioral psychology in the most powerful sector of the behavior analytic community. While it is the case that certain aspects of the behavior analytic position are incompatible with Kantors formulation of psychological events, the threat posed by the adoption of the latter is not as great as might be imagined. Indeed, it is only the most ill-formed and incoherent aspects of the former that are threatened by interbehavioral logic. More importantly, unless behavior analysis strives toward greater scientific systemization, problems of this sort will inevitably resurge, putting the validity and significance of this enterprise at continued risk. Adequate systemization is exemplified in interbehavioral psychology. For these and related reasons, certain assurances and clarifications pertaining to Kantors views are warranted. In addition, many members of the behavior analytic community are wholly unaware of Kantors enormous contribution to the development of a natural philosophy and science of behavior. My aim in this address, thereby, is also to provide an overview of interbehavioral psychology and the philosophy of interbehaviorism for this audience. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Applications of Behavior Analysis for Industrial Safety and Healthcare: Expanding the Paradigm from Behavior-Based to People-Based |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas B |
Area: OBM/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Presenting Authors: : E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Scott Geller coined the term behavior-based safety (BBS) in 1979 when consulting with Ford Motor Company on applications of behavior analysis to increase the use of vehicle safety belts. He subsequently taught BBS principles and relevant intervention strategies for on-the-job safety, first at several Ford manufacturing plants and then at various other companies nationwide. Over the next decade, BBS gained substantial popularity as the leading-edge approach to addressing the human dynamics of industrial safety. Annual conferences have been dedicated to BBS, and consulting firms purporting to implement BBS continue to spring up worldwide. Indeed, BBS likely represents the largest-scale application of behavior analysis beyond educational and rehabilitation institutions. The presenter has authored several books and training programs on BBS, including participant workbooks, audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs. However, Gellers most recent books and training materials (e.g., People-Based Safety and The Anatomy of Medical Error) advocate people-based safety (PBS) over BBS. This presentation will explain the evolution of PBS from BBS, with particular reference to applications in industrial and hospital settings. Learn the principles of BBS and PBS as presented to industries worldwide and most recently to healthcare workers, as well as distinctions between BBS and PBS. |
|
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Dr. E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. is Alumni Distinguished Professor at Virginia Tech and Director of the Center for Applied Behavior Systems in the Department of Psychology. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, and the World Academy of Productivity and Quality. He is past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1989-92), and current Associate Editor (since 1983) of Environment and Behavior, and consulting editor for Journal of Safety Research, Behavior and Social Issues, Behavior Analyst Digest, and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. Dr. Geller has authored 31 books, 42 book chapters, 38 training manuals, 197 magazine articles, and more than 300 research articles addressing the development and evaluation of behavior-change interventions to improve quality of life. He received a teaching award in 1982 from the American Psychological Association and has received every university teaching award offered at Virginia Tech. He has also been awarded the University Alumni Award for Excellence in Research, the Alumni Outreach Award for his exemplary real-world applications of behavioral science, and the University Alumni Award for Graduate Student Advising. In 2005, he received the Virginia Outstanding Faculty Award by the State Council of Higher Education, and in the same year, Virginia Tech honored him with an Alumni Distinguished Professorship. |
|
|
|
|
#378 Poster Session - AUT |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
1. Using Changing Criterion Design in Conjunction with DRA and Escape Contingency to Increase Food Acceptance. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI W. LIAO (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Kahng, Boscoe, and Byrne (2003) evaluated a food treatment program that consisted of DRA + escape extinction (physical guidance for food refusal) and DRA + escape contingency (termination of a meal) conditions. Results indicated that the DRA + escape contingency condition was responsible for the success of food acceptance for a 4-year-old girl during the treatment period. The purpose of this study was to extend the previous findings by incorporating DRA + escape contingency in a parent-conduct treatment program to increase a 4-year-old boy’s food acceptance in the home. Using a changing criterion design, the amount of non-preferred food accepted and consumed was gradually increased to 15 spoons per meal. |
|
|
2. Increasing Variety and Portions of Food Consumed by a Boy with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Lilja Ýr Halldórsdóttir (University of Iceland), Hildur Valdimarsdottir (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Positive reinforcement, escape extinction, and fading were used in an intervention with the aim of increasing variety of food intake and portion size consumed by a five years old boy with autism. A combination of multiple baseline across settings and a changing criterion experimental designs were used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on the target behaviors, i.e., number of bites consumed and average time it took the boy to consume each bite. The independent variables were material-, consumable-, social-, and token reinforcers. Both, continuous- and variable reinforcement schedules were used. Social reinforcers were delivered after consumption of each bite of nonpreferred food but other types of reinforcers were used when the boy had consumed the required number of bites. The experiment took place in the kindergarten and at home. Caregivers were trained in the intervention technique to increase the probability of generalization across time and settings after the experiment ended. The results showed increased variety and portions of food intake in all settings. It also took the boy less time to consume each bite when training proceeded. It was inferred that the success was caused by the intervention. |
|
|
3. Teaching an Individual with Autism to Eat Healthy Foods: Decreasing Duration of Meal Consumption. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARISSA SHARLOW (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Anglesea (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism may consume less preferred foods slowly. Oftentimes, these less preferred foods are healthy choices that are essential to the individuals’ diet. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of using a time-based vibrating pager that signaled consumption of bites to decrease the duration of meal consumption. The participant was a teenager with autism who attended a behaviorally-based school program for learners with autism. The participant was taught, using graduated guidance, to take a bite of food when the pager signaled him to do so. Once the participant was reliably taking bites when the pager signaled, a reversal design was used to compare total time to consume meals with and without the pager. The results indicated that time to consumption decreased when the pager was used during mealtime. Results are discussed in terms of interventions to improve healthy eating habits in learners with autism. |
|
|
4. Does the Use of the Preferred Food Pictures Decrease the Duration of Crying for Children with Autism before the Mealtime at Home Setting? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PEI-FANG R. WU (University of Oklahoma), Kai-Chien Tien (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This research examined the effectiveness of PECS with children with ASD to decrease their crying behavior before mealtimes in the home setting. The research also evaluated the level of prompting when children use PECS in the natural environment after they had accomplished 80% independent use during the training sessions. The training sessions involved presentations of preferred food and preferred food pictures, prompting and prompt fading procedures. After the training the research occurred in the place that the behavior usually occurred to determine whether or not children could generalize the PECS skills across setting. The results of this study were exciting but developed a few issues regarding parental involvement and opportunities for practice generalization in the natural environment after the PECS training is completed. Replication and controlled research study on generalization is encouraged for follow researchers. |
|
|
5. Behavioral and Oral Motor Treatment of Feeding Disorders in Autism: A Case Study. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTEN POWERS (The Center for Children with Special Needs), John D. Molteni (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: The combined use of both behavioral and oral-motor interventions to reduce food selectivity in a child with autism was examined. Following the completion of an oral motor and behavioral assessment, interventions including escape extinction, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and shaping were utilized in conjunction with oral motor interventions targeting lip closure, tongue lateralization and rotary chewing. The results of this study provide preliminary support for the combined use of a behavioral approach with oral-motor interventions to decrease food selectivity for a child with autism. Clinic-based intervention and parent training/carryover were utilized. Increases in the participant’s overall food repertoire increased to allow for acceptance of various tastes, textures and temperatures along with collateral decreases in challenging behavior surrounding mealtime were obtained. Social validity measures of the intervention were obtained with favorable results. |
|
|
6. Treating Problem Behavior of a Child with Autism via Contingent Access to Automatically Reinforced Behavior. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET J. STROBEL (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Identifying treatments for automatically reinforced behavior has been a particular challenge for researchers and clinicians. The current investigation evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) using access to the automatically reinforced behavior as the reinforcer. The participant was a 10-year of boy diagnosed with autism who engaged in running and jumping. Results of a functional analysis indicated that the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. As part of the treatment, attempts to run and jump were blocked. Contingent on the absence of attempts, the participant was permitted to briefly run and jump while holding the therapist’s hand. Results suggested that the treatment was highly effective. These findings extend previous studies showing that contingent access to automatically reinforced behavior can increase and maintain alternative behavior (e.g., Hanley, Iwata, Thompson, & Lindberg, 2000). |
|
|
7. Using a Shaping Tool to Increase Compliance in a Young Adolescent with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN HOGAN (Melmark New England), Lisa A. Studer (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Using a shaping tool to increase Compliance in a young adolescent with autism
Researchers in this study investigated the use of a shaping tool in order to increase compliance and decrease the duration of non-compliance in a young man with autism and bipolar disorder. Upon the occurrence of non-compliance, staff would verbally deliver a high probability directive (“touch my hand”) and if the student followed this directive, he was able to access 3-5 seconds of a preferred movie clip. Staff would continue to deliver high probability directives (“pick up your pencil”), followed by low probability directives (“do the first problem”) and the student would be able to continue watching short clips if he followed the directives. This tool was used until the student was able to comply with staff demands for one minute. The shaping tool consisted of short video clips of preferred material (variety of animated movies). The data – displayed graphically – illustrates the percentage of compliance and the percent and duration of non-compliance; both over a six and a half hour school day. |
|
|
8. Eliminating Rumination in a Seven-Year-Old Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ELIZABETH GARTLAND (Step By Step Academy), Luc Lecavalier (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Rumination is defined as regurgitation or gargling of previously swallowed food. The purpose our treatment was to eliminate rumination. Frequency data was taken to create a baseline and during treatment phases.
Treatment phase one was a liquid rescheduling procedure. Research studies indicated that this antecedent control strategy might make rumination more difficult. The client was not allowed access to liquids for 30 minutes prior to, during and 60 minutes following all meals. We paired this procedure with satiation and non-contingent reinforcement. He was also prompted to sign “more” as a replacement behavior before the delivery of food. The client was given access to starchy food every ten seconds for 45 minutes following his regular meal time or until he no longer accepted it. Our data showed that we had little to no effect on this behavior using liquid rescheduling, satiation and non-contingent reinforcement. We decided upon the use of an oral hygiene procedure. After each instance of rumination, the client was told “no” was physically prompted to brush his teeth for 20 seconds with a toothbrush dipped in baking soda and had his lips wiped with Listerine. |
|
|
9. The Effect of Playing Verbal Stimulatory Sound in CD Player to Reduce Verbal Stimulatory Behavior in Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ZHI-LIANG CHEN (California Institute of Applied Behavior Analysis, Taiwan, ROC), Hui Hung Chen (California Institute of Applied Behavior Analysis, Taiwan, ROC), Chia-Yu Chou (California Institute of Applied Behavior Analysis, Taiwan, ROC) |
Abstract: This study is to investigate the effect of playing verbal stimulatory sound made by the child with autism in CD player to reduce verbal stimulatory behavior. The subject is a student of California Institute of Applied Behavior Analysis in Taipei Taiwan. The reversal design of single subject research design is used in this study. The collected data is mostly analyzed by using the visual analysis. |
|
|
10. Using Stereotypy as a Reinforcer to Decrease Episodes of Aggression and Self-Injury in an Adult with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD RAMOS (Eden II Programs), Anthony Mauro (Eden II Programs), Ginamarie C. Forlenza (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The purpose of this case study was to examine the effects of using stereotypy as a reinforcer to decrease episodes of aggression, and self – injury. A 46 year old male with autism participated in this study. A token economy system with response cost as a component was implemented. Two baseline data were taken, first was an interval system measuring the percentage of 15 minute intervals in which the target behavior was exhibited at least once. The second was an interval system measuring the effectiveness of the response cost component of the plan in terms of how many intervals that there was an observable change in behavior following token distribution. During the period of intervention, tokens were delivered contingent upon the completion of task and cooperation. At the beginning of the day 2 tokens were placed on the board. The picture token served as visual stimulator for the participant. Upon earning 8 tokens throughout the program day the participant received a reward shoe box of sensory stimulating items for ½ hour. The sensory stimulating items were found to be highly reinforcing to the participant rather than tangible items. Various tangible items were used intermittently and were unsuccessful in decreasing maladaptive behaviors but the implementation of the shoe box of sensory stimulating items drastically decreased the episodes of aggression and self injury. |
|
|
11. Teaching Young Children with Autism Social and Play Initiations During Peer Play Dates. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE HOLDER (Therapeutic Pathways), Monica L. Garcia (Therapeutic Pathways), Allyson Moore (Therapeutic Pathways) |
Abstract: A social and play skills training program was used to teach young children with autism to engage in specific social and play initiation targets during peer play dates. Prior to peer play dates, children were first taught to discriminate examples and non-examples of initiation targets, as well as instructed to demonstrate intiation targets during behavior rehearsals. During peer play dates, children were instructed to make these initiation targets and correct responses were followed by a token reinforcement. Probe data were collected before, during and following training. |
|
|
12. Pivotal Response Teaching on the Effect of Causal-Effect Connected Words for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHU-HWEI KE (ABA Learning & Development Center), Li-Tsun Wang (National Changhua University of Education), Chiao Yun Yen (ABA Learning & Development Center), Shu Fen Kuo (ABA Learning & Development Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the pivotal response teaching on the effects of causal-effect connected words for one children with autism.
A single subject experimental design of multiple probes design across behaviors and settings was used in the study. The dependent variables of this study were percentage improvement of the 3 different causal-effect connected words (including, as long as, because, only if) in the training session and the novel situation. Evaluation questionnaires and interviews of the parent and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity.
This study showed positive effects on the percentage gains of the three causal-effect connected words both in training and novel setting.
The parent and teachers all favored the treatment outcomes. |
|
|
13. Self-Monitoring DRO: Reducing Tantrum Behaviors of a Child with Autism Using DRO with Self-Monitoring of Desired Behaviors. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH GENTRY (The May Institute, Inc.) |
Abstract: A case study is presented in which frequent and severe tantrum behaviors exhibited by a 9-year-old female with autism were significantly reduced with self-monitored differential reinforcement of other behavior. Experimental analysis established that the tantrum behaviors were maintained by adult attention and access to tangibles. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of an escalating differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior schedule using tokens as conditioned reinforcement to earn later computer time. After baseline data was collected, and throughout the intervention, the girl was taught to start the timer and give herself tokens when the interval timer sounded and reset the timer upon behavioral response. Results illustrated that the DRO intervention diminished the frequency of tantrum behaviors to near zero levels and increased interval length to 30 minutes. Although she frequently had to be reminded to reset the timer after tantrum behaviors, her independent self-monitoring of desired behaviors resulted in regular positive adult attention, which was one of the consequences of the target behaviors. |
|
|
14. Using Social StoriesTM with a Student with Asperger's Disorder. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIN PERRY (University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Sterling-Turner (University of Southern Mississippi), Daniel H. Tingstrom (University of Southern Mississippi), Jennifer Abraham (University of Southern Mississippi), Neelima Gutti (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present data from a pilot study that investigated the effectiveness of a social story on increasing appropriate classroom behaviors and decreasing inappropriate behaviors. The participant was a 6 year-old male diagnosed with Asperger's Disorder who was referred for inappropriate vocalizations during classroom instruction. All data were collected in the school setting. An ABAB design was utilized to examine treatment effects. The data indicated that the social story intervention was successful in increasing appropriate behaviors and decreasing inappropriate behaviors exhibited by the participant during language arts instruction. Results from the study will be discussed along with limitations and implications for future research. |
|
|
16. Using Pictures to Compare Preference of Tangible and Social Stimuli with Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN ANGLIN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Harry A. Mackay (Northeastern University, Shriver Center), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Research (Graff and Gibson, 2003; Clevenger and Graff, 2005) suggests that pictorial representations of stimuli can be an efficient method of assessing preference in children with developmental disabilities. This study extends current research by including social stimuli and by examining the effects of duration of access. Initially, a series of preference assessment were completed. The first three assessments were as follows: social, tangible, and a mix of three highest preferred social and tangible stimuli from the previous two assessments. Participants that did not select social stimuli as highest preferred in the mixed assessment completed another two of assessments. First, the three highest ranked social stimuli from the first social assessment were compared to the same three stimuli except the duration was increased by 10 sec (e.g., 20 s of high fives instead of 10 s in previous assessment). In the final assessment, the three stimuli ranked highest from the previous assessment were compared to the three highest from tangible assessment. The results demonstrate that duration of access to reinforcers can affect preference rank and thus may increase or decrease its ability to function as an effective reinforcer. |
|
|
17. Factors Affecting the Generalization of “WH-“ Question Answering by Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Maryland College Park), Andrew L. Egel (University of Maryland College Park), Natasha Bailey (University of Maryland College Park), Bonnie S. Dayhoff (University of Maryland College Park), Becky Gruetzmacher (University of Maryland College Park), Kateri Hull (University of Maryland College Park), Amponsah J. Nkansah (University of Maryland College Park) |
Abstract: Communication seems to be the most salient predictor of outcome for children with autism and the development of relationships with others (Woods & Wetherby, 2003). In addition to difficulties with learning and communication, children with autism often have difficulty generalizing learned material to novel settings, people, and stimuli (Siegel, 2003). One common method for increasing the generalization of learned skills utilizes multiple exemplars, or teaching a subset of targets that represent the class of behaviors that the student will be required to emit in the natural environment (Stokes & Osnes, 1988). An emerging theory of language and cognition that draws from the literature on multiple exemplar training is Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Hayes et al, 2001). RFT is a behavioral theory and asserts that novel communicative responses are a product of multiple exemplar training. Six students with autism, ages 5-9, were taught to answer a class of “wh-“ questions (e.g., “what is the child doing?”). Their ability to construct relational frames was tested using a matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure. Generalization of question answering to untaught members of the class was then assessed. Some individuals with higher MTS performance than their peers in baseline also emitted more generative responding. An area of continuing investigation is the identification of efficient methods to expand relational frames in students who did not generalize. |
|
|
18. The Use of Video-Based Interventions with Individuals with Autism and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
ERIN SPARACIO (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School) |
Abstract: Video-based instruction has been used to teach a variety of skills to persons both with and without disabilities (Dowrick, 1991). Video-based instruction was first used with children with autism to teach purchasing skills (Haring, Kennedy, Adams, & Pitts-Conway, 1987). Recently, video-based instruction has become more widely used in clinical settings with individuals with autism spectrum disorders. The purpose of this literature review is to explore the use of video-based instruction with individuals with autism spectrum disorders and developmental disabilities. The review will examine the specific areas that have been targeted for skill acquisition (D’Ateno, Mangiapanello, & Taylor, 2003; Shipley-Benamou, Lutzker & Taubman, 2002). The review will also attempt to examine questions such as the efficacy of live models vs. video models (Charlop-Christy, Le & Freeman, 2000), occurrence of generalization to novel settings, instructors or materials. The review will provide ideas for future research in the area of video-based instruction in autism spectrum and developmental disabilities. |
|
|
19. The Use of Video Modeling to Assist with Transitions for Students with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA CHAIT (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jennifer L. Marshall (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty transitioning from one activity to another resulting in problem behavior. Previous research suggests individuals with autism may have difficulty transitioning because events are not predictable, regardless of familiarity. The more predictable the situation, the fewer problem behaviors observed. Studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of video modeling to teach children with autism new behaviors. However, few studies have used video to assist with transitions. Schreibman, Whalen, and Stahmer (2000) used video priming to reduce disruptive behaviors during transitions of three children with autism. The video priming procedure successfully reduced disruptive behavior during transitions. Furthermore, appropriate behavior was observed in new transition situations, indicating generalization. The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of video modeling on problem behaviors exhibited during transitions. Three children with autism who demonstrated problem behavior during transitions were shown a video model prior to the transition. A multiple-baseline design across participants was implemented to demonstrate experimental control. The results are discussed along with implications for research and practice. |
|
|
20. A Comparison of Video Modeling and Verbal Instructions to Teach Self Help Skills to a Nine-Year-Old with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID ROBERT DILLEY (BEACON Services), Erin Burke (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling has been used to teach children with autism various skills including self-help, play and social skills. This study compared the effects of video modeling vs. verbal instruction on the acquisition of multi step activities of daily living skills. Specifically, a video model was used to teach the child to set the table and verbal prompts were used to teach him to clean his room. Results indicated that video modeling produced a faster rate of acquisition then verbal prompts. After failing to master room cleaning, the video modeling intervention was applied to this task and the student rapidly learned to clean his room. Anecdotal information suggested that video modeling was a preferred training modality and resulted in faster task completion and fewer problem behaviors. These results are consistent with previous research that suggests video modeling can be an effective strategy for teaching children with autism. |
|
|
21. Effects of Video Modeling without Reinforcement or Correction on Transitioning with Three Students with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
SUSAN HEITKER (Hawthorne Country Day School; The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Nicole Kalen (Hawthorne Country Day School), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Three students with autism, identified as having attending and imitative skills, but lacking transitioning skills and who exhibited maladaptive behavior, participated in the current study, which measured the effects of video modeling without reinforcement or correction on performing a 4-step transitioning sequence. The present study extends research of Kalen, Cohen, Vera, Shimizu, & Yoon (2004, unpublished) in which a 6-step task was presented, without reinforcement or correction procedures, to young children with autism who exhibited maladaptive behavior and lacked imitative and attending skills. Data from the present study will be contrasted with the Kalen, et al. study to show if attending and imitative skills are sufficient prerequisite skills for video modeling by itself (without correction or reinforcement procedures) to produce correct responding. |
|
|
22. Teaching Routine Events to Children with Autism Using Video Modeling Paired with a Chaining Procedure. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Ceri Edwards (Schertz-Cibolo Universal City School District), Cheryl Flores (Schertz-Cibolo Universal City School District), Rolondo Ocanas (Schertz-Cibolo Universal City School District) |
Abstract: Students with autism can be taught to perform routine tasks but have difficulty representing or “showing” the simple routines they have learned through familiar actions using gestures as well as verbally sequencing or “telling” another person how to perform the routine. Previous research results show that students with autism also have difficulty simultaneously “showing and telling” how to perform a simple routine.
The purpose of this session is to provide results of a research study conducted to address how to increase student’s ability to communicate routine events both verbally and non-verbally. The study was conducted across environments in a public school setting. Six students were taught two routine events utilizing a video tape of a typically developing peer modeling the task paired with a chaining procedure. During baseline, students were observed performing the routine event to determine which steps they could perform independently. In the intervention phase of the study, the students were taught how to perform the event and demonstrate the actions associated with each step of the routine in a sequenced pattern and verbally state how to perform the routine event. Finally, the students were taught how to simultaneously “show and tell” the routine event. |
|
|
23. Using Video Modeling to Teach Reciprocal Greetings for an Adult with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY BERGEN (Eden II/TIPSE), Onoriode (Kevin) Edafe (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: Video modeling can be defined as the occurrence of a behavior by an observer that is similar to a behavior demonstrated by a model presented via a videotape (Nikopoulos & Keenan, 2004). Video modeling may be an effective tool because the video presentation is an engaging medium, resulting in longer sustained attention (Charlop-Christy et al., 2001). In addition, the video does not require social interaction during learning. The use of the video also allows for certain stimulus features to be highlighted and for the minimization of distracting or irrelevant features in order to address the issue of stimulus overselectivity (Spradlin & Brady, 1999). This study examines the effects of video modeling on pragmatic language skills, specifically the ability to reciprocate greetings by waving.
The participant in this case study is a 27 year old adult with a clinical diagnosis of Autism. The video, a power point sequence, was presented via the computer. As the skill of waving to reciprocate a greeting was mastered, the use of the video was faded systematically. |
|
|
24. Comparing Procedures for Teaching Play Skills: Discrete Trial Training and Video Modeling. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE S. OWEN-DESCHRYVER (Grand Valley State University), Amy L. Matthews (Grand Valley State University), Nicole J. Henriksen (Grand Valley State University) |
Abstract: Extensive research has found interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis to be effective for teaching children with autism. This study was designed to compare two behavioral interventions: discrete trial training (DTT) and video modeling (VM). The participants were three boys with autism who attended self-contained preschool classrooms. For each participant, two equivalent play targets were selected from three different domains (play interactions, play sequences, and play statements). Baseline data were collected and the targets for each domain were randomly assigned to either the DTT or VM condition. Rates of skill acquisition for these targets were then compared. After an adequate trial period, if the child did not acquire the skill or showed inconsistent performance, the target was assigned to the other condition. Results suggested that these procedures were differentially effective depending on multiple factors, including the child’s unique interests, strengths, and weaknesses; however, for the majority of participants and targets, DTT was associated with more rapid improvements in performance. Possible reasons for these results and future research directions are suggested, including the possibility of identifying profiles of students for whom VM might be most successful. |
|
|
25. Using Peer Mediators with Autism to Increase Social Interaction in Other Individuals with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WENDY CHENG (Autism Behavior Consultants) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of a peer-mediated intervention on the social interaction of three dyads of children with autism, with one child in each dyad possessing greater social skills than the other member of the dyad. The child in each dyad demonstrating greater social skills was trained to facilitate social interactions with the target participant demonstrating greater social skills deficits. A multiple baseline across pairs of subjects design was used to determine if there were increases in social interaction, measured as the percentage of intervals in which the following occurred: (a) peer mediator’s initiations, (b) corresponding target child’s responses (c) target child’s initiations, (d) corresponding peer mediator’s responses, and (e) sustained social interaction. The independent variable was the peer mediated intervention. Initiating skills taught included finding someone to play with, using a person's name to get their attention, tapping someone on the shoulder, standing in front of someone, asking someone to play, and conversing. Responding skills targeted included looking at, turning to, and answering others when spoken to, and praising. Skills taught to increase duration of interactions included continuing to play a game, asking questions, changing what one is doing, helping others, sharing materials, and turn-taking. |
|
|
26. Increasing Social Initiations in Preschoolers with Autism: The Use of a Tactile Prompt in the Playground Setting. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAIME-LYN GAUDET (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Courtney Lanagan (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jennifer L. Harris (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: Tactile prompts from a programmed vibrating pager have been shown to increase verbal initiations from elementary school-aged children diagnosed with autism in regular education classroom settings. However, it remains unclear whether tactile prompts can be successfully integrated into social skills instruction for preschoolers diagnosed with autism learning to interact with typical peers on the playground. Three preschool boys with autism (ages four to five), each with vocal language, were assessed for baseline levels of verbal social initiations with peers on the playground. The children were then trained with a tactile prompting device in a structured 1:1 setting using ABA training. Tactile stimulated session and non-tactile stimulated session data were collected consecutively on each measurement day, the order being alternated. The key dependent variable was rate of child-to-peer initiations within two 10-minute intervals per school day. To assess whether tactile prompt training improved social initiations, these collateral effects were assessed by measuring peer-to-child initiations at one week post-training. Social skills instruction is reviewed with the inclusion of tactile prompts for younger children diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
27. Infant Programs for Children with Autism in California. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIANNE L. BERNALDO (ACES) |
Abstract: This poster represents a single company's work in educating infants diagnosed with autism over a span of nearly ten years. It investigates the changes in service delivery over that span of time and highlights the outcomes of intensive intervention programs, focusing on several clients who were followed as they grew into young adults, and who are representative of the growth of intervention and its historical foundations. |
|
|
28. In Situ Training “Eye Gaze” Discrimination Skills in Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KENJI OKUDA (Ohka Gakuen University) |
Abstract: The discrimination skills of "Eye Gaze" on a natural setting in Children with Autism were assessed. First, participants were tested their performance. Second, in situ training was conducted for the participants. Then, effectiveness of in situ training procedures and generalization are assessed. Finally, the generalized skills of "Eye directions" in relation to "theory of mind" are discussed. |
|
|
29. Multiple Measures to Evaluate the Effectiveness of Parent Education for Parents of Students with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH DELPIZZO-CHENG (Newport-Mesa Unified School District), Lori A. Williams (Newport-Mesa Unified School District), Shoshana Yudin (Newport-Mesa Unified School District), Traci Eseltine (Newport-Mesa Unified School District) |
Abstract: Special education departments in our public education system serve families with disabilities, which invariably includes children with autism spectrum disorders. The increase of prevalence of children with autism has placed a new responsibility on school districts to provide a certain level of service to these learners. Notably, both in terms of classroom intervention and family support, special education has taken on a new dimension, and expanded systems are necessary in order to provide for these families. Past literature on parents as therapists indicate that parents can serve as effective providers of behavior intervention programs for their youngsters that exhibit difficult behaviors. The purpose of this poster is to describe a behavioral parent education program that teaches behavioral strategies for the mitigation of difficult behaviors. Parents are first taught in a group didactic setting, then in individualized coaching in a natural setting. A collection of numerous measures are presented, including parent measures on integrity of strategy implementation, parent and child affect measures, and social validity measures. Results provide information on parent choice of behavioral strategies, and the integrity of the implementation. Additional results are provided on child and parent affective measures, and a social validity measure. |
|
|
30. Study Case of One Autistic Child. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MILAGROS DAMIÁN-DÍAZ (University of México) |
Abstract: The aim of the present longitudinal study is to describe the typical behavior of an autistic girl, who also shows mental incapacity, based on a follow- up research, from the age of three to the age of four years. Her autistic behavior is similar to the one described by Kanner 1943; Wing, 1981 & Frith, 1991. The intervention was developed through filming her under free and semi- structural situations, at the university’s clinic and at the child’s home. Results based on a qualitative analysis showed that her behavior included characteristics of an autistic child, since severe behavior disruptions were observed, especially in communication, language development and social interaction with others, due the sui generis use she gave to objects. Obtained data were similar to those described by the mentioned authors. |
|
|
31. A Revised Combined Blocking Procedure to Teach Discrimination to Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH JANE SHEW (UK Young Autism Project), Sarah Elizabeth Fletcher (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A combined blocking procedure (Williams, Perez-Gonzalez, and Queiroz, 2005) was used to teach 4 discriminations to 3 children with autism on ABA programmes delivered by UK Young Autism Project. The first child was required to discriminate between two different pairs of opposites. The second child was required to discriminate between one pair of opposites and the third child was required to discriminate expressively between two emotions using the reading and writing method. The opposites and word cards for emotions, were located at fixed positions on a table and the experimenter repeatedly requested the child to touch one of the opposites or select one of the word cards. After 10 consecutive correct responses the child was asked to select the other opposite or word card. Blocks of trials with each opposite or word card were systematically thinned until presented randomly. Subsequently, the location of the opposites or word cards was systematically alternated until the child was able to discriminate when both requests and positions were presented randomly for 20 consecutive trials. One child was an exact replication of the combined blocking procedure (Williams et al. 2005), one child needed 2 additional stages and one child did not reach mastery criteria. |
|
|
|
|
#379 Poster Session - BPH |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
32. The Association of Adverse Events and Response-Cost in Substance Abuse Treatment Settings. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
ELENA BRESANI (Treatment Research Institute), Brian E. Versek (Treatment Research Institute), Lauren Jacobs (Treatment Research Institute), Robert Scott Gardner (Treatment Research Institute), Jessica L. Barone (Treatment Research Institute), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Temple University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute) |
Abstract: Substance abuse interventions involving abstinence-based reinforcement have been shown to be effective in initiating and maintaining periods of cocaine abstinence. However, treatment providers express concerns regarding possible negative side effects of providing vouchers exchangeable for tangible goods within a substance-abusing population. The purpose of this study is to determine whether the administration of response-cost within an escalating reinforcement schedule is associated with adverse events such as relapse to drug use or psychiatric hospitalizations. Subjects (n = 131) were cocaine-dependant individuals recruited from a methadone-maintenance program in Philadelphia, PA and enrolled in an abstinence-based reinforcement program that provided escalating voucher values ($2.50 - $40) for delivering cocaine-free urine samples 3 times per week. Voucher values were reset to $2.50 if subjects provided a cocaine-positive urine sample or failed to provide a scheduled sample. To determine if adverse events are associated with resets, we will conduct a series of chi-square tests for adverse events and resets that occurred within 3 days, 1 week, and 2 weeks of one another. These results will determine if abstinence-based reinforcement treatments that involve response-cost contingent upon cocaine-free samples pose a limited risk to participants. |
|
|
33. Preliminary Outcomes from Dependent Subgroup Contingency Management in Community Substance Abuse Treatment. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY C. KIRBY (Treatment Research Institute), Jessica L. Barone (Treatment Research Institute), Robert Scott Gardner (Treatment Research Institute), Elena Bresani (Treatment Research Institute), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Temple University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Contingent reinforcement of urinalysis-verified drug abstinence is an effective means of initiating and maintaining drug abstinence, but is not acceptable to community treatment counselors who provide group–centered treatment, in part because it has been delivered in individualized contingencies and has traditionally targeted only one treatment goal. This study evaluates the efficacy of a dependent subgroup contingency within group substance abuse treatment, which is by far the most common treatment delivery modality in community treatment programs. Cocaine and opiate-dependent participants (n=20) are recruited from a methadone-maintenance treatment center. Following baseline collection of urinalysis data, participants are able to earn the opportunity to select prizes in a sub-group contingency targeting 1) a single behavior (urinalysis-verified cocaine abstinence) or 2) multiple behaviors (cocaine abstinence, study group attendance, methadone adherence and treatment group attendance), in a counterbalanced ABCBC single-subjects reversal design. These findings will determine if dependent sub-group contingency management can be implemented in group settings, for multiple treatment goals, making contingent reinforcement interventions more desirable to community treatment providers. |
|
|
34. Positive and Negative Interactions among Drug-Addicted Individuals During a Dependent Subgroup Contingency. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY C. KIRBY (Treatment Research Institute), Robert Scott Gardner (Treatment Research Institute), Lauren Jacobs (Treatment Research Institute), Jessica L. Barone (Treatment Research Institute), Brian E. Versek (Treatment Research Institute), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Temple University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Individualized abstinence-based reinforcement strategies are efficacious among substance abusing, methadone-maintained patients, but implementation of dependent group contingencies has raised concern of an increased probability of coercion directed toward poor performing individuals. The purpose of this study is to examine social interactions among group members receiving reinforcement under a dependent subgroup contingency. Opiate and cocaine dependent participants recruited from methadone-maintenance treatment will earn the opportunity to select prizes contingent upon urinalysis-verified cocaine abstinence, study group attendance, methadone adherence or group treatment attendance, using a multiple baseline across groups design. Participants will be videotaped during study group meetings and will complete weekly questionnaires. Both will be used to assess frequencies of positive and negative social interactions among study group participants. This study will explore the extent to which illicit drug-addicted individuals under a dependent subgroup contingency experience positive and negative social interactions, thus assessing the feasibility of safely using dependent subgroup contingencies with this population. |
|
|
35. Some Effects of Mefloquin on Schedule Controlled Behavior of Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
DUSTIN HAZER (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The excitatory amino acid (EAA) agonist N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) was evaluated on the schedule controlled responding of rats. Lever-press responses were maintained under a Fixed interval 30” (FI 30) schedule of water presentation. All drugs were injected i.p. 30 minutes prior to the start of the sessions. NMDA (3, 10.0, 17.0, and 30.0 mg/kg) produced dose-related decreases in overall responding. Mefloquine, evaluated at doses of (1.0, 1.7, 3.0 mg/kg) engendered marginal decreases in response rates. Conversely, CGS19755 (1.0, 3.0, 5.6, and 10.0 mg/kg) produced marked rate suppression at the highest dose tested. |
|
|
36. Some Interactions between Mefloquin and NMDA on Schedule-Controlled Responding in the Rat. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN O'KEEFE (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The objective of this experiment was to determine the potential antagonistic effects mefloquine when injected concurrently with NMDA. Six Sprague Dawley rats were trained to lever press under a VR10 schedule of water presentation. Dose response relations were determined with NMDA, and mefloquine. The doses of NMDA tested were 3.0, 10.0, 17.0, and 30.0mg/kg. The doses of mefloquine tested were 1.0, 1.7, and 3.0mg/kg. NMDA produced dose-related decreases in responding (responses per minute). Mefloquine injections, however, only showed slight decreases in response rates. Once the dose response curves were conducted for NMDA and mefloquine, 17.0 mg/kg NMDA was injected with 1.7 mg/kg of mefloquine to access the interaction. Mefloquin showed inconsistent effects across subjects with no clear antagonism. |
|
|
37. Pharmacological Intervention for Children and Adults with Autism: A Review of Currently Prescribed Medications. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
LESLIE V. SINCLAIR (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Travis Haycook (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Roberta Bauer (Children's Hospital at The Cleveland Clinic), Jennifer Manning (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Medication use has been coupled with behavioral techniques to address challenging behavior in people with autism spectrum disorder. A survey of center-based treatment programs was conducted to determine medications that are most commonly prescribed to treat challenging behavior. Resulting data indicated extensive use of medication as a part of the individuals’ overall treatment, with several medications more commonly prescribed than others. Resulting data indicated multiple medication combinations are also common forms of psychopharmacological intervention for individuals with autism.
Prescribed medications that target specific behavioral symptoms have produced effects on behavior. This poster presentation categorizes medication selection by symptom and side effects. |
|
|
38. The Effects of Mefloquine Hydrochloride on NMDA-Induced Drinking Behavior in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
MEGAN ROBY (Allegheny College), Kasandra Foster (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of NMDA-induced drinking behavior in rats, when pretreated with Mefloquine. Dose response relations were obtained for Six Sprague-Dawley rats injected with NMDA (2.0, 10.0, 17.0, and 30.0 mg/kg), Mefloquine (1.0, 1.7, and 3.0 mg/kg), and PCP (1.0, 3.0, and 5.6 mg/kg). All drugs were injected i.p. 30 minutes prior to the start of each session. The NMDA dose response relation showed a statistically significant increase in drinking behavior at the 17.0 mg/kg and 30.0 mg/kg dose levels in all subjects. Antagonism studies were completed with a selected dose of Mefloquine (1.7 mg/kg) administered concomitantly with 17.0 (mg/kg) NMDA. Though dipsogenic effects following Mefloquine and NMDA concomitant administration were not statistically significantly less than isolated NMDA administration, the data showed a sharp decrease in drinking patterns. Drinking behavior following the PCP (1,0 mg/kg) and NMDA (17.0 mg/kg) concomitant administration was significantly less than the drinking following NMDA administration, suggesting PCP’s antagonism of NMDA. Further research is necessary to explore Mefloquine’s pharmacological mechanisms and to explain the psychotic behaviors often associated with it. |
|
|
39. Time Course Evaluations of Antagonistic Effects of Ethanol on N-methyl-D-aspartate-Induced Drinking in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ALISON PECHALK (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: N-Methyl-D-Aspartate (NMDA) has a known dipsogenic effect in rats and pigeons. The present experiment examined the potential antagonist effects of ethanol (10% v/v) on NMDA (17.0mg/kg) – induced drinking in six male Sprague-Dawley rats. Time course evaluations were conducted immediately following each individual drug administration and simultaneous administration of the drugs. Observations were made at 0, 0.5, 1, and 2 hours post injection i.p. Considerable dipsogenic effects were observed after 0.5-hour administration of the NMDA alone. Over the time values studied, ethanol alone produced an inverted-u shaped curve of drinking in the rats. When administered concomitantly, a significant antagonistic effect engendered by the ethanol was observed after 0.5 hours post - administration of NMDA. |
|
|
40. The Effect of Valproic Acid on the Diposgenic Effect of N-methly-D-asparate in Female Sprague-Dawley Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
TARA CLARK (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: N-methly-D-asparate (NMDA) produces dipsogenic effects in rats when administered with a half hour presession injection time (i.p. injections). This study was conducted to determine if Valproic Acid (VPA) would suppress this effect if administered thirty minutes prior to the NMDA. The study used six female Sprague Dawley rats. Rats were administered 3, 10, 17, and 30mg/kg doses of NMDA and 50,75, and100 mg/kg of VPA. Once dose-response curves were determined the rats were then given 30mg/kg of NMDA as well as 50mg/kg of VPA, which significantly decreased the effects of the NMDA. The rats then were given 30mg/kg of NMDA as well as 100mg/kg of VPA, completely suppressing the dipsogenic effects of the NMDA. |
|
|
41. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior in the Context of Atypical Antipsychotic Medication Switch. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota), Raymond C. Tervo (Gillette Children's Specialty Healthcare), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Functional analysis of aggressive and destructive behavior of a 10 year old boy with cerebral palsy was conducted to evaluate the effects of a switch from Risperdal to Seroquel on behavioral function. Sessions were conducted in the participant's school in his special education classroom. Results are discussed in terms of differentiation in functional analysis data, drug dosage, and recommendations for further medical and behavioral intervention. |
|
|
42. Effects of 5-HT Uptake Blocker Fluoxetine and Naloxone on Alcohol Self-Administration in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER HAHN (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: Six female Sprague-Dawley rats were trained to self administer ethanol (10% v/v) using a water deprivation fading procedure. Fluoxetine (1.0, 2.0, 3.0, and 5.0 mg/kg) and naloxone (1.0, 1.7, and 3.0 mg/kg) were examined in separate trials for 10 consecutive self-administration sessions. Drug injections were given twice weekly, 30 minutes prior to self-administration sessions. Doses were administered randomly, so that each rat would receive each dose and drug once. On non-drug sessions rats either received a saline injection, or no injection. Neither Fluoxitine nor naloxone substantially altered the rate of alcohol self-administration in rats at the doses tested. |
|
|
43. Dependent Subgroup Contingency Management to Improve Attendance to Group Therapy with Drug-Addicted Adults. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
BETH J. ROSENWASSER (Temple University & Treatment Research Institute), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University & Treatment Research Institute), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute) |
Abstract: Attendance is a problem at drug and alcohol addiction treatment clinics; poor attendance and drop-out are associated with poorer treatment outcomes and loss of clinic income. A contingency management (CM) intervention that utilizes a prize bowl to deliver intermittent reinforcement of different magnitudes on a 50% probability schedule has been shown to increase attendance. To date, this intervention has been delivered using individualized contingencies delivered in a group format. An alternative method of employing CM is a dependent subgroup contingency in which prize bowl draws are based on a sampling of the whole group’s attendance record. Dependent group CM could have the benefit of engaging group members in interactions that provide additional social contingencies for attendance, since each member’s chance of receiving a prize increases when more group members attend the meeting. Attendance rates under baseline, an individual contingency, and a dependent subgroup contingency are compared using an ABAC/ACAB counterbalanced design. Since dependent group CM has not been implemented in a substance abusing population, we additionally report its effects on weekly urine drug screens, self-reported and videotaped evidence of conflict and support, and the acceptability of group and individual CM interventions to clients and treatment providers. |
|
|
44. Changes in Bout and Initiation Rates of Responding during Drug Challenges on a Multiple DRH: Percentile Schedule. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN C. HEATH (Auburn University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: It has been suggested that when responding under certain schedules of reinforcement the pattern of responding can be differentiated in to two components, bout initiation and bout responding. Changes in responding rates may be reflected differently. Motivational changes i.e., reinforcer value, degree of deprivation, change in quality of reinforcer may reflect a change in the bout initiation rate while changes in response requirement e,g., adding of a small FR schedule to the end of a VI schedule, will increase the within bout response rate as this reflects the responding requirement to receive a reinforcer (Shull, Gaynor, & Grimes, 2001). Rats were trained to press levers on a multiple schedule in which a DRH (8:4) schedule required 8 responses in 4 seconds, while a Percentile schedule required an inter response time (IRT) be shorter than the 50th percentile of the last 10 IRT’s to qualify for reinforcement. Rats were then subjected to drug challenges with Ketamine (a noncompetitive N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist),Pentobarbital (an indirect GABAA agonist), Oxotremorine (a muscarinic agonist), and Baclofen (a GABAB agonist). Dose effect curves of responding, for each drug, were calculated and a partition analysis performed which allowed comparisons to be made of inbout responding and bout initiation rate between control sessions and drug challenges. |
|
|
45. Do Delay Signals Modulate the Effects of d-Amphetamine on “Self-Control” Choices? |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
WILLIAM J. HIGGINS (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Tonya L. Lambert (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: An examination of the effects of d-amphetamine using a “self-control” procedure with an explicitly signaled delay condition and an unsignaled-delay condition was conducted. Within-session delay functions were obtained for 8 rats. Individual sessions consisted of 5 blocks of 10 trials; within each block, 2 forced-choice trials were followed by 8 free-choice trials. Responses on 1 of 2 retractable levers produced a smaller reinforcer after a 2-s delay; responses on the other lever produced a larger reinforcer after a delay which increased from 2 to 40 s across blocks. For 4 rats, the delays to both the small and large reinforcers were signaled by illumination of a light above the chosen lever; for 4 rats, there was no unique stimulus associated with either delay (i.e., the chamber was dark). In the signaled conditions, intermediate doses of d-amphetamine either did not change or shifted the function slightly to the right. In the unsignaled condition, d-amphetamine produced an overall increased in choice for the smaller, more immediate reinforcer across all delays. |
|
|
46. Effects of Ethanol Concentration on Within-Session Changes in Ethanol-Reinforced Responding. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Stefan Benz (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Noelle Sturgeon Borgardt (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Nichole Easterbrooks (University of Alaska, Anchorage) |
Abstract: The experiment tested the hypothesis that habituation to the reinforcer occurs during sessions of ethanol-reinforced responding in Long-Evans rats. Eight rats responded on a variable-interval 15-s schedule for 3-s access to an ethanol solution during 30 min sessions. The concentration of ethanol was manipulated across four conditions: 5%, 10%, 15%, and 20% (volume/volume). Rates of responding primarily decreased within sessions. The within-session pattern of responding changed with changes in the concentration of ethanol reinforcers. These response patterns were quantitatively evaluated by McSweeney, Hinson, and Cannon’s (1996) two-parameter habituation equation. The parameters reflecting habituation (a & b) were inversely related to the concentration of ethanol, indicating that habituation was higher at the lower concentrations. These results are inconsistent with alternative hypotheses, such as “satiation” to the reinforcer and motor impairment. However, these findings are consistent with McSweeney, Murphy, and Kowal’s (2005) suggestion that habituation contributes to the regulation of drug-reinforced responding. |
|
|
|
|
#380 Poster Session - DDA |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
47. Increasing Social Communication Skills Using Video Self-Monitoring. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE HOWARD (Melmark), Norm Dahl (Melmark), Andrew Winston (Melmark), Lauren M. Frederick (Melmark) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities spend a great deal of time learning from and interacting with adults. Unfortunately for many, social interactions with peers remain a challenge. Quality programming for individuals with disabilities should include specialized instruction on peer interactions, as this can greatly increase independence and quality of life. A review of the literature suggested a need to explore social skills training interventions for adolescents and the use of video to enhance individuals with disabilities skill at self-monitoring. This study uses a multiple baseline across responses design to evaluate the effectiveness of a social skills training package with an adolescent male with moderate mental retardation. The training package consists of video self-monitoring with goal setting and reinforcement. Data will be collected on the rate of three classes of conversational skills during training sessions with a classmate diagnosed with Traumatic Brain Injury. Probe data to assess generalization will also be collected. Results will be discussed in terms of acquisition and generalization of conversational skills, as well as the potential influence of each component of the training package. |
|
|
48. Comparing Indirect Methods of Functional Assessment: Which Providers Clearer Information about Behavioral Function? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KURT A. FREEMAN (Oregon Health Sciences University), Linda Ivy (Child Development and Rehabilitation Center) |
Abstract: Two commonly used functional assessment questionnaires are the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) and Questions About Behavioral Function Scale (QABF). For both, means and relative rank orders are determined for factors (e.g., Attention, Escape). Interpretation involves comparing relative rank order across factors. While instruction manuals for each questionnaire indicate that factors with the highest rank are thought to identify behavioral function, question exists regarding which measure provides clearer information. Specifically, whereas evaluation of relative rank order identifies which factor had the highest score, it does not indicate how different that factor score is from other scores obtained. In the current study, we examined whether the QABF or MAS provides clearer information regarding behavioral function. Specifically, we calculated the difference between the highest and second highest ranking factors on each measure, and then compared whether that difference score was greater for the MAS or the QABF. Care providers of 90 youth (age 2 to 18) completed the MAS and QABF. All youth had developmental disorders and significant aberrant behavior. Results showed that the difference in scores between the first and second highest ranked factor was greater for the QABF than the MAS, suggesting that it provides clearer information regarding behavioral function. |
|
|
49. Training Staff to Increase the Accuracy of A-B-C Data. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY L. MAYER (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Descriptive analyses are used in behavior analysis to inform clinicians with respect to the functional relationships of problem behavior with some aspect of the environment. Reliability of these types of data is often in question. This study seeks to increase the reliability of data, across observers, through the use of task analyses and video observations. In this study, a multiple baseline across subjects design was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package to improve the reliability of staff members’ completion of A-B-C descriptive assessment tools. The dependent measure is the percentage of accurately identified antecedent, behavior, and consequent events recorded by the participants. Following baseline, a training package was provided on how to accurately complete A-B-C data. During training, the participants were given a fact sheet that task analyzed the components when completing A-B-C data. The participants then watched a variety of coded video clips, completing A-B-C data on each clip. Additional data will be collected to further strengthen the finding that this training package can improve the reliability of collecting these types of data. |
|
|
50. An Examination of the Effects of Sensory Integration Environments on Individual with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HELEN IRENE MALONE (The Ohio State University), Yi-Chieh Chung (The Ohio State University), Ashley Cartell (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a sensory integration environment on levels of engagement and challenging behavior with individuals with developmental disabilities. One hypothesized function of these spaces is that they allow students to gain access to sensory stimulation in an appropriate manner and set the student up to more successfully engage with the natural environment following access to this space. These sensory environments are widely used in classrooms for individuals with developmental disabilities, yet little empirical research has been conducted to examine the benefits of such spaces. This study used a reversal design to examine the following research questions: (a) Is there a difference in levels of task engagement and frequency of challenging behavior if students are provided access to the sensory integration environment before or after task provision?; and (b) Is there are difference in level of task engagement and frequency of challenging behavior if the student is provided access to the actual sensory integration environment versus provided access to items from the sensory integration environment within their typical classroom environment following task completion? Results indicate that providing access to sensory integration items as a reinforcer leads to higher levels of task engagement and reduced levels of challenging behavior. |
|
|
51. Predicting Reinforcer Hierarchies Using Single- and Paired-Item Preference Assessments with Persons with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON HIEBERT (St. Amant Research Centre), Sherise Lorraine Devine (St. Cloud State University/St. Amant Research Centre), Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Pamela Jane Fregeau (St. Amant Research Centre), Paul Rezutek (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: We evaluated single- and paired-item preference assessment methods for their ability to detect the hierarchy of positive reinforcers. The participants were adults with developmental disabilities who either passed or did not pass a two-choice position discrimination task, but could not pass a two-choice visual discrimination, as measured by a standard test of learning abilities. In phase one, participants repeatedly pressed a switch to receive one of several edible items (direct reinforcer testing method). In phase two, the reinforcers were presented in single-item (each reinforcer offered by itself) and paired-item (reinforcers offered in pairs) preference assessments. The hierarchies obtained in each method (reinforcer testing vs. each preference assessment method) were then compared. The results have implications for refining the sensitivity and reliability of preference assessment methods and for accurately interpreting the choices made by individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
52. Discrimination Skills Predict Effective Preference Assessment Methods for Adults with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DUONG NGUYEN (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Jennifer R. Thorsteinsson (Capella University), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: We examined the relationship between three discrimination skills (visual, visual matching-to-sample, and auditory-visual) and four stimulus modalities (object, picture, spoken, and video) in assessing preferences of leisure activities for 7 adults with developmental disabilities. Three discrimination skills were measured using the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Test. Three participants mastered a visual discrimination task, but not visual matching-to-sample and auditory-visual discriminations; two participants mastered visual and visual matching-to-sample discriminations, but not auditory-visual discrimination, and two participants showed all three discriminations. The most and least preferred activities, identified through paired-stimulus preference assessment using objects, were presented to each participant in each of the four modalities using a reversal design. The results showed that (1) participants with visual discrimination alone showed a preference for their preferred activities in the object modality only; (2) those with visual and visual matching-to-sample discriminations, but not auditory-visual discrimination, showed a preference for their preferred activities in the object but not in the spoken modality, and mixed results in the pictorial and video modalities; and (3) those with all three discriminations showed a preference for their preferred activities in all four modalities. These results provide partial replications of previous findings on the relationship between discriminations and object, pictorial, and spoken modalities, and also extends previous research to include video stimuli. |
|
|
53. Predictors of Stress in Parents of Individuals with Severe Behavior Disorders. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA W. SANTANELLO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa M. Blanock Mower (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research has shown that problem behaviors and low levels of adaptive behaviors in children with developmental delays are associated with parent stress (Baker, Blacher, Crnic, & Edelbrock, 2002; Weiss, Sullivan, & Diamond, 2003). The present study examines predictors of parent stress in parents of individuals with developmental disabilities and severe behavior disorders. Parent Stress was measured by the Parenting Stress Index Short Form (PSI; Abidin, 1995). The Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (Sparrow, Balla, & Cicchetti, 1984) were used to measure communication, daily living skills, socialization, and overall adaptive behavior. The Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC; Aman, Singh, Stewart, & Field, 1985) was used to assess domains of symptoms via Irritability, Lethargy, Stereotypy, Hyperactivity, and Inappropriate Speech subscales. Child age, adaptive skills, and aspects of problem behavior were entered into a stepwise regression as predictors of parent stress. Results show that child age significantly predicts higher scores on the following PSI subscales: Parent-Child Dysfunctional Interaction, Difficult Child, and Total Stress. Additionally, high Irritability scores on the ABC predict higher scores on the Difficult Child and Total Stress subscales. Findings are discussed in terms of impact on clinical treatment of behavior problems. |
|
|
54. The Use of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Noncontingent Reinforcement with a Group of Adolescent Females at a Residential Facility. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
TARA-LYNN BURBEE (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Both noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) have been used as procedures to reduce maladaptive behaviors and determine the use of reinforcement for positive behaviors. Studies have shown that both NCR and DRO procedures are effective ways to decrease maladaptive behaviors and increase positive behaviors with individuals. In this study, NCR and DRO were combined to reinforce positive behaviors of 8 adolescent females residing and attending school at a Northeastern residential facility. Results will be displayed in terms of clinical effect and discussed in terms of the ease of use of such a procedure. |
|
|
56. Does Public Posting Result in Increases in Staff Engagement with Students? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAWRENCE L. LOCKWOOD (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Research literature has supported the use of feedback to facilitate changes in staff performance across various dimensions, such as engagement with consumers. Public posting of performance (either confidential or not) has been used with good effect. The purpose of this study was to determine the influence of public posting on levels of client engagement in functional activities. Teachers of several classroom at a residential treatment facility for students with severe disabilities served as subjects. Baseline levels of the extent to which students were working on functional activities (defined by IEPs) were assessed. The independent variable consisted of public display of graphs of levels of functional activity use per classroom. Through a multiple baseline across classrooms design, results showed that an increase in functional activity use was due to the public posting of classroom results. Implications for clinical practice were discussed. |
|
|
58. Video Modeling vs. Video Feedback: Comparing Methods for Instruction with Persons with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LESLIE ZURITA (Drauden Point Middle School, Plainfield Consolidated School District), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Lynette K. Chandler (Northern Illinois University), Edward J. Cancio (Northern Illinois University), Lora G. Johnson (Aurora School District #129), Kristin Grider (Northern Illinois University), Katie Grider (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Video modeling (presenting a videotaped model of a task shown prior to a training session) (LeGrice & Blampied, 1994), has been shown to be an effective instructional technique. For example, it has been used successfully when teaching individuals to make coffee (Bidwell and Rehfeldt, 2004), engage in independent play and conversational speech (Charlop-Christy et al., 2000), and for instruction of chained tasks (Norman, et. al, 2001).
Video feedback (a video segment of a task shown as an error correction procedure) has been effective when used for teaching vocational tasks (Martin et al., 1992) and purchasing skills (Ayres and Langone, 2002). However, there has not been research done comparing video modeling to video feedback when teaching cooking-related skills to individuals with developmental disabilities.
This session present results of a study comparing video modeling and video feedback during instruction with four middle school-aged students with developmental disabilities. A within-subject adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare the conditions. Results indicated that both methods were effective for instruction however, time to criterion was found to be significantly greater for the video modeling condition for two of the four subjects. This would suggest that video feedback was a more efficient method of instruction. |
|
|
59. The Effects of DRO on Behavioral Incontinence. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALFRED BREWIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christina M. Vorndran (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: In this study, we examined the utility of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) on behavioral incontinence in an 11-year-old male diagnosed with mental retardation and ADHD. Based on clinical observations incontinent voids appeared to be maintained by the opportunity to change clothes. After medical causes of incontinence were ruled out, a DRO procedure was evaluated in a reversal design. During treatment, the participant was able to change his clothes up to four times per day contingent on no incontinence during each interval. Results showed that DRO effectively eliminated incontinence for over 45 days. After a reversal to baseline, treatment was reimplemented and subsequently faded (one change per day) while maintaining treatment effects. |
|
|
60. Teaching Skills to Use a Computer Mouse: Shaping Moving the Mouse and Eye-Motor Coordination. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HIROFUMI SHIMIZU (Headsprout), Soyoung Yoon (Putnam/Northern Westchester BOCHES), Christopher S. McDonough (HTA of New York) |
Abstract: We taught skills to use a computer mouse. Seven preschoolers identified as a “preschooler with a disability” by their school district’s committee participated. Their ages ranged between 3 years and 5 years. The computer-based instructional program consisted of three stages, based on a task analysis of the behavioral prerequisites to use a computer mouse. Stage 1 was designed to shape moving the mouse. Stage 2 and 3 were designed to build eye-hand coordination. At Stage 2, preschoolers learned to move the on-screen cursor onto specific items on the screen. At Stage 3, they were required to click on specific items on the screen. Experimenter-provided prompts were used to facilitate skill acquisition at each stage. A multiple baseline design across subjects was used to evaluate the instructional program. The results showed that the instructional program used in this study was effective in teaching the skills to use a mouse. |
|
|
61. Examining the Effects of Novel Stimuli on Preference and Durability as Reinforcers. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE M. RODRIGUEZ (University of Kansas), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Kansas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate (a) the effect of novel stimuli on item selections within a paired-choice preference assessment, and (b) the durability of the reinforcement value of highly preferred novel stimuli in comparison to highly preferred familiar stimuli. In the first study, two paired-stimulus preference assessments were conducted. Items familiar to the participant were included in the first preference assessment; familiar items as well as novel items were included in the second preference assessment. One out of three participants demonstrated a shift of preference for the novel stimuli. In the second study, a reinforcer assessment was conducted using a concurrent operant arrangement to evaluate the relative reinforcement value of the top-ranked familiar stimulus from the first preference assessment compared to the top-ranked novel stimulus from the second preference assessment. Initially, responding was allocated toward the novel stimulus, however, over time responding switched to the familiar stimulus. When the reinforcement effect of the novel stimulus was evaluated in the absence of the familiar stimulus, a high percentage of responding was allocated to the novel stimulus. A second observer collected data for a minimum of 33% of sessions; the mean interobserver agreement was above 85%. |
|
|
62. The Use of a Positive Reinforcement Package and a Levels System to Increase Consumption of Nonpreferred Foods. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Karen Grant (Pacific University), Alysia A. Palmisciano (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children who engage in severe food refusal when presented with nonpreferred foods often have a very limited diet and do not consume sufficient calories to maintain daily nutrition needs for growth. In the feeding literature, the use of consequence-based manipulations has been successful in reducing food refusal and increasing consumption, with escape extinction being the most critical treatment component. The current study demonstrated the effectiveness of a positive reinforcement package to increase both the variety and volume of foods consumed in selective eaters. The participants were two children admitted to an intensive feeding program for extreme food selectivity. The positive reinforcement package included (a) providing access to preferred items and attention for consuming a small amount of nonpreferred foods prior to a structured meal, (b) an individualized levels system to maintain consumption of preferred and nonpreferred foods at larger volumes to meet caloric goals. Target variables examined were variety of foods introduced, meal duration and overall grams consumed. Results showed that the positive reinforcement package increased consumption of nonpreferred foods and the individualized levels system maintained consumption of higher volumes of both preferred and nonpreferred foods within a reasonable meal duration (i.e. 20-30 minutes). |
|
|
63. Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Preferred Edibles: A Comparison of Two Procedures. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (University of Kansas), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The treatment of problem behavior maintained by access to preferred stimuli typically involves either the delivery of preferred stimuli following appropriate communication (e.g., FCT) (Carr & Durand, 1985) or according to a response independent schedule (e.g., NCR) (Vollmer, Iwata, Zarcone, Smith, & Mazaleski, 1993). One common feature of these two treatments is that the removal of the stimuli may not be signaled. To avoid the abrupt removal of the stimuli, other arrangements might involve either delaying the removal of the stimuli following communication or providing a warning. The present study compares the relative effects of a verbal warning delivered by a caregiver regarding the removal of the items and allowing the participant an opportunity to delay the removal of the stimuli, in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of access to preferred edibles. The participant was a 32-year-old female diagnosed with mental retardation and disruptive behavior disorder. The effects of the treatment conditions were evaluated using a combined multielement and reversal design. The results indicated that a verbal warning yielded more significant reduction in problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was collected on 42.86% of all sessions and averaged 98%. Implications are discussed. |
|
|
64. Multiple-Respondent Anecdotal Assessments for Behavior Disorders: An Analysis of Interrater Agreement and Correspondence with Functional Analysis and Treatment Outcomes. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER A. MOORE (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas), Curtis J. Harris (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas), Stephen F. Walker (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: An analysis of interrater agreement across multiple respondents on anecdotal assessments and its correspondence with functional analysis and treatment outcomes was completed. Two anecdotal assessment questionnaires were used in this study, the Motivational Assessment Scale (MAS) and the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST). The results of the assessments indicated high agreement on the hypothesized function of the problem behaviors (tangible/social positive) across assessment tools and across multiple respondents. A functional analysis was conducted and indicated escape from demands was the probable maintaining variable. A treatment was implemented based on the functional analysis outcomes to determine if the functional analysis had correctly identified the maintaining variable of the problem behavior. |
|
|
65. How to Spend Free Time?: Using Activity Schedules to Promote Leisure Activities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HIROYUKI MATSUSHITA (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: It is said that most of children with disabilities have little time in their free time to play something positive with others, and they play alone or with their mother at home. And this makes their leisure activities monotony or occasional. Considering the concepts of Person-Centered Planning, Positive Behavior Support or Preference-Based Teaching, which have been discussed these days, the support of leisure activity for children with disabilities should be based on their own preference or needs.
McClannahan & Krantz(1999) suggested that it was efficient for the children with autism, who frequently failed to display their skills unless someone gave prompts although they had a lot of skills to perform each activities correctly, to perform activities and tasks independently
In this study, we evaluated the effect of using activity schedules to play much kind of leisure activities based on preference for a child with Pervasive Developmental Disabilities (PDD), who had poor leisure activities. As a result, the number of activities he played at home increased, and the results maintained for a long period. |
|
|
66. Evaluation of Two Methods for Restricting Access to Items when Using Functional Communication Cards. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
HEATHER JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Training individuals to mand for reinforcers using picture cards is a commonly used treatment for reducing problem behavior maintained by positive social reinforcement. When conducting initial functional communication training, the individual typically receives reinforcement on a continuous schedule. However, this schedule of reinforcement is not usually supported by the natural environment where particular reinforcers may be unavailable during certain times of the day. In this study, two methods of restricting access to items were evaluated to determine what method was most effective for maintaining low rates of problem behavior when a particular item is unavailable. The first method used stimulus control such that the picture card for the unavailable item was present and placed on a different color board than the available items. In the second method, the picture card for the unavailable item was not present. Two children, one with autism and one with mental retardation, participated in this study. Results indicate that for one participant problem behavior remained low with both methods, but for the second participant problem behavior only remained low when the card was not present. These results indicate that it is important to individualize the method used when reinforcers will be unavailable. |
|
|
67. The Covariation of Compliance and Problem Behavior in the Treatment of Problem Behavior During Academic Instruction. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN E. RESAU (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Covariation among behaviors is common, whether the variation occurs in the same or opposite direction. This relation is often observed within functional response classes. For example, Richman et al. (1999) found that more severe topographies of behavior were only observed when less severe behaviors were no longer reinforced. In 1992 Koegel and colleagues observed concomitant reductions in disruptive behaviors when treatment targeted increasing appropriate social skills. In the current study, the compliance of a nine-year-old male diagnosed with moderate mental retardation and Disruptive Behavior Disorder was increased during academic instructions within an intervention targeting only the reduction of problem behavior. Initial analyses suggested that the participant would engage in aggressive behavior to access adult attention in multiple situations including academics. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure successfully decreased the participant’s aggressive behavior within the demand context, and the schedule was subsequently thinned. Though not directly targeted, compliance increased by close to 100% with the introduction of the DRO, suggesting an inverse relation between problem behavior and compliance. Reliability data were collected during 33% of all sessions and averaged above 90%. |
|
|
68. Antecedent Interventions Based on Functional Behavior Assessment to Reduce Challenging Behavior for People with Severe Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HAYOUNG CHOI (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: Since the mid-1980s, there has been growing interest in using antecedent interventions to reduce challenging behavior. This paper reviews antecedent interventions based on Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) to reduce challenging behaviors for people with severe to profound developmental disabilities. Antecedent intervention is defined as a procedure that alters antecedent events occurring prior to a challenging behavior, including discriminative stimuli (SDs) or motivating operations (MOs). Studies included in this review were identified using an electronic search of ERIC, MEDLINE, and PsycINFO databases for articles published between 1986 and 2005. The search yielded sixteen studies, which were then sorted into six intervention categories: (a) high-probability requests, (b) choice, (c) music, (d) presession, (e) schedule/routine change, and (f) stimulus fading/neutralizing routine. The main finding was that the various intervention strategies led to a decrease in challenging behavior in people with severe to profound developmental disabilities. Using tables, an overview of studies, the effectiveness of antecedent interventions and assessment methodologies used to prescribe interventions will be discussed. Additionally, this paper points out relevant issues for future research. |
|
|
69. Increasing Independent Work Through Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David P. Jarmolowicz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Atasha Jackson (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Accurate responding to academic work is necessary for the acquisition of new skills. However, increasing the percentage of accurate responding can be challenging as not to set goals too high or too low. Past research on increasing independent work accuracy has suggested that self-instructional training can lead to a generalizable increase in accuracy (Bryant & Budd, 1982). Academic productivity was increased by the contingent delivery of free-time when a specified percentage of items were correct. Direct feedback on an individual’s performance can also be given in order to increase accuracy (Van Houten, Hill, & Parsons, 1975). In the current investigation, a changing criterion design was utilized to increase correct performance on worksheet answers of a 7-year-old boy. Accurate responding was differentially reinforced, leading to an increase of that behavior. However, direct feedback was necessary for accuracy to increase to over an 80% level. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
|
|
#381 International Poster Session - DEV |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
70. Identifying Preferred Social Events of Typically Developing Infants. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA BAYNHAM (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: There have been frequent calls for increased infant participation in behavior analytic research. However, many established methods of identifying preferences and reinforcers (a requisite to conducting operant research) are not appropriate to infants with limited skill sets. The purpose of this study was to develop an assessment to identify a preference hierarchy of social events for typically developing infants. Twelve social stimuli were presented singly, and the occurrence of infant responses was recorded. Positive responses were (1) approach, (2) smiling, (3) laughing, and (4) requesting that the event continue using signs or words. Negative responses were (1) withdrawing, (2) frowning or grimacing, (3) crying or whining, and (4) requesting that the event stop using signs or words. Positive and negative responses were summed separately to create positive and negative indices, allowing for the identification of social events that were associated with the most positive child responses and no negative responses. Interobserver agreement was assessed during 33% of sessions with a mean agreement of above 85% for all participants. Preference hierarchies among social events were identified for 4 infants. |
|
|
71. Mother-Child Interactions in Cognitive Development. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
CARMEN QUINTANA (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Observation of mother child-interactions is a central issue in the analysis of language acquisition. We present data on the observation of linguistic mother-child interactions. A girl and his mother were video-taped while they were playing across several ages (29, 33, 40-month old). A sample of each situation was analyzed using the Observer Video-Pro 5.0 package with a categorical system developed to observe linguistic interaction patterns and their relation with social and cognitive skills. We discuss the usefulness of the system in identifying linguistic interaction patterns specific for each situation and the relationship of those patterns with the acquisition of cognitive and social skills. |
|
|
72. Effects of Pre- versus Post-Selection of Rewards Following Different Durations of Task Engagement. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
NORM DAHL (Melmark), Alison G. Lawley (Melmark), Stephen C. Luce (Melmark) |
Abstract: Establishing operations influence the effectiveness of consequences to serve as reinforcers. Presumably, providing students an opportunity to select rewards contingent on completing X number of tasks, or for staying on-task for X number of minutes, will increase the probability that the rewards they select will be reinforcing. However, the interaction of (a) the latency to accessing reward, and (b) when students get to choose their rewards (i.e., before or after task completion) is not well understood. ABAB' designs, replicated across 6 students with developmental disabilities, will be used to assess the effects of (a) allowing students to pre-select rewards, and (b) allowing them to select rewards after reaching criterion. Data will be collected on challenging behaviors, on-task behaviors, and rewards selected. Results will be discussed in terms of the two experimental conditions (pre-selecting vs. post-selecting rewards) and the potential influence that latency between initial task engagement and access to the terminal reward may have on on-task behavior. The variability of rewards selected by students across conditions will also be evaluated and discussed. The information gathered in this study may help teachers and therapists develop more effective reinforcement plans for students with disabilities who would benefit from improving on-task behaviors. |
|
|
73. Attachment from a Behavior Analytic Perspective: Development of an Observation Code. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
JUDITH R. MATHEWS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rachael Bates (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Blake M. Lancaster (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Attachment is a term used predominantly in the child development literature and rarely addressed by applied behavior analysts. As part of a new International Adoption Clinic, the first author participated in assessment of parent-child interactions in newly adopted children within 1 month of their arrival in this country and in follow-up 6 months later. Attachment, defined here as reciprocal reinforcing interactions between parent and child, was assessed in 15-second intervals using modifications of codes developed by Ainsworth, Zeanah, Eyberg, and Forehand & McMahon. Preliminary data will be presented on interobserver reliability and clinical observations of its ability to capture our definition of attachment. Attachment from a behavior analytic perspective will be discussed. |
|
|
74. Effects of the Eden Model on Engagement and Affect of Elders with Dementia. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON A. JAY (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), R. Mark Mathews (University of Sydney), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Eden Model of care has become a widely adopted approach to designing special care units for elders with dementia, in spite of relatively little empirical support for the specific effects of the model. The model involves incorporation of homelike environments, pets, and specialized staff training into the structural and organizational design of long-term care settings. Data are presented from three years of direct observation behavior mapping that focuses on resident engagement and affect, and staff-resident interactions in an Eden model special care unit. Engagement and affect are examined in relation to proximity and use of Eden model features. Data are also presented on staff and family satisfaction related to aspects of the Eden model. Directions for future research on the Eden model are discussed. |
|
|
76. Applications of Preference Assessment Procedures in Depression and Agitation Management in Elders with Dementia. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
LEILANI FELICIANO (University of California, San Francisco), Alexandra Elite Mrcandonatou (University of California, San Francisco), Maura McLane (University of California, San Francisco) |
Abstract: Low levels of engagement with leisure activities are commonly seen in older adults with dementia and may lead to boredom, decreased social contact, and depressed affect. Often, depression presents with behavioral symptoms such as anxiety and agitation, and can exacerbate cognitive impairment.
Preference assessments have been used to identify effective reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities and older adults with dementia.
This study examined the utility of using stimuli identified from paired stimulus preference assessments in behavioral management protocols with elders with dementia. In Phase 1, 12 older adults with dementia and their caregivers were administered standardized instruments to monitor dementia symptoms, provide examiners with a list of preferred/nonpreferred items, and obtain baseline assessment of behavioral symptoms. In Phase 2, examiners administered the preference to 8 of 12 participants. In Phase 3, nursing assistants were educated in applying preferred items in behavioral management protocols. A weekly Katz ADL and a post-intervention MMSE were administered to monitor the participants’ dementia symptoms. Behavioral outcomes were evaluated at baseline and throughout the intervention.
Results indicated positive improvement in behavioral symptoms in 6 of 8 participants. The applied utility of using preferred items in behavioral management protocols for behavioral symptoms of dementia is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#382 Poster Session - EAB |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
77. Delay Discounting as a Predictor of Pre-Ratio Pauses Following Rich-to-Lean Transitions. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas), Megan McCusker (University of Kansas), Adam D. Pyszczynski (University of Kansas), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Impulsivity was assessed in 24 Wistar rats (Perry et al., 2005). Rats chose between one pellet immediately and three pellets after a series of delays (15 s, 10 s, 5 s, 0 s). Each delay condition consisted of 15 sessions on both levers (left and right). We used an area-under-the-curve analysis (Myerson et al., 2001) to select high and low impulsive rats (top and bottom 25th percentiles). Of interest is whether delay discounting rate is predictive of the pre-ratio pause duration during a discriminable shift in conditions from a rich to a lean schedule (the rich-to-lean transition). |
|
|
78. Effects of Extinction on a Heterogeneous Two-Response Behavior Chain. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALYCE A. KEYL (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Behavior chains are a fundamental aspect of everyday behavior in humans and non-humans alike. Basic studies have focused primarily on homogeneous response chains and there is limited research about factors that affect the establishment or disruption of a behavior chain. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of extinction on the individual components of a two-response behavior chain. Six rats (separated into two groups) were trained using backward chaining procedures to perform one of two heterogeneous two-response behavior chains. The behavior chains were then exposed to extinction by removing the terminal reinforcer. Based on previous findings with homogeneous chains, it was predicted that the first response in both chains would be less resistant to extinction than the terminal response. However, results suggested that the topography of the response played a role in the differential effects of extinction on the individual responses in the chain. These findings have important implications for the acquisition, maintenance, and reduction of behavior chains in applied settings. |
|
|
79. Choices between Different Temporal Reinforcer Sequences in Humans and Pigeons. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LEONARDO F. ANDRADE (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Few studies are found in the literature investigating choices between sequences of reinforcers. The results reported show contrasting performance across humans and non-humans. More specifically, when the sequence involves the delivery of reinforcers with different delays with the same overall density, animals tend to show preference for the alternative that gets worse, while humans tend to prefer sequences that improve over time. The differences in performance might be attributed to methodological differences since food is used as reinforcers for non-humans and hypothetical reinforcers are used for humans. The present research sought to investigate the pattern of choices of humans and pigeons between sequences of token reinforcers that provided the same overall rate delivered at different temporal patterning. Two independent variables were manipulated: The delay to each conditioned reinforcer in the sequence, and the moment at which the conditioned reinforcers were exchanged by the backup reinforcers: mixed grains and video clips for the pigeons and humans, respectively. Both pigeons and humans preferred sequences with the shortest delay to the initial reinforcer in the series. The results are consistent with prior data on temporal discounting with non-humans but differ from prior data with hypothetical reinforcers with humans. |
|
|
80. Effects of Response-Contingent Delayed Food-Paired and Non-Paired Stimulus Presentations on Lever-Press Acquisition in Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATALIE ROSE BRUNER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Sprague-Dawley rats (n = 16) were divided into two groups of eight for four sessions of variable-time 60-s food presentations (60 pellets total). For one group, two 0.5-s flashes of the houselight immediately preceded delivery of the food pellet. For the other group, food pellets were delivered in the absence of any stimulus change. Both groups were then exposed to an eight-hour acquisition session in which a lever press on the operative lever was followed by either the houselight flash that had been paired with food (a putative conditioned reinforcer) or a novel flash of the lever lights, both delayed 10 s from the time of the lever press. Half the rats in each group were exposed to a 10-s resetting delay following responses on the inoperative lever while the other half experienced a non-resetting delay. All rats acquired lever pressing as evidenced by the cumulative-response records and there were no statistically significant differences between the groups. Thus, it was shown that a delayed response-contingent novel stimulus change was equally efficacious as a delayed putative conditioned reinforcer in establishing a new operant response. |
|
|
81. The Effects of Non-Serial Training and Test Transfer on Human Behavioral Variability and Stereotypy. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HECTOR MARTINEZ SANCHEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Juan Moises De la Serna Tuya (University of Seville, Spain) |
Abstract: Eighty adults were exposed to a non-serial sequence of two or four sessions of variability- and stereotypy- based contingencies with matching-to-sample tasks. After each phase of training (stereotypy or variability) a transfer session was presented in agreement with the previous phase of training. When a sequence of training and tests was completed a final test with stereotypy and variability trials was presented. The participants could select a comparison stimulus that was identical to, partially identical to, or different from the sample stimulus. Stereotyped choices (pressing the same key or selecting the same sample-comparison relation i.e. identity, partial identity, or difference) were reinforced in one phase and variable choices (pressing a different key or selecting a different sample-comparison relation, or both) were reinforced in another phase. Participants were assigned to one of eight groups to counterbalance exposure to the conditions. After each training phase, four groups of participants were tested with used stimuli during the previous training and other four groups were tested with stimuli different to the employed during the training. In the final test, half of the participants were tested with stimuli used in the previous phases. The other half was tested with stimuli different to those of the previous phases. None received feedback on transfer test. Reinforcing variability or stereotypy in the first phase followed by a transfer test had differential effects on the acquisition and transfer test of stereotyped behavior or variable. These results demonstrate that non-serial sequences of training and transfer tests affect the acquisition and transfer of variable and stereotyped performances in conditional discrimination tasks. |
|
|
82. Social Transmission of Food Preferences in Domestic Dogs. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GWEN LUPFER-JOHNSON (University of Alaska, Anchorage) |
Abstract: Many species, ranging from blackbirds to rats to humans, acquire food preferences socially. In rodents, the social transmission of a food preference can occur when one animal (the observer) smells the mouth of another animal (the demonstrator) that has recently eaten. The current experiment extended these findings to domestic dogs; dogs were allowed to interact with a conspecific that had recently been fed a flavored food. Each subject was then given a choice between two flavored foods, one of which was the flavor consumed by its demonstrator. Dogs exhibited a statistically significant preference for their demonstrators’ flavors. This result is consistent with the view that domestic dogs evolved from “village dogs” (Coppinger & Coppinger, 2001); the ability to learn from another dog’s breath what foods are safe and/or available would have been beneficial to canines relying on human refuse for food. |
|
|
83. Assessing Hens' Demand and Preference for Two Food Types at Varying Prices. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Julie-Anne Bruce (University of Waikato), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Catherine E. Sumpter (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Nicola Starkey (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Six hens’ demand for wheat and puffed wheat were examined using increasing fixed- schedules. The aim was to see if these own-price demand functions could be used to predict preference at different prices. Preference at different prices was measured using concurrent chain schedules with fixed-ratio terminal link schedules (FR1, FR8 and FR32). Mixed elasticity demand functions were generated from the fixed-ratio schedules for both foods. The Pmax values were higher for all subjects for wheat, but the initial (log L) levels of demand were higher for puffed wheat. Under the concurrent chain schedules preference was for puffed wheat with terminal links of FR1. There was preference for wheat for five subjects with FR8 and this preference increased to with the change to FR32. |
|
|
84. Spatiotemporal Swimming Patterns of Siamese Fighting Fish (Betta splendens) during a Habituation Procedure. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GABRIEL SCHNERCH (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Jason Lee (St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Wayne S. Chan (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Male Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens) will engage in an unconditioned aggressive display in the presence of another male Betta, terminating in attack. The same behaviour sequence can also be elicited by their own mirror image. As noted by Thompson (1963), “Stimuli which evoke unlearned aggressive behaviour can act as positive reinforcers for instrumental responses”. Thus, the aggressive display that is elicited by the male Betta when given visual access to a mirror image can be used as a reinforcer. Utilizing a 3-dimensional tracking system, the current study examined the spatiotemporal swimming patterns of 4 male Betta splendens during two 8 hr sessions in which subjects were exposed to a mirror stimulus non-contingently for 10 min, every 10 min (i.e., a fixed-time 10 min schedule). By eliciting the aggressive threat display of subjects with repeated mirror presentations, it was hypothesized that a spatiotemporal analysis of swimming behavior would reveal patterns indicative of habituation of the aggressive display to the mirror. Results revealed changes in behaviour suggestive of response habituation, such as a waning in tendency to remain in close proximity of the mirror over repeated presentations; however, such patterns were not consistent across all subjects or over time. |
|
|
85. Tests of Resistance to Change Using Within-Subject, Within-Session Yoked VR/VI Schedules. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin, Madison) |
Abstract: Using a novel multiple schedule procedure, in which individual rats are yoked to their own performance within a session, several disruptors were introduced to assess potential differences in resistance to change of VR- or VI- maintained behavior. Pre-session feeding, extinction, within-component RT food delivery, and reinforcement delays were used as disruptors. Preliminary analyses indicate little difference in VR or VI maintained behavior during the disruptor tests, even though rates of reinforcement, in one comparison, and mean inter-reinforcement ratio, in the other, were equal (due to the nature of the yoking). Because performance was well established prior to the disruptors, a discrimination type explanation is precluded. Other theories of resistance to change are discussed. |
|
|
86. Operant Generalization in Quail Neonates: Distinguishing Positive and Negative Reinforcement. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Florida International University), Robert Lickliter (Florida International University) |
Abstract: To investigate the form of the generalization gradient very early in development, we studied operant generalization in the quail neonate. For their first three to five days, northern bobwhite chicks pecked a touchscreen for brief heat presentations while hearing a high-pitched sound repeated at a constant rate. Tempo generalization was then assessed in extinction. After nondifferential training in Experiment 1, higher-rate responding during the generalization test resulted in excitatory gradients; low-rate responding, in inhibitory gradients. After intradimensional training in Experiment 2, excitatory bimodal gradients were produced after a threshold number of training sessions; below that threshold, gradients were inhibitory. In both experiments, the chicks appear to have been reporting their hedonic states in terms of perceived positive or negative reinforcement. In other respects, the gradients were consistent with those produced at older ages. |
|
|
87. Task Related Drug Self-Administration. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN R. SMETHELLS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: In humans, preference for a drug (e.g. caffeine, amphetamine or triazolam) has been shown to be determined by the performance requirement of a future task (Silverman, Kirby & Griffiths, 1994; Silverman, Mumford & Griffiths, 1994). The present research was conducted to create an analog of this ‘task related drug self-administration effect’ in rats. Specifically, we wanted to know whether drug preference in rats can be shown to be conditional upon cues correlated with upcoming schedule requirements. To answer this question, four rats were trained to lever press under a multiple schedule with differential reinforcement of high (DRH) and low (DRL) rate components. After training, rats will be given access to a 10% ethanol, 10% sucrose solution during a fifteen-minute pre-session intervals. The study is still in the early stages of training. Response rates and the distribution of inter-response times are consistent with DRH and DRL schedule control, however, analysis of behavior in the beginning of the DRL sessions indicates a lack of exteroceptive (LEDs) stimulus control. We are currently addressing this issue. |
|
|
88. Applying Matching Theory to Extra-Point Decisions in American Football. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIA LYNN CARON (Emory University), John Peder Berg (Emory University), Saule Kulubekova (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University) |
Abstract: A great deal of laboratory research demonstrates that the family of equations from matching theory provides an excellent mathematical description of choice behavior across a wide range of species, settings, behaviors, and reinforcers. However, the applicability of matching theory to natural behavior in natural settings has received little research attention. Behavior during sport competitions readily provides an opportunity to evaluate the theory outside the laboratory. In this study, modern matching theory was used to analyze extra-point decisions from the 2005 National Football League season. The relative ratio of one-point field goal to two-point conversion decisions was analyzed as a function of extra-point success, the relative ratio of reinforcement. Correlations between team and player statistics and the obtained parameter and effect size estimates were also explored. |
|
|
89. Discrimination between Baseline and Probe Trials in Tests for Emergent Stimulus Relations. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHATA A. DICKSON (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University), Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Ten undergraduate students completed a linear-series baseline training procedure with three potential equivalence classes from among 15 Chinese characters. All participants demonstrated high accuracy in baseline training sessions. Discrimination tests sessions consisted of 48 baseline trials and 48 probe trials (symmetry, transitivity, or equivalence). Participants were asked on each trial to select either “trained” or “untrained” on the basis of on whether they had previously received feedback on this type of trial. Participants generally responded with high accuracy on discrimination tests. Consistent differences were noted in the speed with which participants sorted the various probe types. Participants responded relatively more quickly to equivalence and transitivity probes, as compared to symmetry probes. Speed on equivalence and transitivity probes was an increasing function of nodal distance. Because participants responded with high accuracy on discrimination tests, it is feasible to offer more reinforcement for probe trials than for baseline trials, as an experimental manipulation that may affect performance on tests for emergent stimulus relations. |
|
|
90. Conditional Cooperation in Public Goods Experiments: Sequential and Transitional Effects. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LUIS FERNANDO GONZÁLEZ-BELTRÁN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Carlos Santoyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: The aim of this research is to explore the past findings that in a public goods game, a third of the individuals can be classified as free riders, whereas 50% are conditional cooperators. Such outcomes represent consistent deviations from egoistic models predictions. In a simulated public goods dilemmas, framed as “saving” and “invest” games, undergraduate students were instructed to play themselves, but they were really interacting with a computer. Each subject participated in four games of 15 independent trials. On each trial the subjects receives an endowment of 5 points and then decides whether to contribute it or not for the provision of a public good. In order to examine the effects of group decision to determine how much subjects contribute, they received false feedback indicating that their group was more or less cooperative, in four experimental conditions (80, 60, 40 and 20%). A significant effect of group decision was found, with subjects in the 20% condition emitting more cooperative responses. The findings suggest that the effect depend on the particular sequence of experimental phases. The results lend some support to the conditional cooperation explanation. Reasons for the observed differences and implications for research on social dilemmas are discussed. |
|
|
91. Preference for Concurrent Slot Machines based on Long Run Mathematical Expectation. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES W. JACKSON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mollie J. Horner-King (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Recent research with poker players has shown the long run mathematical expectation of wagers may account for decisions made during poker play. The current analysis is intended to extend these results to anther popular form of gambling, namely slot machines. In the current analysis participants were exposed to concurrently available slot machines that differed along lines of payout magnitude (i.e. amount paid per win) and payout rate (i.e frequency of wins). The relative rates of responding allocated to each machine were accessed when: the mathematical expectations of both machines were the same, when the mathematical expectation of the higher payout magnitude machine was higher, and when the mathematical expectation of the lower payout magnitude machine was higher. Results and implications are discussed. |
|
|
92. An Analysis of Methods for Teaching Preschoolers Self-Controlled Responding. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KASEY STEPHENSON (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The self-controlled responding of a sample of preschool children was assessed by presenting a choice between a small amount of a food item (e.g., 1 cracker) available immediately or a large amount of a food item (e.g., 2 crackers) available after a 1-min delay. The effects of three independent variables including a video model of a peer practicing self-controlled responding, a mediating response, “When I wait quietly, I get what I want”, and delay fading were evaluated. Preliminary results show that the video model effectively increased self-controlled responding for one participant, the functional mediating response did not increase self-controlled responding for any participants, and delay fading effectively increased self-controlled responding for some participants, although for some participants, self-controlled responding did not increase with the delay fading. Interobserver agreement was collected on 70% of all trials and averaged 98%. Results are discussed in terms of implementing discrete and brief methods by which to teach preschoolers to tolerate delays for preferred rewards. |
|
|
93. Group Composition, Enclosure Distribution and the Expression and Distribution of Behavioral Patterns in Captive Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops pygerythrus). |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GERARDO ORTIZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The group composition might be meaningful stimuli for the expression of behavioral patterns and differential use of enclosure space in captive vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops pygerythrus). In order to assess this hypothesis, five vervet monkeys were videotaped 60 minutes per day, during a four day period one year and a nine day period of a different year, in which the enclosure elements and distribution as well as group composition varied. These observations were made at the zoo of Guadalajara (Mexico). The behavioral patterns and locations of adult monkeys inside their enclosure were continuously registered. The results show differential patterns of behavior and use of space as a function of the aforementioned variables (i.e. enclosure elements and distribution and group composition). |
|
|
94. Extinction of Concurrent VI Performances, with and without Interposed CRF. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAMELA M. KIMBLE (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University), Damaris Garcia -Thompson (Northern Michigan University), Larissa Haliw (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Introductory psychology textbooks continue to state that when behavior is maintained under intermittent schedules, it is more resistant to extinction than if maintained by continuous reinforcement. This is often accompanied by admonitions that, in applied settings, intermittently reinforced behavior may be highly resistant to extinction, may take longer to decelerate than continuously reinforced behavior, and may actually escalate and be inadvertently reinforced before extinction has had its targeted effects. Several laboratory investigations have examined the effects of extinction on intermittently reinforced behavior brought under control of CRF again before extinction is applied, but these studies have been inconclusive as to whether such behavior is less resistant to extinction than behavior simply maintained under intermittent reinforcement without restoration of CRF before the final EXT component. The present poster describes experiments in which pigeons were first trained to peck two white keys under control of one pair of concurrent intermittent reinforcement schedules (left key¬ VI-30s: right key VI-60s), alternating with two red keys under control of the opposite pairing of schedules (left key¬ VI-60s: right key VI-30s), yielding a MULT Conc(VI-30s:VI-60s)/Conc(VI-60s:VI-30s) schedule. The white- and red-key conditions, along with their respective concurrent schedules, alternated at ten minute intervals within each session. Next, the VI-60s component of the concurrent schedules on the white keys was changed to CRF [Conc(VI-30s:CRF)], while the VI-60s component of the concurrent schedules on the red keys was placed on extinction [Conc(EXT:VI-30s)]. Finally, all four VI components, two under each condition, were placed under extinction. The numbers of responses made under extinction, rates of keypecking, celeration changes, and numbers of trials to extinction, were related to the number of response units reinforced prior to extinction. The investigators discuss some possible implications of these findings for the effective use of extinction in applied settings. |
|
|
95. Modeling Response Pattern Under Variable-Ratio and Variable-Interval Schedules of Reinforcement. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKAYUKI TANNO (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to model pattern of response under variable-ratio (VR) and variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement. Eight rats were trained to press a lever for food pellets under VR 30 and inter-reinforcement intervals yoked VI schedules. Consistent with previous studies, all rats responded faster under VR than VI. Fourty-five statistical models were fitted to resulting data of interresponse time distributions. Six models assume the following types of a single distribution [Exponential (E), Weibull (W), Normal (N), Log-Normal, Gamma, and Invers-Gaussian]. Other fifteen models assume any combinations of those single distributions (e.g. E-W). Remaining twenty-four models assume the nest of the same single distributions, in which number of nest was ranged from two to five (e.g. E-E-E-E-E). Only the E-E, N-N-N-N, and N-N-N-N-N models showed good fitting in log survivor plot. Parameters of those three models revealed that rat’s response pattern can be interpreted as bout-pause alternation pattern. Within-bout-response rates were higher under VR than VI, while there was no difference in bout-pause-alternation rates. These results suggest that the differences of response rate between VR and VI reflect the differences of within-bout-response rate in the two schedules. |
|
|
96. Food at a Distance: Separating Food Sources During Concomitant Schedules of Reinforcement. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAQUEL ALO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1, pigeons were exposed to a VI 300s schedule (Baseline). Next, an FT 100-s schedule was superimposed to the baseline schedule. The next condition was identical to the previous one, except that the sources of food were located 10 ft away from each other. Next, the second condition was replicated. During the following three conditions, the sources of food were again located 10 ft away from each other, and the schedule delivering response-independent food was a VT, an FT, and a VT schedule, respectively. Experiment 2 replicated Experiment 1, except that a DRL schedule replaced the VI schedule. The addition of the free-food in both experiments disrupted responding according to the schedule in effect: when this schedule was an FT, a negatively accelerated pattern of responding developed, and this pattern was a direct function of the distance between the sources of food. Linear patterns of responding were obtained when a VT was programmed. Furthermore, DRL responding (Experiment 1) was more easily disrupted by the free food than VI responding. These results suggest that disruption of responding depend on both the schedule maintaining responding and the schedule delivering response-independent food. |
|
|
97. Preference for Concurrently Available Slot Machines Based on Loss Type. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jill A. Greising-Murschel (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Adam D. Hahs (University of Mississippi), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In the current study the ability to alter gamblers’ preference for slot machines which display near wins (2 out of 3 symbols on the payout line) over slot machines which do not was assessed using a concurrent slot machine preparation. Participants were initially asked to play two identical concurrently available slot machines with identical payout rates, and in which all losses displayed were total losses. Based on participant preference defined as allotting 7 out of 10 plays to one machine over 3 consecutive 10 block trials, the percentage of losses displayed as near wins was increased by steps of 10% on the non-preferred slot machine. In cases of an absence of preference during baseline being displayed, the percentage of near wins was increased on one of the machines chosen at random. The percentage of losses displayed as near wins at which a preference shit was achieved was assessed. The implications of affecting gambler choice through types of losses are discussed. |
|
|
98. Induction of Verbal Exchange and Involvement in Social Contingencies. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NORA RANGEL (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Elizabeth Ramírez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos Jimenez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Celeste Romero (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: In a situation of partial altruism, twelve dyads solved a visual puzzle on two synchronized computers screens. All dyads involved a confederate. Participants and confederates could track the performance of his/her peer, and place pieces in either puzzle. Dyads were assigned to three groups. All dyads were exposed to two baseline sessions and to four experimental phases involving sequences of two experimental conditions, which consisted in how the confederate behaved: 1) by being indifferent to the peer’s responding, and 2) by reciprocity of responding. In Groups 1 & 2 the confederate induced verbal exchange and involvement in social contingencies. Group 3 was exposed to similar experimental conditions but without contact between participants and confederate. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of verbal induction and confederate’s behavior in social partial-altruism contingencies. |
|
|
99. Effects of Joint Control Training on the Acquisition of Action Tacts in Children with Autism. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MONICA A. FYFE (Graduate Student) |
Abstract: Language and social skills are two notable deficits in children with autism. Intervention programs often address these deficits in separate training programs. Finding ways to facilitate combined-training programs that address both deficits at the same time would aid in the generalization of new behaviors. The present study used an alternating-treatment design to compare subject accuracy of tacting ongoing action video-clips in tact-only vs. tact-echoic conditions. Tact-echoic skills closely represent the notion of joint control. Also, this study examined differences in responses for more exaggerated, targets such as “twisting” to more subtle targets such as “greetings.” The data indicated higher correct responding in the tact-echoic condition vs. the tact-only condition. Further research using larger numbers of subjects is recommended for additional validation of the data. |
|
|
|
|
#383 Poster Session - EDC |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
100. Striving for Full-Inclusion into Mainstream Education for Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNA MUNSEL (Behavior Solutions International, Inc.), Rick Radliff (Behavior Solutions International, Inc.), Emily Branscum (Behavior Solutions International, Inc.) |
Abstract: This case study provides an example of behavior interventions that have been used to facilitate the inclusion of an autistic child into mainstream education settings. The subject of this study, Adam, is a 7-year old boy diagnosed with Autism. Adam is now fully participating in a regular education classes after many years of partial inclusion with special education pull-out services. The data demonstrates successful and unsuccessful behavior interventions that have been employed to facilitate the inclusion of the client into a mainstream classroom. In conjunction with behavior interventions, curriculum and classroom environment accommodations are identified as important factors in the successful transition of an autistic child from special education settings to regular education settings. Future research should evaluate the role and type of environmental factors, such as curriculum and classroom environment, that influence the successful transition of children with special needs including Autism as well as other developmental delays, to mainstream education settings. |
|
|
101. Teaching Auditory-Visual Discriminations to Young Learners with Autism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KORINNE WEIMA (Brock University), Shauna McCambridge (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University) |
Abstract: Using an alternating treatments design, we are comparing a combined within and extra-stimulus prompting training package to the standard extra-stimulus prompting procedures often used in IBI programs for participants with autism and developmental delay.
The combined package consists of response preclusion procedures, within-stimulus size-fading procedures, direct response reinforcement, multiple auditory prompts, and the extra-stimulus presentation of a puppet. The standard training package consists of response preclusion procedures, error-correction and follow-up trial implementation, and extra-stimulus multiple auditory prompts with delayed point-prompt fading steps. If one of two packages is successful, this could be beneficial for incorporating into existing programs for teaching receptive language skills.
Currently, data collection for one participant is ongoing. Thus far, results are showing that the additional antecedent and consequential manipulations are needed to successfully teach auditory-visual discriminations. Data collection is ongoing and will be gathered for 3 additional participants. |
|
|
102. Small Group Instruction for Students with Autism: General Case Training and Observational Learning. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University), Bunyamin Birkan (Tohum Vakfi, Istanbul) |
Abstract: A multiple probe design across response chains and replicated across students was used to evaluate the effects of progressive time delay, combined with general case training and observational learning, delivered in the group teaching arrangement on teaching food and drink preparation skills at acquisition and maintenance level. Three children with autism participated in the study. The data suggested that all three students with autism acquired and maintained the targeted food and drink preparation skills through progressive time delay combined with general case training and observational learning at criterion level. In addition, students were able to acquire response chains through observation of the student in the group and generalized the acquired skills to similar response chains. Implications and future research needs are discussed based on the evaluation of the findings. |
|
|
103. Investigating Video-Modeling as a Stand-Alone Treatment vs. a Component of a Treatment Package for Teaching Activity Schedules to Adolescents with Autism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY MEEHAN TAYLOR (The Institute for Effective Education), Jennifer L. Walk (The Institute for Effective Education), Matthew Bencal (The Institute for Effective Education), Kenneth Traupmann (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: This study applied video-modeling technology to teach activity schedules to adolescents with autism. Participants in this study included two male students, ages 19 and 20, and one 11 year-old female student. Individual schedules were designed for each student, consisting of 3 discrete tasks, pre-tested as mastered, and one activity known to be reinforcing. Using a delayed multiple-baseline across subjects design, an attempt was then made to systematically replicate video-modeling methodology as a stand-alone treatment for teaching the individualized schedules to each student. Baseline was 14%, 54% and 7% of the 22-steps required for each schedule for participants 1, 2, and 3 respectively. Exposure to the video-model alone resulted in no measurable change for participants 1 & 3 and a decrease in participant 2’s behavior. Prompting and reinforcement of individual components were required in addition to the video-model in order for all participants to master their individual schedules. |
|
|
104. Teaching Preschool Children Poison Prevention Skills. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY A. DANCHO (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Melissa M. Rhoades (University of Kansas), Stacy A. Layer (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Despite legislation and educational interventions to decrease poisonings, unintentional poisoning remains one of the leading causes of fatal and nonfatal injury in children under the age of six (National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2003). In addition, parent-based behavioral interventions have failed to eliminate poison hazards in the home (Tertinger, Greene, & Lutzker, 1984). Therefore, there is a need to equip children with the necessary poison prevention skills to further reduce the rate of unintentional poisoning. We evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching preschool aged children poison prevention safety skills. Fifteen children were covertly observed in a baited assessment condition in which ambiguous, but edible, substances were present, and three children ingested the substances in baseline. Group BST was shown to be ineffective; however, in situ feedback and praise decreased ingestion to zero for all three children. Interobserver agreement was assessed during a minimum of 30% of all sessions, and agreement ranged between 80 and 100% for all participants. |
|
|
105. Relational Learning of Children with Autistic Disorder through a Respondent-Type Procedure. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KOSUKE TAKAHASHI (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effectiveness of respondent-type procedure (Leader, Barnes, & Smeets, 1996) for teaching 6 persons’ names to an 11-year 7-month-old boy with autistic disorder. In respondent-type procedure condition, he successively observed (pointing and naming) three pairs of stimuli (a picture showing a person’s face and a printed word of the person’s name) for eight times each. After the observation, matching-to-sample test (matching picture to printed name) was conducted immediately. In baseline condition, only matching-to-sample test was conducted. A multiple baseline design across stimulus set was introduced. Although he showed low level of test score in baseline condition, he could match all pictures to printed name in respondent-type procedure condition. The results demonstrated that the respondent-type procedure could effective method to teach arbitrary stimulus relations for person with developmental disability. |
|
|
106. Teaching Monetary Skills to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Stimulus Equivalence. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIELLE SAVONA (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Vicki Pederson (Brock University), James C. K. Porter (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University) |
Abstract: There is a paucity of research focusing on teaching life skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The purpose of the present study is to evaluate whether monetary skills can be taught, using stimulus equivalence, to school-aged children with ASD. We are using a within-subject multiple baseline design across relations with 3 children with ASD. Data collection involves training students to match printed prices to pictures of coins and pictures of coins to pictures of coin combinations. When the participants have mastered these relations, we will evaluate whether participants can demonstrate emergent relations. Finally we will test whether trained and emergent relations can be generalized to a naturalistic setting. The present research may provide preliminary evidence towards the benefits of using this teaching technology in EIBI and educational programs for children with ASD. |
|
|
107. Teaching Equivalence Relations between Written Spanish Words, English Words and Pictures across Care Providers and Settings. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTINE J. OLSON (Northern Arizona University, Dept. of Psychology), Nicole M. Roscoe (Baltimore County Public Schools, Pikesville High School), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University, Dept. of Psychology) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence procedures often utilize a match-to-sample (MTS) procedure to train relations between a sample stimulus and two alternative or comparison stimuli. Joyce et al. (1993) were able to teach English and Spanish words to two children with traumatic brain injury using pictures, bilingual verbal cues, and bilingual written words.
The present study used MTS to teach relations between English and Spanish language stimuli to an 8-year-old Hispanic boy diagnosed with autism. Care providers reported difficulties at school due to a monolingual (Spanish) home and attending a monolingual (English) school. Procedures across 3 stimulus classes were conducted by a therapist, mother and teacher, across settings.
Baseline emergent relations were probed, then MTS training for reflexive and symmetrical relations between Spanish written words and pictures as well as between pictures and English written words were conducted. Subsequently the child’s mother (home) and teacher (school) were trained to provide MTS training trials. Emergent relations were again probed after training. The results of this initial study demonstrated that a monolingual (Spanish) child with autism was successful in identifying English and Spanish written words (transitivity) across settings and care providers with an inter-observer agreement for 30% of total sessions. |
|
|
108. The Effects of an Auditory Match-to-Sample Repertoire on Point to Point Correspondence of Mands and Tacts. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA STERKIN (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Jennifer Longano (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This study used an auditory match-to-sample procedure (Chavez-Brown, 2005) to increase the exact echoics under both the mand and tact conditions. Three students in a self-contained CABAS? special education classroom in a public elementary school were chosen as participants for the study. The students were five to seven years of age, were diagnosed with developmental disabilities, and were chosen for the study due to their low levels of exact echoic behavior during pre-experimental probes. The dependent measure was echoics under mand and tact conditions while the independent measure was the auditory match-to-sample procedure. Upon Student’s A, B and C meeting criterion on phases one and two of the auditory match-to-sample procedure, the number of exact echoics increased under the mand condition for Student A and under both the mand and tact conditions for Student B, and decreased under both conditions for Student C. During the post-experimental probes, after meeting criterion on phases three and four, the number of exact echoics decreased under the mand conditions and increased significantly under the tact conditions for Student B. There was also an increase in one of the mand conditions and one of the tact conditions for Student C. Student A had not yet met criterion on the fourth phase of the procedure. |
|
|
109. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Transformation of Stimulus Function across Listener and Speaker Responses of Naming for Two Dimensional and Three Dimensional Objects. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA J. RICH (Columbia University Teachers College), Ananya Goswami (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: Two studies were conducted to test the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the emergence of the listener to speaker component of naming of two pre-school aged children for three-dimensional and two-dimensional objects. Experiment one tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on transformation of stimulus function for novel pictures across both the listener responses (i.e., pointing and matching) and the speaker responses (i.e. pure tacts and impure tacts). Experiment two tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the transformation of stimulus function for novel items across listener response and speaker responses for three-dimensional objects. Two four-year-old males participated. Both lacked the listener to speaker component of naming in their repertoire. Three sets of five novel stimuli were used. Correct responses to probe trials for the untaught listener response (“point to _” and the untaught speaker responses (pure and impure tacts”) for the first and third sets of stimuli were the dependent measures of this study. The results of Experiment 1 and 2 demonstrated the transfer of stimulus function for the untaught speaker responses for two and three-dimensional objects. Neither participant demonstrated transformation of stimulus function for three-dimensional objects following MEI for two-dimensional objects. |
|
|
110. Documenting the Progress of Pre-Service Teachers. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE E. HILDEBRAND (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Progress monitoring, through the use of curriculum-based measurements, is one type of informal assessment that utilizes weekly probes to examine student progress over time. There is much research on using this assessment to monitor the progress of school-age students in order to make instructional decisions. However, using curriculum-based measurements in a university setting with college students has not yet been investigated. Based on the strong evidence of this approach with elementary and high school students, the purpose of this research is to determine if administering a weekly probe to college students and monitoring their progress over time can help predict overall achievement in the course (i.e., the students' grade). Vocabulary probes, based on content covered throughout a course, were administered weekly to two university college classes. Preliminary results suggest that vocabulary curriculum-based measurements are a good predictor of final grades (i.e., average of exam scores). This information may be useful to both teacher trainers and behavior analysts because it allows for documentation of student progress over time. Furthermore, this could potentially allow teacher trainers and behavior analysts to make instructional decisions and intervene with students accordingly. |
|
|
111. An Application of Stimulus Equivalence to Teach College Students Concepts of Inferential Statistics. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Illinois State University), Daniel P. Covey (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Instruction based on stimulus equivalence has been used to great effect with individuals with developmental disablities. Applications using stimulus equivalence with higher-functioning individuals are rarer. In this research project, college students in a Psychology Research Methods course learned concepts related to inferential statistics in a computerized module based on arbitrary matching to sample. In an attempt to maximize the efficiency of the instruction, trials were organized to promote the emergence of several untaught relations from two stimulus classes. One of the stimulus classes incorporated contextual relations. All students improved from the pre-test to the post-test. A micro-analysis of performance on the individual relations will be presented along with implications of this research and directions for future research. |
|
|
112. A Pilot Study Using Guided Notes and Response Cards at the Postsecondary Level. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KARIN S. SCHUMACHER DYKE (University of Cincinnati), Shobana Musti-Rao (University of Cincinnati), Stephen Kroeger (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Instruction at the postsecondary level is predominantly lecture style. However, there is a body of evidence to show the positive relationship between students’ active engagement with academic tasks and achievement. This pilot study examined the effects of guided notes and response cards on students’ performance on weekly quiz scores and in-class participation. Using an ABCBC withdrawal design, guided notes and response cards used together were found to increase students’ quiz scores. Frequency of active student response was higher with use of response cards in comparison to when students were asked to raise their hands to answer teacher-posed questions. Results of consumer satisfaction surveys revealed that most students preferred guided notes and response cards to traditional style lectures in their college classrooms. The implications highlight the importance of the use of multiple and flexible modes of presentation in increasingly diverse classrooms filled with learners with multiple interests, ability levels, and learning styles. |
|
|
113. A Comparison of Interteaching- and Lecture-Based Instruction: Contingencies Matter. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER R. MOSIER (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Lee D. Thomas (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Rebecca Veenstra (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of interteaching and lecture formats was evaluated when class requirements were matched. Students in 2 sections of a research-methods undergraduate course participated. Before specific classes, students were instructed to answer questions on a study guide, for which they received 2 points toward their final grade. The 2 sections were quasi-randomly assigned to lecture or interteaching for each study guide. In the lecture condition, the instructor lectured on the material in the study guide. In the interteaching condition, students were paired and discussed the topics on the study guide. A short lecture was given after the interteaching session based on questions from the students. During the next class, a quiz, consisting of questions based on the study guide, was given to each section. In addition, 3 exams were given, each consisting of questions from the study guides from that unit and other questions that were not specifically on the study guides. Quiz and exam grades generally were not dependent on teaching condition. These data suggest that the contingency of completing the study guides before class may be responsible for the differences in grades across interteaching and lecture formats reported in previous research. |
|
|
114. Do Interactive Response Systems Improve Students’ In-Class Performance? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA SWINDELL (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Raymond O. Sacchi (Washington State University) |
Abstract: A number of interactive response systems currently on the market enable presenters to ask questions and immediately display audience feedback during PowerPoint presentations. This study examined the effects of one such system on students’ in-class performance in an upper level psychology course. During the baseline phase, students attended PowerPoint lectures and completed an in-class exam. During the first treatment phase, students used hand-held remotes to respond to multiple-choice questions presented at the end of each lecture. Individual responses were recorded by a radio frequency receiver and the results were displayed on a PowerPoint slide immediately following each question. Students received extra credit points for each correct response. In the next phase, students continued to respond to questions and receive feedback, but did not receive extra credit points. During the final treatment phase, the extra credit contingency was reintroduced. It was predicted that the opportunity to respond using the interactive system would be associated with higher exam scores and better performance on the multiple-choice questions, and this effect would be greatest when correct responses resulted in extra credit points. The results of this study are discussed in terms of their implications for the use of technology in the classroom. |
|
|
115. The Effects of a Classwide Peer Tutoring Program to Increase Learning Efficiency in a Psychology 101 Discussion Group. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHLEEN THERESE LAMBERT (Pacific Lutheran University), Michael C. Lambert (Western Washington University) |
Abstract: This program was designed to increase the efficiency of discussion group meetings for a psychology 101 course for a small private university in the Northwest. An ABAB design was used to measure the effects of a traditional discussion session run by a teaching assistant (lecture and question and answer) versus classwide peer tutoring. Increases in student achievement on both discussion session quizzes as well as on course test scores were observed on content covered during the CWPT intervention phases. Consumer satisfaction scores for the CWPT intervention both by the teaching assistant as well as the 101 students were also higher than scores for the traditional discussion group session. |
|
|
116. Listening Skills and Its Training. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
SUCEL MORAN (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Julio Varela (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Thirty college students were exposed to three kinds of training in order to promote listening skills according to a counterbalanced design: a) repetition of literal words; b) repetition of manifest causes; and c) repetition of arguments. The percentage of correct responses in blocks of similar non-reinforced trials before and after each kind of training served as the dependent variable. Each kind of training produced an increase in the percentage of correct responses from pretest to posttest blocks of trials, especially repetition of literal words. The best performance in all three kinds of tasks was observed when subjects began their training with repetition of arguments. Results are discussed in relation to similar experiments, highlighting the effects of the training sequences. |
|
|
117. Developing Reading and Comprehension Skills in Psychology Students. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTONIA RENTERIA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jorge Luis Salinas Rdríguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: If we define learning as a complex adquisition process consisting in getting skills as tools of knowledge instead of memorizing contents, we must assume reading and comprehension as a large complex process of different tasks: to identify meaningfull information, to analize, to resume, to integrate and assess behavior modification text information. The main aim of this study was to develop different reading and comprehension skills in psychology students to increase active and creative participation in daily classes. An AB design was implemented and results show how students increased day by day work in class.
Data was analyzed according different learning theories and new information and communication technologies. |
|
|
118. Strategy to Analyze Scientific Text in University Student. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (FES. Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Carlos Santoyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: The present work evaluated a reading comprehension strategy usage by Santoyo (1992-2001) which projects and develop competitions that goes farer than repetition abilities and knowledge expression letting formulate a meticulous analysis that integrates information and knowledge seen meaningfully that gives new otions and alternatives about formulation as theorical as methodological of an article functionally of comprehension and analysis. That strategy focus on considerate categories such as justification investigation objective analysis unit supuest basic, author strategy, interior and exterior consistence even the author conclusion own conclusion and alternative action courses to get new investigation that allows identification and deduction of scientific texts even value judging integration. A student’s group was invited to participate on a strategies reading workshop of scientific texts. Workshop was divided on two parts which consist on giving Knowledge to students about compression of the strategy, examines were handing simultaneity will and students questions were solved. Later postest was applied. Outcomes were analyzed on a descriptive way using as mean measure certain answers to certain question by model categories and comparation Postest were made which shows an increase on strategy handling. The student can have on effective way of performance during other situations that require the text analysis on a proposal and critical way. |
|
|
119. Analysis of the Training Strategies used by an “Expert” Researcher while Training His Apprentice. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Jessica Liliana Buenrostro Daz (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The objective of this study was to analyze the training strategies and feedback used by an “expert” researcher while training his apprentice. As part of his academic formation, the apprentice was incorporated to a research in progress. The objective of that research was to analyze how children solve problems. Eleven researchers participated in this project: the responsible, five associates, two posgraduate students and three students holding scholarships. During two years, the work meetings were recorded, transcribed and analyzed. The data analysis was centered in the identification of the strategies of training and feedback used by the expert researcher while training one of the scholarship holders of the group. Results showed that the main training strategy used by the expert was discussing with his apprentice the theoretical-conceptual aspects of the project, as well as the methodological-procedural ones. In each work session the expert showed the student the novel aspects of the project, and made demonstrations regarding punctual aspects about it. Besides, researcher corrected the apprentice every time he made a mistake. Further implications related to science teaching will be discussed. |
|
|
120. How to Reduce Chatting in College Courses: Negative Punishment by Elimination of Attendance Score. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
SHIZUKA THUKADA (Teikyo University, Japan), Masaya Sato (Teikyo University, Japan) |
Abstract: We reduced students' chatting in a classroom by negative punishement.
In our intervention, we took thier attendance cards when they were chatting and they lost attendance score. During the intervention, the chatting decreased remarkably and the loudness level of the classroom was decreased. I decreased a whisper by letting the attendance card confiscation attendant a whisper on a journey in this study and performed class environment improvement. |
|
|
121. Effects of Sibling Support Programs on the Sibling Relationship of the Children with Developmental Delays. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SANG BOK LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Hyun-Mi Mun (Daegu University, South Korea), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu University, South Korea), Gyeong Hee Seo (Daegu University, South Korea), Yunhee Shin (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study examined the effects of sibling support programs on the attitude, family members' roles, and sibling and peer relationship of the children with developmental delays. Twelve siblings with age 10-12 participated in the study. Using a questionnaire, data was collected and the result showed that the siblings' positive attitude, family members' positive roles, and the sblings' peer relationships were distinctively improved. |
|
|
122. The Effects of a Yoked Peer Contingency Game Board on Responding to Observational Learn Units. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI KINGSDORF (Columbia University Teachers College), Jennifer Longano (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: An experiment was conducted to replicate the procedure used by Stolfi (2005) and Davies-Lackey (2005) to improve observational learning. The study was conducted with two participants to test the effects of using a yoked peer contingency game as an establishing operation to increase correct responding to observational learn units. The study took place in a CABAS® elementary school classroom, grades K-2. Participant A was a 7 year old male diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Participant B, who functioned as a peer confederate, was a 7 year old girl diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The study was conducted using an ABA reversal design. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses to direct and observational learn units of textually responding to three sets of state names. The independent variable was the use of the yoked peer contingency game. The results showed a significant increase in the number of correct responses emitted to observational learn units by Participant A, as a function of the yoked peer contingency game board as an establishing operation. |
|
|
|
|
#384 Poster Session - TPC |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
123. Distinguishing Positive and Negative Reinforcement: Is Anybody Listening? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ALICIA N. MACALEESE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Long ago, Skinner (1938) drew a distinction between positive and negative reinforcement, this on the basis of whether a response produced (positive) or removed (negative) a stimulus. The examples he gave for positive reinforcement centered on responses that produced stimuli such as food and water, while examples of negative reinforcement centered on responses that removed stimuli such as shock and other aversive stimulation.
These distinctions survive to this day, and yet there is reason to believe that this distinction is unnecessary, and thus should be abandoned as Jack Michael argued in 1975. The purpose of this poster is to trace the development of this distinction and evaluate the impact Jack Michael's 1975 paper has had over the past 30+ years. |
|
|
124. Some Neglected Topics in the Interval Timing Research and its Relationship with the Chronobiologie. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
DAVID LUNA (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: The estimation of the time is a fundamental ability for the survival of the organisms. For that reason, is not stranger that the study about possible underlying mechanisms to this ability has emerged substantially at least from last the three decades of century XX. The present knowledge on possible mechanisms implied in the temporary regulation of the behavior has been obtained through studies in chronobiologie and interval timing with both humans and animals. In each area a different kind of internal clock model has been proposed (i.e., biological and mental, respectively), and in some cases the possible relationship between each one of them has been evaluated. Nowadays there are results that discourage the existence of a direct relationship between both of them. In this poster some topics that have been neglected when studying the relations between both kinds of clocks are mentioned, recovering data of interest for the planning of future researches. Also is considered not solved questions in the study of the interval timing. |
|
|
125. Single-Subject Statistical Analysis in an Applied Setting: A Comparative Investigation of Statistical Process Control and Conservative Dual Criteria Procedures. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
JASON MATTHEW KELLER (Spalding University) |
Abstract: The statistical process control (SPC) and the conservative dual criteria (CDC) procedures are two statistical approaches which have been developed as an alternative to visual analysis of single-subject data. Few behavior analysts utilize these procedures in an applied setting where there is continuous data collection and higher levels of variability. The study compared the two statistical approaches using 29 data sets from nine participants with developmental disabilities who were receiving behavioral interventions in the community. The data is in the process of being analyzed and the results will report the agreement between the two procedures. The implications that the results may have on future clinical practice will be discussed. |
|
|
126. A Critical Review of the Literature Comparing the Use of Functional, Arbitrary, and Preferred Stimulus Reinforcers in Response Suppression Contingencies. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMARA L. PAWICH (Eastern Michigan University), Zina A. Eluri (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology is logically founded in the principles of operant conditioning and frequently results in effective functionally-derived contingencies; however, empirical demonstrations of its treatment utility are lacking in the current literature. There are studies using extinction, differential reinforcement, and noncontingent reinforcement that demonstrate the superiority of functional versus arbitrary reinforcers. However, preliminary research indicates that when incorporating arbitrary stimuli that are also preferred, differential and noncontingent reinforcement schedules are equally or more effective in response reduction than when functional reinforcers are used within these same contingencies. In extinction procedures, the role of preferred stimuli is less potent. However, when using interpolated schedules to provide continuous reinforcement with preferred stimuli followed by extinction with those same stimuli, at least some response-rate reduction occurs. These findings would imply that conducting a functional analysis in order to implement a functionally-derived contingency intervention may have more limited treatment utility than is assumed. This poster will present a literature review of the studies relevant to this theoretical issue. |
|
|
127. Respondent and Operant Relations in Emotional Phenomena. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
EMMANUEL Z. TOURINHO (Universidade Federal do Para), Rosangela Darwich (Universidade da Amazonia) |
Abstract: Emotional phenomena may include operant and respondent relations. In the present study, possible interrelations among operant and respondent relations in emotional phenomena are examined, in the light of a selectionist causal mode. It is argued that events in an operant relation may acquire new functions that explain conditioned emotional phenomena. An event B, which originally shows reinforcing functions to a response R1 may also acquire an eliciting function for a response r2. Event A which originally shows discriminative functions for R1 may also acquire a conditioned eliciting function to r2, as a result of being presented right before B. The response r2 may itself acquire discriminative functions for R1. These and other interrelated operant (including self-descriptions) and respondent relations may be interpreted as a product of ontogenesis. The respondent relations involved may be interpreted as collateral products of operant contingencies, as argued by Skinner. Thus, an explanation of the emotional phenomena that include operant and respondent relations may simply resort to the causal mode of selection by consequences. Also, changes in the emotional phenomenon may be produced by changes in the operant contingency. Such interpretation may be useful to the accomplishment of functional analysis in practical settings. |
|
|
128. Social Validity Assessments: Understanding the Social Importance of Goals, Procedures, and Outcomes in Early Childhood Special Education. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
YASEMIN TURAN (San Diego State University), Hedda Meadan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Family members and educational team members frequently participate in the decision-making process in program planning, implementing, and evaluating for young children with disabilities. The decisions typically are made in three areas: (a) choosing appropriate goals to be targeted, (b) identifying appropriate intervention procedures and strategies to be used, and (c) determining appropriate child outcomes to be achieved. Even though these areas are often clear for all parties, defining what are "appropriate" goals, procedures, or outcomes is a challenge. Kazdin (1977) and Wolf (1978) were the first to introduce the concept of "social validity" to determine socially appropriate goals, procedures and outcomes. It is evolved as "a resolution of the conflict between objective behavior measures of outcome and more subjective measures of value, social importance and utility" (Winett, Moore, & Anderson, 1991) and is required to collect evaluative information to assist in program planning and evaluation (Schwartz & Baer, 1991). Although the concept of social validity is widely known, it continues to be a challenge when developing intervention programs for young children with disabilities. The purpose of this poster is to describe social validity and its methods and discuss its implications in the context of early childhood special education. |
|
|
129. Pre-Service Early Childhood Teachers' Attitudes for Inclusion of Children with Special Needs. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SANG BOK LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Gyeong Hee Seo (Daegu University, South Korea), Du Hee Kim (Daegu University, South Korea), Hye Sook Moon (Daegu University, South Korea), Jeong Bae Kang (Daegu University, South Korea), Weon Ok Koo (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The present study investigated differences in attitudes for inclusion of pre-service early childhood majoring teachers campare with pre-service early childhood teachers, double majoring early childhood special education. |
|
|
130. The Relationship between Psychiatric Disorders and Challenging Behavior. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
BØRGE HOLDEN (Habilitation Services Hedmark, Norway) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is the most evidence-based approach to treating challenging behavior. Challenging behavior can, however, be hard to treat. One reason is that functional analyses might fail. In recent years, challenging behavior has increasingly been explained by way of psychiatric disorders. Although it has been demonstrated that alleviation of psychiatric symptoms has concurrently alleviated challenging behavior, 20 years of research has not provided us with a clear understanding of the relationship between psychiatric disorders and challenging behavior. I will argue that, by and large, psychiatric disorders do not explain challenging behavior. Rather, the basis for diagnosing psychiatric disorders is (1) deviant and/or operant behvior, (2) deviant sensitivity to environmental events, as in depression, mania and anxiety disorders, and (3) rule governance, like imperative hallucinations. Challenging behavior may occur when (1) operant behavior is blocked, (2) when sensitivity is combined with more immediate conditions like demands and lack of reinforcers, or (3) as a direct result of rule governance. Treatment implications are discussed. |
|
|
131. Implications for Assessment and Treatment of Cyclically Occurring Problem Behavior. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER RUSAK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dorcille Jernigan (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Problem behavior that occurs in a cyclical pattern poses a challenge for assessment and treatment. Cyclical behavior does not always occur in an orderly fashion where the up and down cycles are easily predicted. If cyclical patterns of behavior are not identified and controlled for prior to assessment and treatment false conclusions may be drawn regarding function and the cause of behavior change during treatment. In addition, experimental design techniques such as a reversal design may not be appropriate in these cases. In the current study, the problem behavior of a 15-year-old male admitted to an inpatient facility for the treatment of severe hand to head self-injurious behavior (SIB) occurred at very different rates across time. Results from two functional analyses separated by eight days revealed drastically different levels of problem behavior. Dependent measures conducted daily confirmed the presence of a cyclical pattern. These measures were then used to aide in decision-making during treatment evaluations. For example, baseline and treatment sessions within a treatment evaluation were conducted during periods of time when the dependent measure indicated that problem behavior was likely to occur. Results have implications for how cyclical patterns of behavior can affect the assessment and evaluation of interventions. |
|
|
132. Connecting and Disconnecting: Reinforcement and Extinction in Social Networks. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
BRITT ANDERSEN (Akershus University College), Ingunn Sandaker (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The continuum from robustness to vulnerability may be described in terms of resistance to extinction. On a systems level, the cessation of interaction between agents means that the system as a definable unit ceases to exist. Agents may form new relations with familiar agents, or new agents may appear. The concept of critical mass may be useful when we observe that behavior or interaction between agents that constitute the system changes in such a way that the defining characteristics of the system (defining characteristics considered as properties at system level) no longer are apparent. The unit of analysis is defined by the properties of the system that distinguish it from other systems on the same level of reduction (or scale of magnitude / complexity), and by how the system is distinguished from other levels of reduction. |
|
|
133. A Survey of Reliability and Procedural Integrity Measures in JABA from 1980 to 2005. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (Pennsylvania State University), Shawn M. Datchuk (Pennsylvania State University), Sean D. Casey (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: The importance of reliability measures on dependent and independent variables has been well-established as a hallmark of applied behavior analysis research (Baer, Wolf, Risley 1968; Kazdin 1972, Johnson & Pennypacker 1989). How often do articles report these measures in the preeminent journal in ABA? We sampled the reliability measures found within JABA between 1980 and 2005 for each experimental article. The type of agreement formula, the assessment of reliability on all measures, the training of observers, and procedural integrity measures, were measured and reported across years. This study extends the previous literature examining reliability measures in JABA (Kelly 1972; Kelly 1976; Peterson 1982; & Gresham 1992) by including brief reports for analysis. |
|
|
134. Alternative Methods for Calculating Reliability in Studies with Large Sample Sizes. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
MIMI L. MCDONNELL (University of Minnesota), Erin M. Holton (University of Minnesota), LeAnne Denise Johnson (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Stacy E. Danov (University of Minnesota), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University, Behavior Research Center) |
Abstract: Traditional interobserver agreement (IOA), calculated by dividing agreements by the sum of agreements and disagreements and then multiplying by 100%, is often used as an index of reliability of direct observational research in single case designs. However, when large data sets are analyzed, other indices of reliability may be more appropriate to account for error and to accommodate for non-occurrence. Generalizability theory (G-theory) offers an alternative to traditional interobserver agreement, which allows the researcher to account for error based on specified facets, such as participants and observers (Suen & Ary, 1989). The current study collected direct observation real time data on a random sample of 16 elementary aged participants which are part of a larger study to explore the utility of using G-Theory as an alternative measure of reliability. A direct comparison between the results of g and d analyses and traditional percent agreement will be presented and discussion of findings will include the reliability of live verses video taped observations. |
|
|
135. Behavioral Interpretations of Popular Judeo-Christian Biblically-Inspired Moralistic Sayings. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Michael Guy Augustine (Youngstown State University), Brittany Danielle Dick (Youngstown State University), Anna Helen Grzebieniak (Youngstown State University), Jenifer Ann Moorhead (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Moralistic sayings can serve as ethical guidelines, functioning as instructions for rule governed ethical behavior. Martin and Pear argue: “This is one way that people learn to emit behavior that is ethical and refrain from behavior that is unethical” (2007, p. 403). Martin and Pear further argue that ethical behavior promotes the survival of the culture. If moralistic sayings function as instructions for rule governed behavior, they should direct how one should behave. Thus moralistic sayings should be amenable to interpretation with standard behavioral terms. As a method of analyzing recommendations for ethical behavior in society, several popular Judeo-Christian biblically inspired moralistic sayings are presented with corresponding behavioral interpretations. This exercise can be used to teach behavior principles to people who are not familiar with behavioral terms or may be resistant to using behavioral interventions. Furthermore, the behavioral recommendations can be used to teach ethical behaviors to those who are resistant to using biblical recommendations. |
|
|
136. Expanding the Limits of Behavioral Research through Simulation Technology. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICK K. A. MARMOLEJO (Western Michigan University), Jim Shurbutt (Western Michigan University), Michelle J. VanWagner (Western Michigan University), Brian J. Crowley-Koch (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Simulation research is an effective way to study a variety of behavioral safety problems in a risk free environment using behavior analysis research methodology. Aviation has employed this technology to provide recurrent training in crew resource management and emergency skills with great success. The Behavior Analysis Applied Science Lab, one of Western Michigan University’s newest applied behavior analysis research labs, has developed a driving and flight simulation lab in order to conduct research in the areas of traffic and aviation safety. Once set up, simulation laboratory research is inexpensive and highly efficient to run. This poster will describe how this simulation research can be used to examine: 1. Problems that are difficult to study in the normal flying or driving environment because of inherent risk. 2. Safety problems that have significant consequences that only occur at a low frequency under normal conditions. 3. Problems that involve training individuals with physical disabilities to resume driving and flying in a safe environment. This paper will explore how this technology can be used to address each of these issues. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Claude Bernard (1813-1878): 19th Century Behavior Analyst |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–1:50 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA |
Chair: John B. Connors (Canadian University College) |
|
Claude Bernard (1813-1878): 19th Century Behavior Analyst |
Domain: Theory |
JOHN B. CONNORS (Canadian University College) |
|
Abstract: A student of Francois Magendie, his writings on research methods were influential for both Pavlov and Skinner. His text, An Introduction to the Study of Experimental Medicine (1865) became a blueprint for a philosophy and methodology of observation and inductive experimental methods. |
|
|
|
|
|
A System for the Analysis of Behavioral Contingencies |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Cunningham A |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Heidi L. Eyre (Jacksonville State University) |
|
A General Language for the Analysis of Behavioral Contingencies. |
Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: A detailed understanding of the prevailing behavioral contingencies is a precondition for the management of most human affairs. To the degree that behavioral contingencies are understood, the knowledge base of behavioral science can be brought to bear on their design.
This paper presents a language and syntax for analyzing and diagramming any system of behavioral contingencies, including the complex ones encountered in the fields of law, business, public affairs, sociology, education, and economics.
The language and syntax for such analysis, and its associated notation system, specifies the “if, then” relationships between acts and their consequences, and between the termination of time periods and their consequences. The syntax includes modifiers of acts to indicate their agents, and the consequences’ probabilities, valences, magnitudes, and parties that perceive or misperceive them.
Analyses and diagrams of wide-ranging examples like fraud, betting, blackmail, various games, theft, contracts, racing, competition, mutual deterrence, feuding, bargaining, deception, loan transactions, insurance, elections, global warming, personal tipping, vigilance, sexual overtures, decision making, mistaken identity, etc. are presented as illustrations of the ability of the proposed three-term vocabulary, (acts, consequences, and time period terminations) and the associated simple syntax, to generate the myriad nuances of meaning needed to provide the required generality and reach. |
|
Behavioral Contingency Analysis: A Technology for Managing Human Affairs. |
Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: This paper sketches out a possible new discipline with wide-ranging applications.
The contingency analysis process would begin by the user responding to a computer-administered set of prompts to register all the relevant known information about the situation to be analyzed. Examples of such information:
• The involved parties and their potential acts.
• The possible consequences of each of these acts and their probabilities and valences for each party.
• The parties that would perceive or misperceive each of the consequences.
• Acts that would avert any of the listed consequences.
Software (to be developed) then converts the entered information into virtual multi-dimensional behavioral contingency structures and models the way these would play out. This would require the entry of a data base of the effects of presenting and withholding rewards and punishments of various relative magnitudes and probabilities, of cues regarding prevailing contingencies, and of the behavioral effects of time factors.
If dissatisfied with the results predicted by the model, the user would iteratively revisit the original answers to the prompts and thereby fine-tune the outcomes of the simulations. This general method could be valuable in operations research, and in computer modeling and simulation in any area of human affairs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired Equivalence in Non-Human Animals: Origins, Effects, and Mechanisms |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
PETER URCUIOLI (Purdue University) |
Dr. Peter Urcuioli is Professor of Psychological Sciences and Associate Head of Department at Purdue University. He was an undergraduate at the University of New Hampshire, where he worked with Greg Bertsch on avoidance learning in rats and, later, with Tony Nevin on concept formation in pigeons. Peter did his graduate training at Dalhousie University from 1974 to 1979 with Vern Honig where his interests in discrimination learning and stimulus control solidified. His dissertation showed that pigeons’ differential behavior could serve as a powerful cue for subsequent performance. Following post-doctoral training with Tony Wright at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center in Houston, Peter joined the faculty of Purdue University in 1981. His research, which has been funded by the National Institute of Mental Health and the National Science Foundation, has covered a broad range of topics including overshadowing, retrospective versus prospective coding in delayed discriminations, associative processes in the differential outcome effect, the Simon effect, and acquired equivalence and mediated generalization. All have a common, stimulus control theme, which continues in his current research on responses and equivalence classes. Peter has been an Associate Editor for Animal Learning & Behavior and serves on the editorial board of several journals. |
Abstract: Acquired equivalence is an example of emergent stimulus relations, in which stimuli immediately occasion particular behavior or discriminations despite no explicit reinforcement history for doing so. This effect is not reducible to primary stimulus generalization but, rather, develops from common associations shared by these stimuli with other dissimilar stimuli. Sometimes referred to as non-similarity-based categorization, acquired equivalence does not require language. I will describe a number of examples of this phenomenon in non-human animals with special focus on acquired sample equivalence that arises from the common comparison-response relations inherent in many-to-one (or comparison-as-node) matching-to-sample. In addition to showing behavioral manifestations of acquired equivalence, I will discuss how these manifestations might reflect what Hull (1939) called secondary (or mediated) stimulus generalization, the implications of mediated generalization for the notion of emergent relations, and some recent data on what sorts of stimulus events may, or may not, be included in an acquired equivalence class. |
Target Audience: n |
Learning Objectives: n |
|
|
|
|
Application of OBM Strategies in Service Settings for Individuals with Autism: Promoting Quality Outcomes |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Daphna El-Roy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs) |
RANDY I. HOROWITZ (Eden II Programs) |
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The incidence of autism has increased considerably during the past decade. A corresponding development of programs serving individuals with autism has occurred. While these programs are essential to meet the needs of the autism community, attracting, training and retaining a qualified workforce becomes very difficult. In addition to the competition among programs serving individuals with autism, these agencies must also compete with employment opportunities that are less stressful and less demanding than working with individuals with autism. Despite the widespread use of empirically-based teaching techniques in the field of special education, few providers apply these same principles to address staff behavior change. Organizational behavior management (OBM), also referred to as Performance Management (PM), is the application of applied behavior analysis to organizational improvement. The purpose of this panel is to address common issues within the field of human services and more specifically, to programs serving individuals with autism. Topics to be addressed include issues of staff retention and turnover, staff development as well as issues of quality assurance and improvement. |
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center Accreditation of Workplace Safety Programs |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University) |
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: CCBS Behavioral Safety Accreditation The mission of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, to advance the scientific study of behavior and its humane applications to practical problems, and the prevention and relief of human suffering, is realized in part through the development and recognition of safe behavior in the workplace. The Center’s initiative to accredit workplace safety programs based on the principles of behavior has now recognized and awarded accreditation to sites in four corporations. In the panel discussion the criteria for CCBS accreditation, a behavior based program and the demonstration of exemplary and sustained performance, will be described, as will the accreditation application and site visit. Performance data from accredited companies will be presented. The side effects and collateral social impact of accreditation on the cultures of accredited companies will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
From Behavioral Safety to Social Skills Training: Applying Behavioral Principles in School Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Betsy B |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
|
Behavioral Safety Goes Back To School: The Use of Turn Signals, Seat Belts, and Cell Phones While Driving on Campus. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Youngstown State University), Emily Myers (Youngstown State University) |
|
Abstract: The use of antecedent and consequent events to increase safe driving behavior over the last 20 years has proven to be effective, affordable, and socially valid. A seemingly simple procedure is, in fact, composed of many variables. The current research compared different types of verbal prompts, to increase seat belt and turn signal use, and decrease cell phone use on college campuses. In addition to the type of prompts, we varied their presentation as well as the consequent event that followed. Results suggest that a generally reinforcing message works as well as a punitive threat, that prompts can be delivered successfully in more than one way, and that a reinforcing consequence strengthens the overall procedure. |
|
"Stepping Out:" Social Skills in a Recreational Group Format. |
Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIA S. FISKE (COVE Center, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Social competency is one of the most difficult skliis a young adult must acquire in order to develop an independent, productive and responsible life. For most of us this is a natural, intuitive process requiring little or no formal training. This is not true for indivuduals who have been born with or later develop special needs that interfer with accurate perception, conceptualization and the ability to effectively organize the life which they live.
Stepping Out, Inc. has sucessfully helped break down many of the barriers and provided many young people wiht teh skills and confidence to "step out" into the community. |
|
Come Play with Us! An Integrated Socialization Group for Children with ASD and Communication Disorders. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINDAJEANNE SCHWARTZ (Chatterbugs), Joy Zimmerman (Chatterbugs) |
|
Abstract: Chatterbugs is an integrated socialization group that strives to assist children with Autism Spectrum disorders. We utilize the principles and methodologies of Applied Behavior Analysis in conjunction with Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior. We incorporate these strategies and methodologies into each session.
Our socialization groups focus on establishing play skills, conversational skills, coping strategies, self-regulation, interpretation of emotions and meaningful social interactions with peers and adults.
Our Chatterbugs groups consist of no more than seven children in total typically developing children along side children who have ASD or other communication deficits. The groups are arranged by first assessing each child's abilities and the ages served range from preschoolers to high schoolers.
Each group is run by either a Board Certified Behavior Analyst /Speech-Language Pathologist or a Special Education Teacher.
Prior to enrollment a questionaire is completed by the child's family to provide information about the child's language and social abilities. An initial assessment will be implemented in order to further assess the child's language and cognitive skills to better determine placement for one of our groups. Every attempt is made to place children who have skills that complement one another to form a functional, appropriate and productive group. |
|
|
|
|
|
Less is More: Effective Staff Training on the Most Important Outcomes for Adults with Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.) |
Discussant: Alan E. Harchik (The May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Diane Bannerman Juracek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Efficient training of staff is a high priority for agencies serving people with severe developmental disabilities. This symposium examines a complete makeover of staff training in two agencies supporting people with severe developmental disabilities. Community Living Opportunities, Inc. (CLO), located in Eastern Kansas, provides residential services for 185 adults and features the Family Teaching Model (FTM), where 1 to 3 people live with a family who provides care, teaching, and a preferred lifestyle. California Community Opportunities, Inc. (CCO), located in San Jose, provides FTM services to people moving from Agnews Developmental Center. The first paper examines the effects of shortened workshop and in-home training on Family Teacher performance on tests and observations after workshop sessions, after 90 days, and after six months. The second study is a replication (at CCO) of the training and testing model, but focuses on in-home coaching lessons and ongoing assessment of primary outcome areas including safety, rights, supervision, and teaching skills. The third paper focuses on Social validity of the training model. Parents and frequent visitors of individuals are queried regarding satisfaction with training and outcomes. Preliminary data suggest that in situ training focused on the most important staff skills results in the best outcomes. |
|
Let Go of the Kitchen Sink: Are Staff Learning and Doing the Most Important Things? |
DIANE BANNERMAN JURACEK (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jamie D. Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Yolanda Hargett (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Getting direct support staff trained as efficiently as possible is a high priority for agencies serving people with severe developmental disabilities. Additionally, insuring that staff are focused on the safety, health, and rights of consumers is critical. Community Living Opportunities, Inc. recently decreased the number of learning objectives and training hours in Family Teaching Model Pre-service workshops based on feedback from peer professionals. The number of learning objectives was reduced to focus on safety, health, and rights. Revised classroom and in-home training is evaluated with post-training quizzes and 90 day and 6-month tests and observations. Outcomes, like the number of injuries, care concerns, and consumer satisfaction are continuously tracked. Prior to intervention, new staff were completing an average of only 68% of required training activities within 30 days after hire. Preliminary data are expected to show improvements in completion of training and staff performance. It is also expected that the frequency of injuries and care concerns will be reduced. Though everything seems important when it comes to the care of people with significant needs, attempting to teach people too much, too quick, may not be effective. |
|
Evaluating the Family Teaching Model Training Workshops and Coaching. |
DEBI ANN ALVEY (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Susan L. Richardson (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amy Peeler (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Robert M. Churchill (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.) |
Abstract: Human Service Agencies that serve adults with developmental disabilities in their communities are often challenged with meeting mandated state training requirements and their own rigorous internal training components while ensuring that staff are demonstrating the skills taught. California Community Opportunities (CCO) is one such agency that is currently receiving support from Community Living Opportunities (CLO) to replicate the Family Teaching Model (FTM). The Family Teaching Model training package consists of (a) a Pre-service workshop, (b) a Family Teaching Model workshop, (c) in-home coaching between the Family Teaching Couple and the FTM Coach, and (d) regular evaluation and feedback regarding implementation of the CLO FTM outcomes. Quality Evaluation (QE) tools have been developed to track the progress made by Family Teachers on producing the skill sets that need to be learned. Data analyzed include results of QE tools completed before and after training workshops and before and after in-home coaching on the topics of schedules, engagement, supervision and safety, rights, and teaching. An evaluation of the data will show possibilities of implementing a simplified training process in the FTM. |
|
Social Validity of Family Teaching Model Outcomes. |
SUSAN L. RICHARDSON (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Debi Ann Alvey (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Amy Peeler (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Robert M. Churchill (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Family Teaching Model (FTM) is a comprehensive treatment package with the ultimate goal of providing a meaningful life to individuals with profound developmental disabilities. Several primary components of this package include the identification of measurable outcomes for the individuals served, and the implementation of a teaching curriculum for the teachers providing direct care. Another important component includes the analysis of satisfaction surveys disseminated to the individuals, family members and other independent parties that have regular contact with the individuals served. The purpose of this study is to examine the social validity of the outcomes identified in the FTM through the analysis of satisfaction surveys disseminated to family members and other frequent visitors of individuals served. CLO has developed Quality Evaluation (QE) tools to measure Family Teachers’ progress with meeting the outcomes. A study previously described in this symposium examines the effectiveness of CLO’s teaching curriculum on producing the desired skill set for achieving the outcomes. This study systematically examines the correlation between skill sets and outcomes achieved and degree of family member and visitor satisfaction. |
|
|
|
|
The Words that Bind Us: Clinical Issues and RFT II |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Laura Ely (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a behavior analytic account of language and cognition with a number of applications to the understanding of human suffering. The studies in this symposium explore how the RFT account might contribute to the understanding of difficulties common to a number of adult clinical presentations: delusional beliefs, mood disturbances, academic distress, and social categorization. Implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
Cognitive Defusion and Psychological Flexibility with Self-Relevant Academic Distress Stimuli. |
LAURA ELY (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Believability and discomfort of academic distress related thoughts (e.g., “I am a failure”) were rated pre- and post-intervention by undergraduates with a GPA < 2.50. Interventions were an ACT cognitive defusion exercise, a thought control exercise, or a no-instruction distraction condition. Psychological flexibility was explored pre- and post-intervention using academic distress and academic success stimuli in an Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). |
|
Delusions: Implicit or Explicit Belief Conviction? |
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology), Kimberly Westercamp (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Research on delusional beliefs has addressed belief conviction and belief formation and maintenance, yet few, if any, studies have examined individuals’ implicit attitudes towards delusional content. The current study explores the explicit and implicit attitudes of persons with delusion beliefs towards factual self-referential historical content versus delusional content using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to explore whether explicit beliefs regarding accurate and false beliefs are also implicitly held.
A functional contextual account of psychosis as contrasted with a social cognitive theory of delusional beliefs will be described and treatment implications discussed. |
|
Investigation of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure as a Clinical Tool. |
SCOTT BETHAY (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Clients seeking individual psychotherapy in a community clinic were administered the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a measure of psychological flexibility at weekly appointments. The relationship between IRAP performance and treatment progress was evaluated using self-report, self-monitored, and qualitative data. Implications for clinical use will be discussed. |
|
Spirituality and Relational Frame Theory. |
LEIGH EVERETT (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Chad Drake (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The purpose of this talk is to describe a process involving the use of stories, allegories and metaphors to influence responding on a behavioral measure of social categorization. A conceptual analysis with preliminary data will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Analysis and Treatment of Trichotillomania and Other Repetitive Behavior Problems |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
Presenting Authors: : RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This tutorial will focus on trichotillomania and other repetitive behavior disorders in children and adults with an emphasis on functional assessment and intervention strategies. Following a discussion of the different repetitive behaviors, functional characteristics, and diagnostic categories, the tutorial will discuss assessment procedures, describe functional analysis research with these behaviors, and present recent research on habit reversal and other treatment of these disorders. |
|
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Western Michigan University in 1985 after completing a pre-doctoral internship in developmental disabilities and behavioral pediatrics from the Kennedy Institute at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He was a professor of psychology at North Dakota State University from 1985 to 2006. He is currently a professor in the Department of Child and Family Studies and the Director of the Master’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of South Florida. Dr. Miltenberger is a member of the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and a member of the board of directors of the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis. He is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Interventions, and Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions. He is also an associate editor for Education and Treatment of Children and a guest associate editor for Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Miltenberger’s research in applied behavior analysis focuses on teaching safety skills to children and individuals with mental retardation, analysis and treatment of repetitive behavior disorders, and functional assessment and treatment of problem behaviors. He has published over 125 journal articles and 25 chapters, has co-edited a text on analysis and treatment of tics and repetitive behavior disorders, and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its third edition. Dr. Miltenberger has received a number of awards for his teaching and research. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Treatment Evaluations for Food Selectivity and Pill Swallowing in Children |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rachel S. F. Tarbox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present innovations in procedures for treating feeding problems and teaching pill swallowing. The first presentation will present data of efforts to treat food selectivity by texture using antecedent manipulations and reinforcement-based procedures. The second presentation will present data demonstrating that stimulus fading can be used in the absence of escape extinction to teach pill swallowing to children. The third presentation will present data of a component analysis of a treatment package used to treat food selectivity by type. |
|
Treatment of Food Selectivity by Texture in a Young Boy with Autism. |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), J. Helen Yoo (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Thirty-one percent of children diagnosed with autism present with food selectivity by texture (Field, Garland, & Williams, 2003). In combination with escape extinction (EE) and differential reinforcement, stimulus fading procedures have been used to treat food selectivity by texture by gradually changing antecedent stimuli from more refined textures to courser textures (Shore, Babbitt, Willams, Coe, and Snyder, 1988). However, to the current authors’ knowledge, no studies have evaluated whether escape extinction is a necessary component of a treatment package used to treat food selectivity by texture. This study is a clinical treatment evaluation of efforts to treat food selectivity by texture without the use of escape extinction. Methods used to treat food selectivity by texture included texture fading, simultaneous presentation (for chicken only), and differential reinforcement. |
|
A Component Analysis of a Multi-Component Treatment Package for Food Selectivity. |
BECKY PENROD (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Mandy J. McClanahan (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Holland (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara A. Reagon (Utah State University), Alison M. Betz (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Najdowski (2004) evaluated a parent-conducted treatment for food selectivity which consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior combined with escape extinction (i.e., nonremoval of the spoon). Results indicated that this treatment package successfully increased food consumption of non-preferred foods. Although this study contributes to the literature on feeding disorders in a number of ways, it is not possible to determine which treatment component was responsible for behavior change in that treatment components were introduced simultaneously. Specifically, demand fading, changes in the magnitude of reinforcement, and escape extinction were all implemented at the same time. Hence, the purpose of this study was to replicate and extend previous research by conducting a sequential component analysis of the aforementioned treatment components. Results indicated that escape extinction, in the form of a nonremoval of the spoon procedure, was a necessary treatment component for two participants. For one participant, increased food consumption was observed after the magnitude of reinforcement was increased; therefore, escape extinction was not necessary. Results were maintained at a 12-week follow-up. |
|
Behavioral Management of Oral Medication Administration Difficulties. |
J. HELEN YOO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Approximately 26% of the general population has difficulty swallowing oral medication (Anderson, Zweidorff, Hjelde, & Rodland, 1995). While the exact number is unknown, anecdotal observations indicate that swallowing difficulty is prevalent in children, and even more prevalent among children with autism and developmental disabilities, often leading to treatment noncompliance.
Some children may not have the prerequisite skills for pill swallowing, while others may have developed conditioned anxiety from unpleasant past experiences. In most cases, this is not a critical problem, because alternative preparations such as chewable or liquid medications are readily available. When alternative preparations are not readily available, other simple methods of administering medication, such as pill crushing, opening the capsule and dissolving it in a beverage, or hiding it in food (e.g., apple sauce) are often utilized. However, when oral medications are a part of the treatment for a chronic illness and the medication is not chewable and cannot be dissolved or hidden due to an unpleasant taste or alteration in release mechanisms (e.g., extended release), the importance of pill swallowing skill increases dramatically
In this multiple baseline study, several typically-developing children and children with autism were taught to swallow pills using stimulus fading and positive reinforcement. Participants learned to swallow pills in a relatively short time and parents were successfully trained to implement the procedures. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Contemporary behavioral pharmacology: II |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Ford C |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
|
Amphetamine-Induced Increases in Fixed-Ratio Responding Following the Cessation of Focused Stereotype. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that middle to high doses of amphetamine (AMP) decrease operant behavior under fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. As FR schedules typically engender moderate to high response rates, decreases observed under AMP have been taken to support the role of response rate as a determinant of a drug’s effect (e.g., rate-dependency hypothesis). Recent work in our lab, however, has demonstrated that response rate may increase under FR schedules when observed over long sessions. Eight Sprague-Dawley rats were trained to respond on a multiple FR 20 Extinction schedule of water delivery. Daily sessions lasted for four hours. Once responding reached a stable level, 5.0 mg/kg d-amphetamine was administered pre-session every fourth day for 20 days. Tests of the saline vehicle were made in between each AMP administration. As reported previously, repeated AMP administrations induced bouts of repetitive head movements accompanied by little locomotion; additionally, operant behavior was suppressed during these bouts. This period of “focused stereotypy” typically lasted for approximately 1.5 hours. When stereotypy subsided and operant responding resumed, about 2 – 2.5 hours after the beginning of the session, transitory increases in response rate were observed in all rats. Separate control conditions excluded additional deprivation factors and response blocking (i.e. contrast-like effects) as possible causes for these increases. The data suggest that the prevailing notions that AMP decreases fixed-ratio responding are based on the widespread use of much shorter observation sessions (e.g. 1 hour), when the full course of amphetamine’s response is examined increases can be observed. |
|
Scopolamine Effects under a Titrating-Delayed-Non-Matching-to-Sample Procedure: Modulation by Titration Interval. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW L. PORRITT (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine the performance of rats exposed to three variations of a TDNMTP procedure, with the variations defined in terms of the length of the titration interval, and to examine the effects of scopolamine under each variant. Prior studies have reported the effects of scopolamine, an anticholinergic drug known to produce "memory" impairment, in rats performing under non-adjusting procedures. It was of interest to compare the sensitivity of these procedures to the TDNMTP procedures used in the present study. The titrating procedure proved to be a highly sensitive variation of the matching to position assay. |
|
Haloperidol, Different Schedules of Reinforcement, and Anhedonia. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARLOS F. APARICIO (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: The idea that dopamine, particularly in nucleus accumbens, mediates the hedonic properties of reinforcers (i.e., food, water, saccharine), subsist in the field of the neurosciences. Evidence supporting this idea comes from studies showing that the organism under the effects of dopamine antagonists (e.g., haloperidol) quits responding (i.e., pressing a lever) for food reinforcers. After years of debate and experimental test, the anhedonia hypothesis appear no longer tenable as such. The main reason for this is that food reinforcers are to a large extend dopamine-independent, the impairment of food reinforcement by manipulation of dopamine transmission being due to mechanisms other than hedonic devaluation. The present talk will extend the generality of this notion with rats responding under the effects of haloperidol to different schedules of reinforcement. The results will show that suppressive effect of haloperidol on operant responding depends of the type of reinforcer used, the schedule of reinforcement being implemented, and the via (sc or ip) utilized to administrate the drug. |
|
Comparison of the Oral and Intravenous Routes in the Self-Administration of MDMA (‘Ecstasy’) in Rats. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINCOLN S. HELY (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Susan Schenk (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand) |
|
Abstract: Recent studies have produced reliable self-administration of the so-called “party drug” 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, or ecstasy) in rats. This finding suggests that MDMA may share many of the addictive properties common to other prominent CNS stimulants (such as cocaine and amphetamine). The well known abuse potential of the CNS stimulants suggests that MDMA may also prove to be addictive, though anecdotally the drug is not considered to be addictive. Experimental evidence for the addictive properties of MDMA can be derived from experimental manipulations of the self-administration procedure. In humans MDMA is primarily consumed in one or more oral doses, however animal studies have relied upon the IV route of administration in the study of its effects. This research examined the use of the oral route of administration in rats, and compares the effectiveness of the oral route with that of the IV route. A Behavioral Economic analysis was utlized as a way to quantify the differences in reinforcing efficacy of MDMA as a function of the route of administration, but also as a comparison point for studying the addictive potential of MDMA in comparison to other drugs of abuse. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Estudios en Paises de Habla Hispana II |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Betsy A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (Universidad Almería, Spain) |
Abstract: Este simposio presentara estudios realizados en paises de habla hispana, o por investigadores de habla hispana. |
|
Evolución de la Conducta Verbal de Tres Niños con Autism: Un Estudio Longitudinal. |
ANA PASTOR SANZ (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje,), Jose Julio Carnerero Roldan (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba, Spain), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo, Spain) |
Abstract: El propósito de este trabajo es mostrar la evolución en el desarrollo de la conducta verbal a lo largo de 3 años de 3 alumnos diagnosticados de autismo. Los alumnos han recibido enseñanza intensiva en un centro privado con un programa basado en análisis conductual aplicado. El currículo de enseñanza está basado en la conducta verbal según Williams & Greer (1993). Los datos de los 3 alumnos muestran como el desarrollo de la conducta verbal es función del número de habilidades específicas que van adquiriendo. Al principio de la intervención se le enseñaron a los niños muchas habilidades básicas y posteriormente fueron aprendiendo otras habilidades más complejas del repertorio verbal de hablante y escucha. |
|
Análisis Funcional Experimental y Tratamiento de la Conducta Agresiva de un Chico con Autismo. |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO ROLDAN (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba, Spain), Ana Pastor Sanz (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL) |
Abstract: Se presenta el caso de un chico de 12 años diagnosticado con Trastorno Autista y que presenta grave conducta agresiva y autolesiva. No muestra lenguaje vocal, tiene un repertorio limitado de seguimiento de instrucciones, no emite mandos ni tampoco actividades funcionales independientes. La evaluación se basó en un análisis funcional (experimental). Mediante el análisis funcional se determinó las contingencias que mantenían la conducta agresiva. El tratamiento se basó en enseñar al chico habilidades funcionales socialmente adecuadas. Se utilizó reforzamiento no contingente (RNC), reforzamiento diferencial de otras conductas (RDO) junto con la enseñanza de mandos específicos y seguimiento de instrucciones. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, and Fitness: Behavior Analytic Technologies to Improve Health |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Children, persons with intellectual disabilities, their caretakers, and the general population are at increasing risk for illness and premature death because of their unhealthy eating and exercise habits. Since eating and exercising are behaviors, this problem provides an opportunity for behavior analysis to contribute to its solution. This symposium will present data on the effectiveness of behavior-analytic technologies that provide resources, training, and/or performance management interventions (such as goal-setting, feedback and incentives) to help persons at risk for illness and premature death to acquire and maintain healthier eating and exercise habits. |
|
HealthVisor: Tools to be Lean and Healthy. |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC), James Keefe (Warren Achievement Center) |
Abstract: Persons with intellectual disabilities, their caretakers, and the general population are at increasing risk for illness and premature death because of their unhealthy eating and exercise habits. HealthVisor is an internet program that provides resources, training, and performance management tools to help people acquire and maintain eating and execise habits necessary to achieve better health. We will present pilot data on improvements in health achieved by users of the HealthVisor program. |
|
Wellness Initiatives at the Judge Rotenberg Center. |
MATTHEW L. ISRAEL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Center, a behavioral treatment center for special needs students, has developed a variety of procedures to encourage better nutrition in its staff and students. These include: (1) self-instructional software that enables nutrition films to be converted to self-teaching lessons given to the center's 960 staff members and to those of its students who are capable of benefiting from them; (2) incentive systems for encouraging staff to lower their total cholesterol through better eating; (3) educational lunches featuring nationally known nutritional experts; (4) student menus that reflect a largely plant-based diet; (5) incentives for students to choose healthy food when given the choice. Data on student and staff cholesterol improvement, as well as changes in student information and attitudes will be presented. |
|
Behavioral versus Education-Alone Intervention to Manage Obesity in Adolescents with Intellectual Disabilities: Results of Pilot Research. |
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools), Carol Curtin (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Research on weight-loss programs for children with intellectual disabilities (ID) is lacking, desite the problem it presents in segments of the population (e.g., Down syndrome). This paper presents the results of pilot research on two interventions with adolescents with ID and their parents: 1) nutrition/activity education (NAE) alone, and 2) parent-supported weight reduction (PSWR), which combines NAE with training in behavior analytic procedures (monitoring, goal setting, stimulus control, feedback, reinforcement and contracting). Results of the pilot research are being used to inform a large randomized clinical trial (RCT) to begin in 2007 (R. Fleming, PI, NIDDK, R03DK070627-01A2). Intervention protocols will be described, and pilot/case study data will be presented on changes in participants’ Body Mass Index (BMIz), accelerometry readings, self-reported goal achievement and program satisfaction. Plans for the larger NIDDK study will also be discussed, with commentary on advantages and limitations of RCT versus within-subject research in the study of childhood obesity. |
|
Using Known Effective ABA Technologies to Increase the Physical Activity Levels of Young Children: Principles and Practice. |
MATTHEW R. MARTIN (Illinois State University), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: A variety of physical activity linked physiological diseases (e.g., type II diabetes, obesity etc.) are being exhibited in youth with greater prevalence (Rosenbloom, 2002). Epidemiological literature shows an alarming trend with respect to the physical activity levels of our youth, and that this trend is supported by the geometric increase in physiological diseases that until now have been rare in young children (Center for Disease and Control, 2002). A primary challenge for educators is, therefore, one of increasing participation effort in physical activity (McKenzie et. al, 1996, Sallis & McKenzie, 1991). This presentation shows with support data two documented ABA technologies – public posting and goal setting – potential positive impact with young children. A treatment reversal coupled with a comparative control experimental design was implemented across three fifth grade elementary education classes (N=79, age M=10.8) engaged in volleyball and softball activity units, and with pedometers used to collect physical activity data. Results indicated that both treatments were effective in increasing the average number of steps taken per individual class as a function of each treatment exposure. Implications for the positive impact that the ABA community may have on the healthy lifestyle behaviors of youth are last discussed from study illustration vantages. |
|
|
|
|
Innovative Teaching Methods in Higher Education |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This symposium will focus on innovative methods for teaching in higher education that rely on behavior analytic approaches. Specifically, three presentations will discuss the effects of the interteach method on student outcomes. In the first, the authors examined the overall effectiveness of the interteaching format versus the traditional lecture format. In the second and third presentations, data on two different components of the interteach method will be discussed. One study examined the effects of the discussion component of interteach on student outcomes. The second study explored differences in student outcomes based on two different study guide assignments: (a) students write questions based on the reading, or (b) students answer questions provided by the instructor. The fourth presentation examines new data related to the “Shape Your Teacher, Shape Yourself” project in which students are required to shape their own behavior over the course of the semester. |
|
Comparisons of Interteaching and Lecture Formats in Undergraduate Psychology Classes. |
CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Heather R. Mosier (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Recently, interteaching has been proposed as an instructional format that is superior to traditional-lecture format in undergraduate and graduate courses. Generally, prior to an interteaching class, students complete a study guide which consists of several questions and problems about class material. Then during an interteaching class, students discuss their answers with another student and then hear a brief lecture based on material that they found difficult. Across several semesters, the effectiveness of the interteaching format versus the traditional lecture format was evaluated in an undergraduate research-methods course when requirements across both formats were equated. For example, all students were required to complete the study guide questions before class whether they subsequently experienced an interteaching or lecture class. Grades on quizzes and tests generally were similar across the instruction formats. The effectiveness of interteaching may depend on the contingency of completing the study guides, the content of the study guide, and the ability of students to describe what they did and did not know. |
|
A Comparison of Discussion and No Discussion with Interteaching in a College Course. |
AMANDA E. GULD (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Interteaching, an innovative college teaching technique based on behavioral principles, places less reliance on traditional lectures. Students, in this study, were asked to prepare for interteach sessions by reading the assigned text chapter, and completing interteach preparation guides. During half of the class sessions, students engaged in a dyadic discussion focusing on the interteach preparation guide questions, submitting an interteach record listing the topics with which they had difficulty, and listened to a brief lecture that focused on those topics. During the other half of the class sessions, students came prepared to engage in an interteach discussion, but instead only completed an interteach record and listened to a lecture focusing on the topics of difficulty reported on the record. Results indicated that there was no significant difference in quiz scores between when the students discussed in a dyad and did not discuss, yet individual data patterns will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Two Formats of Preparation for Interteaching in a College Course. |
JUDAH B. AXE (The Ohio State University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University), Edward D. Parker (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Boyce and Hineline (2002) described interteaching as an alternative to traditional lecture-based college teaching based on behavior analytic teaching principles (e.g., personalized systems of instruction and precision teaching). The four components of interteaching are answering preparation questions based on course readings, discussing answers to the questions with a peer in class, completing an interteach record evaluating the quality of the discussion and areas of concern with the content, and a brief lecture. In the context of interteaching in an undergraduate course in special education, this study compared the effects of answering preparation questions and generating one’s own questions on weekly quiz performance. The alternating treatments design revealed mixed results in terms of the increased effectiveness of either condition. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research are discussed. |
|
Moving ABA into the World through College Coursework. |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: One goal of university courses in behavior analysis is to ensure the science of behavior is used in the wider culture. Two courses in behavior analysis, one basic and one applied, require undergraduates to use behavior analytic techniques in real-world applications. The “Shape Your Teacher, Shape Yourself” project was developed to improve attendance, participation and student self-management projects in an introductory basic behavior analysis course. Improvements on the project required students to shape their own behavior over a semester. New data from two semesters, along with follow-up data on long-term use of the techniques, are presented. In an applied course, students worked directly with children with developmental disabilities and their parents. Data are presented on the percentage of those students who subsequently worked as behavior analysts outside the university setting. |
|
|
|
|
Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis and Consultation in Public Schools Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.) |
Discussant: Frank M. Gresham (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Davey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior consultation can involve a behavior analyst working on behalf of a public school to address a wide range of issues requiring behavioral services. Commonly, referrals are for training, skill acquisition, or behavior reduction with individual or small groups of students. This symposium will present 3 data-based papers representing this range of behavioral referrals. One paper will present data on skill acquisition in social skills training to a group of middle school students receiving special education services. Specifically, data will be presented on several childrens acquisition of social skills during a systematic training process. The second paper will present data on reducing prompt dependency and increasing spontaneous manding in a child with autism. The third paper will present data-based decision making procedures derived from an analysis of how much data is required for making informed decisions during discrete trials training. Using both contrived and real data sets, decision making strategies were applied to daily data collection, and data taken during 80%, 60%, 40%, and 20% of days. |
|
Evaluation of a Measurable, Data-Based, Social Skills Training Method. |
AMANDA J. MANN (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: The extent to which children and adolescents possess social skills can influence their academic performance, behavior, social and family relationships, and involvement in extracurricular activities. For individuals who experience difficulty in building and maintaining positive interpersonal relationships with peers and adults, social skills training is often recommended as an intervention. Despite the desire to enhance these social competencies in children and adolescents, measurement and evaluation of skill acquisition during social skills training is not a well researched area. The current study will discuss multiple research-based interventions for teaching social skills with adolescents. In addition, this study will discuss how to make data-based decisions by forming objective definitions of the skills and quantitatively measuring the acquisition of social skills. Data from 3 participants will be presented using the multiple baseline across skills design used to evaluate skill acquisition. |
|
Overcoming Prompt Dependency in a Public School Setting: A Systematic Approach to Increasing Independent Mands. |
SARAH NATARELLI (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Andrea D. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: One common characteristic across children with Autism is difficulty with language and communication. Communication is sometimes difficult for children with Autism to emit independently when mands are not under non-verbal antecedent control. As a result of this deficit, children can become dependent on verbal prompts. Data will be presented from a participant who displayed prompt dependency across mand repertoires. A Verbal Behavior Model using echoic to mand procedures was implemented. In addition, establishing operations was used to increase a participant’s independent mand repertoires. The number of echoics, mands, and generalized mands were recorded during 2-hour sessions. Results show an increase in independent and generalized mands. |
|
Analysis of Data Collection Parameters in School-Based Discrete Trials Training. |
MEAGHAN TIMKO (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Christine Palkovic (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Sarah Natarelli (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Andrea D. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Amanda J. Mann (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: Skill acquisition programs are often implemented with an emphasis on data collection. Mastery criteria are set during discrete trials training (DTT) to evaluate when a child has mastered a skill; a commonly used mastery criteria is at least 80% accuracy for at least three consecutive sessions. Some literature suggests that collecting data less than every session will yield similar results for interpreting mastery criteria when compared to daily data collection. When implementing programs in the school setting, teacher and teacher-assistant therapists often cite the time requirements of data collection as a common concern or complaint. The current paper presents the outcomes of studies in which contrived, and actual, DTT data sets are evaluated for mastery criteria when daily, and less than daily data are used for decision making. Less than daily data analyses were evaluated when 80%, 60%, 40% and 20% of sessions were evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
Large-Scale Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis in Community Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David Michael Harris (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Four data-based papers attempted large-scale behavior change in the community. The first paper intervened to increase pro-environmental behaviors related to global warming. While behavior analysts have addressed environmental protection in the past, most of these studies addressed low-impact behaviors (e.g., littering and recycling behavior) and low-impact targets (e.g., visitors to parks, residents, office workers). This research targeted a critical and timely issue (i.e., global warming) and motivated participation on a larger scale than prior research (i.e., environmental activism via intervention). The second paper increased identification checking behavior by cashiers when customers made credit-card purchases. Baseline data showed very low identification checking (i.e., 4% of 405 observations) throughout the town, and beyond. Another paper evaluated driver and pedestrian behaviors related to crosswalk safety. The intervention increased appropriate communication between drivers and pedestrians. The final paper will report behavioral differences between two prompting interventions to increase safety-belt use. Specifically, the nationwide “Click-it-or-Ticket” approach was compared with a more positive “Flash for Life” prompt. Both approaches increased belt use among nonusers, but positive prompting was significantly more effective, and the facial expressions and hand gestures systematically observed revealed clear advantages for positive prompting. |
|
Intervening to Convert Citizen Concern into Relevant Behavior: The Case of Global Warming. |
PHILIP K. LEHMAN (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), David Michael Harris (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Christina L. Goodwin (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Environmental degradation poses serious threats to human health and quality of life. While behavioral interventions to improve environmentally-responsible behavior (ERB) have been successful, they have been criticized for focusing on low-impact targets and over-using reward strategies. Environmental activism in the form of petitioning government and industry may be the most environmentally-beneficial behavior individuals can conveniently perform. Despite the potential for large pro-environmental impact, the literature to date contains only one published intervention in which activism behaviors were targeted. The current study explores methods for motivating large-scale and high-impact behavioral responses to the critical environmental problem of global warming. The efficacy of a standard informational appeal for action will be compared to appeals enhanced by social influence principles and behavioral commitment. The dependent measures for the study include (a) purchases of compact fluorescent light bulbs, (b) signatures on petitions to automakers, and (c) emails to government representatives. Implications of the findings for environmental protection on a large scale will be discussed. |
|
Investigating and Preventing Identity Theft: Intervening to Increase Identification-Checking Behaviors for Credit-Card Purchases. |
CHRISTINA L. GOODWIN (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Henry Howard (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Christopher O. Downing, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: This field study examined cashier identification-checking behaviors for credit and debit card transactions to further understand cashier behavior related to the prevention of identity theft. Observations were collected from various retail and grocery stores, restaurants and gas stations in the towns of Blacksburg and Christiansburg, Virginia. Researchers estimated demographics of the cashiers (i.e., age, gender, race) in addition to specific characteristics of the credit card (i.e., is it signed on the back, a credit or debit card, is there a prompt to have the ID checked, and does the credit card have a picture ID on it). Also noted was the total amount spent, and whether the cashier checked the credit card. Baseline data were observed for five weeks, and of 405 incidents, only 4% of the cashiers checked the buyer’s ID. The intervention was a sticker on the front of the card with the prompt “CASHIERS: PLEASE CHECK PHOTO ID.” After five weeks of intervening, the baseline condition will be re-instated for five weeks for an ABA reversal design. After one week of intervening the results look very promising. Implications for large-scale intervention will be discussed. |
|
Increasing Driver-Pedestrian Communication for Injury Control: Catch the Wave! |
DAVID MICHAEL HARRIS (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Christina L. Goodwin (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Philip K. Lehman (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Last year, 64,000 pedestrians were injured in traffic crashes, and 4,881 were killed (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), 2005). Pedestrian safety is a critical issue on the Virginia Tech (VT) campus because of recent pedestrian injuries, and the high level of pedestrian traffic. This evidence-based paper will present objective and reliable data collected at six crosswalks on the VT campus. Several pedestrian behaviors related to crossing the street safely were studied. Two different behavioral interventions were investigated: 1) a natural intervention already in place which included an obtrusive sign in the middle of three of the crosswalks, stating that drivers must yield to pedestrians in the crosswalk, and 2) an intervention designed to increase communication between pedestrians and drivers. The primary measures for the study were yielding and signaling by drivers, and looking, signaling, and the use of the crosswalk by pedestrians. Data were collected at each location for two 45-minute sessions per week. Teams of three to four trained and experienced research assistants collected data during each session so each research assistant was only responsible for observing either pedestrian or driver behavior. Empirical findings will be presented with implications for future research and application. |
|
Community-Based Prompting to Get Resisters to Buckle Up: Must We Use Threats? |
MATTHEW G. COX (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: The most widely used technique to increase safety-belt use, is the national Click it or Ticket (CioT) campaign. Another technique used, while less well known, is the Flash-for-Life (FfL). This intervention employs an interpersonal prompting technique to encourage drivers to buckle up. This study examined the effectiveness of the respective sign for each intervention to increase belt use in 2 commuter parking lots at a large university. Observations were made on positive/negative hand gestures and positive/negative facial expression made when drivers were exposed to the respective signs. Data were collected during 3 non-consecutive 1 hour shifts, 4 days a week for 2 months. Researchers targeted unbuckled student drivers leaving the parking lots and flashed the respective sign, alternating signs each day. A total of 1,822 student drivers (574 women, 1,248 men) were exposed to the signs. Of those exposed to the FfL sign, 34% buckled, vs. 25% compliance with the CioT sign. In addition, the FfL sign elicited significantly more positive and less negative facial expressions and hand gestures than the CioT sign. Overall, the FfL technique appears to be more effective at increasing safety-belt use among college students. Further research should examine the lasting effects of the FfL intervention. |
|
|
|
|
New Frontiers for Behavior Analysts: Emotional Development, Internalization, and Conscience |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Discussant: Nathan H. Azrin (NOVA Southeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children who have experienced abuse, neglect and/or separation from parents often exhibit severe behavioral difficulties that can result in expulsion from homes, schools and various community programs. With the structure, consistency and positive reinforcement provided by behavioral treatment programs, the behavior of these children often improves, they can frequently be maintained in these settings, and they are sometimes found to have been misdiagnosed. However, they often have continued dependency on the external structure provided by the behavioral treatment program. This is manifested by a failure to generalize positive behaviors in alternate settings and/or to internalize the values and motivation provided by the external structure. These children tend to show no indication of experiencing the emotions of joy, pride, shame, guilt, anxiety or fear. Their behavior appears to be strictly influenced by external stimuli and does not seem to be modulated by emotions. They tend to exhibit what appears to be a false sense of high self-esteem, show no indication of having a conscience, and seem to lack any genuine emotional expressiveness other than anger. A theoretical interpretation based on behavioral principles of the issues discussed above will be provided with specific behavioral treatment strategies to address these issues. |
|
Hey, You’re a Behavior Analyst, Don’t Get All Emotional on Me. |
ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: When discussing the treatment of children who are labeled as having emotional and behavioral challenges, many descriptions may be used to indicate behaviors of concern. These terms may include: lack of conscience, lack of “genuine” emotionality, refusal to take responsibility for their actions, inappropriately high levels of self esteem. Traditionally many people view these areas as internal psychological issues and thus not the province of intervention for behavior analysts. This presentation will describe how Behavior Analysts can and should operationally define these euphemisms for observable and measurable behavior. We will then describe how environmental contingencies may shape the presence, absence or “insincere” demonstration of these behaviors. Lastly, we will describe how the absence of precise descriptions of these terms may set the occasion for the application of imprecise and ill defined interventions, and a willingness not to measure outcomes of these often poorly described treatments. |
|
Talking about Traumatic Experiences from the Past: Therapeutic or Traumatizing? |
WALTER WITTY PRATHER (Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
Abstract: Often traditional therapists see the need to talk with their clients about traumatic events that have happened in the past in order to allow those clients to "deal with" the pain from their trauma and to "get some relief". The idea is that their clients will be able to "move on" and cope more effectively with the challenges in their present life once they have “dealt with” their trauma. Behaviorists question the legitimacy of this approach to therapy for several reasons. First, there is the risk that talking about these events may set the occasion for the same trauma to occur that occurred when the event first took place. Secondly, there is the possibility that some of the facts about what actually occurred are inaccurate or erroneous. This is possible based on research findings related to recovered memories and the difficulty in obtaining accurate information about an event that occurred in the past. Finally, the specific goals of therapy are neither clearly delineated nor objectively defined and quantified. The presenter will provide alternative methods using sound behavioral principles that accomplish specific goals for improved behaviors of clients who experience present difficulties due to traumatic past events. |
|
When Psychiatric Symptoms Become Functional. |
CYDNEY JO YERUSHALMI (Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
Abstract: As a behavior analyst, how are you supposed to respond to a client who says, at your first meeting, “I have an anger management problem.” Or a mother introduces you to her child and says, “ I have bipolar disorder, and so does she.” With these introductory remarks, you are to understand that their behaviors are beyond their control and that very likely, you will be unable to be effective either. People who have had traditional “talk therapy” are convinced that they are victims of their diagnoses and that the words used to describe their symptoms have in some magical way become them. This paper will discuss the effect that explanatory fictions have on clients and the barriers that interfere with behavior analysis. It will look at ways that the behavior analyst can overcome those barriers in order to provide effective behavioral treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Feedback in Increasing Efficacy of ABA Programming in Adult Residential and Day Services |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul Hough (Charles River ARC) |
Discussant: John C. Randall (Charles River ARC) |
Abstract: Day Habilitation and Vocational Service managers, educated in ABA curriculum implemented ABA programming with three individuals with such challenging behaviors that attendance in day programs and time on task had reduced significantly. Further, in one case, challenging behaviors had jeopardized the individual’s residential placement as well.
ABA programming reduced the challenging behaviors, however, performance feedback provided to direct service staff was an essential component to increasing efficacy of programming such that individuals were able to return to day program and/or to re-engage in employment activities, and in one case, save the residential placement.
Each of the three individuals discussed in this presentation have become and are currently meeting successful attendance or production criteria in their current day programs.
One has increased day hab attendance from 0%, to 100%, one individual has increased monthly earnings from $0.00 to average $300.00 and has maintained community employment while also maintaining behaviors that satisfy criteria for success in a residential setting, and the third individual is decreasing challenging behaviors and thereby increasing time on required vocational tasks. |
|
Performance Feedback as Essential in Enhancing Staff Interaction with an Individual Returning to Day Habilitation Program. |
PAUL HOUGH (Charles River ARC), John C. Randall (Charles River ARC), Julie Erin Lomartire (Charles River ARC), Heather Conlan (Charles River ARC) |
Abstract: Day Habilitation manager trained in ABA developed and implemented a behavior plan for an individual engaging in self injurious and assaultive behaviors. The intensity of these behaviors was such that the individual and some staff required acute medical care for injuries. These behaviors led to the individual being kept out of the Day Habilitation program for extended periods of time.
Upon implementation of performance feedback for staff, target behaviors decreased in frequency and intensity such that the individual is now attending Day Habilitation program 5 out of 5 days per week. Attendance is no longer predicated upon behavior. |
|
Performance Feedback as Essential in Increasing Efficacy of Staff Interactions with an Individual in Vocational and Residential Programs. |
HEATHER CONLAN (Charles River ARC), John C. Randall (Charles River ARC), Julie Erin Lomartire (Charles River ARC), Paul Hough (Charles River ARC) |
Abstract: Performance Feedback tools were essential in increasing efficacy of staff interactions with an individual who had been suspended from his vocational program due to aggression and assaultive behaivors .
The increased efficacy of the staff interventions were such that the individual was able to transition back into the vocational program and return to work.
The individual's attendance during suspension was 0 out of 5 days per week. Currently, the individual's attendance is not predicated on behavior.
This individual’s challenging behaviors were also jeopardizing his residential placement. Similar feedback tools with residential staff were equally effective in reducing challenging behaviors to salvage placement. |
|
Performance Feedback as Essential in Enhancing Staff Interaction to Reduce Challenging Behaviors in a Vocational Program. |
JULIE ERIN LOMARTIRE (Charles River ARC), Paul Hough (Charles River ARC), Heather Conlan (Charles River ARC), John C. Randall (Charles River ARC) |
Abstract: Training staff in ABA techniques and how to properly implement a behavioral intervention in conjunction with using performance feedback tools was an effective means of reducing challenging behaviors of aggression, screaming, and assaultive behavior in an individual with developmental disabilities. This specific individual was exhibiting a number of challenging behaviors throughout the day in his vocational program, and the behaviors began to increase in both frequency and intensity. These behaviors were impacting his ability to have productive days in his work setting. All staff involved were trained on a behavioral intervention for this individual. Staff were monitored and given corrective feedback through the use of performance feedback tools. As a result of the performance feedback tools staff were able to expedite the reduction of frequency and intensity of these challenging behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Precision Teaching and Augmentative Communication |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Kelly J. Ferris, M.A. |
Abstract: Four papers on augmentative communication device and autism will be presented. Paper topics include: Modifying Existing Curricula for Use with Augmentative Communication Devices; Producing Generative Language on Augmentative Communication Devices using Precision Teaching: Quasi-Experimental Designs; Pre-Skills to support Augmentative Communication Devices; Modifying the Layout of an Augmentative Communication Device to Measure the Affects on a Child with Autisms Vocabulary Acquisition and Spontaneous Device Use |
|
Modifying Existing Curricula for Use with Augmentative Communication Devices. |
KELLY J. FERRIS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction curricula are rich with learning opportunities for students with and without autism who are speakers. Within these curricular sequences, the high frequency of student responding and high rate of teacher feedback serve an effective teaching arrangement. However, students who use alternative means to communicate can also benefit from this type of instruction. This paper will illustrate successful modifications for the use of Direct Instruction curricula with students with autism who are not speakers but communicate with augmentative communication devices. Data on a Standard Celeration Chart will be presented showing students’ progress through different curricular sequences. |
|
Producing Generative Language on Augmentative Communication Devices Using Precision Teaching: Quasi-Experimental Designs. |
HOLLY ALMON (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin Wilkinson Smith (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This presentation will highlight several examples of using precision teaching to teach language skills to children with autism who use augmentative communication devices which in turn fosters generative language. Beyond simple requesting, there are many skills that must be taught systematically in order for children with autism to become fluent device users. Data on a Standard Celeration Chart will illustrate the environmental arrangements used to evoke spontaneous speech, the tracking of spontaneous speech, and utilization of curricular sequences and data systems to best capture spontaneous language use. |
|
Pre-Skills to Support Augmentative Communication Devices. |
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe a systematic programming approach for teaching the necessary pre-skills that child with autism need in order to become successful candidates for augmentative communication devices. Data will be presented on a Standard Celeration Chart illustrating common skill sequences and the description of component skills necessary to navigate dynamic display voice output devices. Actual student data and video clips will be included. |
|
Modifying the Layout of an Augmentative Communication Device to Measure the Affects on a Child with Autism’s Vocabulary Acquisition and Spontaneous Device Use. |
AMY KING (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss device modifications and the affect on a student’s generative language, exploration and spontaneous use of his augmentative communication device. Data will be presented on a Standard Celeration Chart showing students’ progress through different instructional sequences. |
|
|
|
|
Providing Service to Adults with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Corrine R. Donley (University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh; Retired) |
|
Transition from Institution to Community: Increasing an Adult's Appropriate Behaviors and Decreasing His Aggression. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CORRINE R. DONLEY (University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh; Retired) |
|
Abstract: Successfully transitioning an adult with pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified and obsessive/compulsive behavior from an institution to the community is a difficult task, especially when the client has been physically controlled from exhibiting dangerous behaviors for years. Baseline data demonstrate the client’s physical aggression had been cause for 6-point restraint in the institution. Such control measures are inappropriate for community life and negatively affect a client’s opportunity for lifestyle choices.
In this study, a man of 43, who according to the staff never smiled or laughed in the institution, quickly learned to laugh, smile, sign yes, follow a clear command and control his aggression. These improvements are based upon unambiguous data. To encourage appropriate behaviors and decrease aggression, the staff provided positive antecedents such as hiding small objects, attaching furniture to the floor, securing the home and yard, and verbal behavior training. They systematically used consequences such as dispensing high rates of reinforcement for appropriate behaviors (especially sign), ignoring insignificant inappropriate behaviors, positively correcting inappropriate but essential behaviors, and punishing him (time out) for aggression, self-abuse and property damage. The results of the implementation of the behavior analytic treatment upon his appropriate behaviors and aggression are displayed. |
|
Transition from Institution to Community: Decreasing an Adult's Self-Injurious Behavior. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CORRINE R. DONLEY (University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh; Retired) |
|
Abstract: Successfully transitioning an adult with pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified and obsessive/compulsive behavior from an institution to the community is a difficult task, especially when the client has been physically controlled from exhibiting dangerous behaviors for years. Baseline data show that the client’s self-injurious behavior (SIB) had been one cause for 6-point restraint in the institution. Such control measures are inappropriate for community life and negatively affect a client’s opportunity for lifestyle choices.
Data demonstrate that a man of 43 learned to control SIB after transitioning from an institution to the community. His SIB included head banging, hitting self with hand, pounding his fists on objects, biting himself, rubbing or scratching his skin until broken, and opening a healing wound.
To preclude his SIB, the treatment provided for positive antecedents such as attaching furniture to the floor, securing the home and yard, and verbal behavior training. The staff systematically used consequences such as dispensing high rates of reinforcement for appropriate behaviors, ignoring insignificant inappropriate behaviors, positively correcting inappropriate but essential behaviors, and punishing him (time out) for aggression, self-abuse and property damage. The study demonstrates the results of the implementation of the behavior analytic treatment on the duration of SIB. |
|
From Pica to Polydipsia: Treatment of Related Ritualistic Behaviors in an Adult with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY ANN KROEGER (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Thaddeus Nestheide (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
|
Abstract: This paper presents a treatment case of a 32-year-old man diagnosed with autism and presenting with polydipsia. The polydipsia appears to be related to a larger subset of obsessive compulsive behavior demonstrated by the individual. The polydipsia appeared to be cyclical, across the individual’s lifespan, as well as cyclical in its current presentation at the time of treatment. A functional analysis yielded results that indicated the behavior appeared to be multifunctional, although an alternative explanation could be provision of further evidence that the behavior was obsessive-compulsive in nature. Successful treatment involved the use of differential reinforcement for alternative and incompatible behaviors across settings, as well as probe data to demonstrate the behavior was indeed extinguished. Follow-up data also provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Punishment: Present and Absent |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (The Vinfen Corporation) |
|
Research on the Use of Punishment Procedures: A Literature Review of the Past 36 Years. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation), Megan Guidi (Simmons College and The Vinfen Corporation) |
|
Abstract: An objective analysis of behavioral research in the use of punishment procedures over the past 38 years is provided. The literature search covers the period from 1968 to 2004. The study of punishment procedures with human subjects remained at a moderate rate until the mid 1980’s, but has reduced significantly in rate and has remained relatively stable over the past 18 years. Further research is needed to evaluate the degree to which the research literature is supporting the behavioral practitioners in the field charged with the treatment of individuals who engage in challenging behaviors. The thesis of this research is that, while such research was common in the early years of the development of the field of applied behavior analysis, the rate of such publications has been significantly reduced since the mid-1980s and essentially eliminated within the past few years, those in the field who engage in research are not supporting the needs of the practitioners. |
|
Reducing Attention Maintained Behavior Through the Use of Positive Punishment and Response Marking. |
Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues) |
|
Abstract: A differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedure was implemented with positive punishment and response marking to reduce attention maintained behavior of screaming, profanity, and disruptive behaviors of three adolescent males. One participant was diagnosed with Static Encephalopathy and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and severe mental retardation, and the other two were both diagnosed with Down’s syndrome and moderate and severe mental retardation. Through response marking, a verbal warning was delivered immediately following the initial occurrence of a target behavior. A special token, positive punishment, was immediately delivered with a verbal cue to the participant and his behavior board following the next occurrence of that behavior. Appropriate requests (hand raising) for attention were reinforced with verbal praise. The DRL procedure, combined with positive punishment and response marking, was successful in decreasing the frequency of targeted behaviors amongst all participants. |
|
Using Errorless Compliance Training with Children with Developmental Disabilities in a New Zealand Educational Setting. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SHEREE A. ADAMS (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
|
Abstract: This study was a replication of Ducharme’s errorless compliance training (e.g. Ducharme et al., 1994). Errorless compliance training is an approach that has been demonstrated to be effective in treating severe non-compliance in children. The approach uses two fundamental components; delivery of requests in a four-level hierarchy, from requests that yield high compliance to requests that yield low compliance, and reinforcement in the form of praise for compliant responses. No punishment or remedial consequence for non-compliance is employed. Participants were three children with disabilities aged 5-8 years. Teacher Aides were the intervention agents and intervention occurred in classroom settings. Following baseline measures, the teacher aides were taught how to deliver requests effectively and how to respond to compliance and non-compliance. Consumer satisfaction measures were also obtained. Increased levels of compliance were obtained following treatment. Generalization probes indicated that treatment effects generalized to untrained requests. Follow-up results showed treatment gains were maintained one month following the end of treatment. Consumer satisfaction measures suggest that teacher aides found the intervention to be expeditious, effective and appropriate for non-compliance in the classroom. Some possible limitations of the present study and direction for future research are outlined. |
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Taking at Gambling, Mathematics, and Golf |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erica D. Pozzie (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: Risk-taking can take place in different venues. Topics to be discussed are gambling, golf, and mathematics. |
|
Teaching Gamblers Not to Quit, but to Gamble Better. |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), James C. Jackson (Southern Illinois University), Erica D. Pozzie (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Laura L. Portera (Southern Illinois University), Taylor Johnson (Southern Illinois University), Mollie Horner King (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This paper will showcase a recent investigation which attempted to train poor card players to play better. While the odds of winning are always in favor of the house, a gambler may in fact improve his frequency of winning using a series of card counting and/or mathematical probability techniques. 10 undergraduates with a history of playing the casino game of blackjack were initially observed in casino-like play for various lengths of gambling. In a multiple-baseline fashion, players underwent a training protocol consisting of feedback and hand training, which attempted to improve subsequent gambling performance. Results indicate that intervention techniques were sufficient to alter gambling performance and yield more positive winning outcomes for the participants. Implications of such training techniques for teaching gambling skills, and the ramifications for pathological gamblers are discussed. |
|
The Impact of Uncertain Performance Rewards on Golfer Performance and Physiology. |
JAMES BORDIERI (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study examined the extent to which unpredictable cash rewards for putting accuracy would impact physiology and overall golf performance of 10 recreational golfers. Initially participants were exposed to a series of baseline 8 ft putts whereby shot accuracy yielded no programmed consequences. Following baseline observations, a random reinforcement contingency was instated whereby only a putt made on a randomly selected trial, and unknown to the golfer, would result in a significant monetary outcome. Results indicate that introduction of the uncertain reward introduced increased physiological arousal in most participants, along with self-reported measures of “stress.” Putting performance was also hindered during monetary reinforcement conditions. Implications for gaining a better understanding of risk, rewards, and sports performance are presented. |
|
Gambling on the Brain: Some Implications of Neuroscience Research for the Behaviour Analysis of Gambling. |
SIMON DYMOND (University of Wales, Swansea) |
Abstract: Recent advances in neuro-imaging methods, particularly fMRI, offer exciting new collaborative research opportunities for behaviour analysts interested in gambling. For instance, data on the differential brain activation patterns of gamblers and non-gamblers during performance of gambling-related tasks, while not directly relevant to behaviour analysis, may provide a novel perspective on gamblers’ learning histories. The present paper will outline some of the key findings of neuroscience gambling research and will describe several of the gambling tasks employed. It will be suggested that (a) many of the tasks purporting to be gambling tasks do not have a corresponding real-world relevance and (b) that behaviour analysis has much to offer the design and conduct of future neuroscience research on gambling. |
|
Trigonometric and Stimulus Relations: What are the Odds (and Evens)? |
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sharon K. Ninness (Nacogdoches Independent School District), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Participants who were unfamiliar with odd and even trigonometric functions took part in a computer-interactive matching-to-sample procedure that included training formula-to-formula and formula-to-graph relations as they addressed the odd or even properties of sine, cosine, secant, and cosecant. After participants demonstrated accurate responding in accordance with mutual entailment and combinatorial entailment, we assessed their abilities to identify complex variations of these functions altered in terms of frequency and amplitude. Then, we trained participants to illustrate transformations of isolated cosine functions using a Web-interactive drawing procedure. Following tests for mutual entailment, we reassessed participants’ abilities to identify a wide range of transformed functions in accordance with their reciprocals. After the experiment, participants estimated the accuracy of their performances and gambled on their accuracies. Amounts wagered by participants were compared to their individual estimates and their actual levels of accuracies. |
|
|
|
|
School Based Functional Assessments, Analysis, and Function Based Interventions |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four studies concerning functional assessments, analysis and function based interventions in school settings. |
|
Functional Assessment with a Student with Autism in a Special Education Setting. |
RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: This study uses the functional behavior assessment (FBA) process for schools suggested by Crone and Horner (2003) to develop a function based intervention for a fourth grade student with autism in a special education setting. An FBA interview and direct observation were used to develop a written schedule intervention. Effects of the written schedule on student behavior were measured using a reversal design. Student engagement and compliance increased and teacher prompts decreased. A functional analysis conducted in the classroom confirmed the hypothesized functions of behavior and supported the use of the written schedule intervention. The need for future research in the use of the FBA process in schools is discussed. |
|
Training a Reading Teacher to Implement a Functional Analysis and Intervention. |
EMILY D. SHUMATE (University of Kansas and Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the training procedures used to teach a reading teacher how to run the play, escape, and attention conditions of a functional analysis and how to implement a function based intervention. The presentation will also describe the effectiveness of the functional analysis and intervention. The referred student was identified as being a reading and a behavior risk and attended an inner city school. The functional analysis was conducted in the reading classroom while the teacher was conducting the daily session with the target student and four other students. Training consisted of a 15 minute meeting going over the conditions and giving the teacher color coded sheets with a short description of each condition that he could refer to during the sessions and they served as a stimulus for condition changes. The results of the functional analysis suggested that attention was maintaining behavior. The intervention was a differential reinforcement of other behaviors procedure. The teacher also used a check-off sheet to monitor his rate of attention and to help him thin the schedule. During intervention the students problem behaviors decreased to near zero and during the last two follow-up probes the rate of problem behaviors was at zero. |
|
Escape to Attention: Differentiating between Attention and Escape Behavior during an Escape Condition. |
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas), Kimberly K. Bessette (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study modifies the traditional functional analysis process (Iwata, 1982, 1994) to differentiate between “escape” behavior and “escape to attention” behavior. An FBA interview and direct observation were used to develop a hypothesis about the function of the behavior. Results indicated that the behavior “served multiple functions”, a common report from school FBA’s. Initially, the behavior appeared to be maintained by escape. However, diverted attention resulted in significant increases in problematic behavior. Results indicated that traditional escape methodology resulted in levels of target behavior that were similar to attention conditions. During the modified FA, the modified task removal (escape condition) resulted in small increases in target behaviors, while the diverted attention condition resulted in significant increases in challenging behavior. The need for future research in the use of the FBA process in schools is discussed. |
|
An Investigation of Functional Assessment and Function Based Intervention Plans in Schools Implementing School-Wide PBS. |
LORI L. NEWCOMER (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: The presentation reflects a study designed to investigate (1) the efficacy of functional assessment-behavior support planning for students diagnosed as having EBD, (2) the robustness of indirect strategies in generating valid hypotheses, (3) the efficiency and effectiveness of behavior support plans based on functional assessment versus plans that are not and (4) maintenance and generalization of plans in schools that have developed school wide discipline systems of positive behavior support. A series of single subject and descriptive studies are presented.
The study was conducted in two phases. Study One examines (a) functional assessment strategies in general education settings with students with EBD and who are considered at risk for school failure to determine the most parsimonious strategies that lead to effective interventions, and (b) if functional assessment leads to more efficient and effective interventions than traditional approaches. Study two focuses on the potential impact of school-wide systems of PBS on student behavioral outcomes at the tertiary level.
Study participants included students in grades 1, 2 and 3 who display chronic problem behaviors and who have been labeled EBD. They attended a school that met criteria for implementation of Schoolwide Systems of PBS as measured by the Systems Evaluation Tool (SET). |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Selected Techniques of Supported Inclusion for Young Children with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
CE Instructor: Joel P. Hundert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As children with autism move into general educational classrooms, there is a need to develop effective and contextually-practical interventions. There is little evidence that placement of children with autism in a general education classroom setting by itself, will produce significant gains in their academic or social skills. This symposium will present a number of techniques associated with the success of supported inclusion for children with autism. One paper will present data on the use of embedded instruction to teach children with autism within a general education setting. A second study will describe a study of training paraprofessionals to support adolescents with autism in secondary schools. The third paper will present data on generalization across tasks of teaching children with autism to answer why questions. The fourth paper will discuss the use of a transitional classroom to prepare children with autism for supported inclusion and z method of evaluating the match between the expectations of a potential receiving classroom and the needs of a child with autism. |
|
Training Teachers to Develop Inclusive Class Interventions For Preschoolers With Disabilities. |
JOEL P. HUNDERT (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Embedded instruction holds promise as an intervention that can be used to teach children with autism in general education settings, particularly when there is a sizeable discrepancy between the academic skill level of a child with autism and the rest of the students in the class. Embedded instruction has been shown to be effective in teaching IEP objectives to children with autism in general education classrooms and has been rated by educators as an acceptable intervention. However, research on the effectiveness of embedded instruction is limited and research on variables associated with the effect of embedded instruction is almost non-existent. For example, typically the total number of embedded instructional trials per day implemented in studies has been between 10 and15. Presumably, increased learning may be able to occur with increased practice of embedded instruction trials. The paper will describe the results of a study in which the amount of embedded instruction practice was increased and effects examined on acquisition and generalization of skills. |
|
The Effect of Paraprofessional Training on Active Engagement of Adolescents with Autism in Inclusive Secondary Schools. |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Olivia Alexandre (McMaster University), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: As part of the movement to include children with autism into general education, some secondary schools are attempting to educate adolescents with autism in such general education classes as history, geography, and music. When compared to similar efforts for younger children with autism in elementary schools, the inclusion of adolescents in secondary schools has additional challenges including: a) transition of adolescents from class to class each period; b) the involvement of several teachers in planning and delivering education for the adolescents with autism; and, c) a large discrepancy between the skill set of many adolescents with autism and their typically-developing peers. This paper will describe the results of a study in which secondary school paraprofessionals were taught to develop individualized curriculum materials and provide direct teaching of adolescents with autism in inclusive classrooms. Effects of this training on the active engagement in functional tasks of three adolescents with autism and on the behaviors of paraprofessionals will be described. |
|
The Development and Coordination of A Comprehensive Plan to Support a Youth with Autism in Secondary School. |
COURTNEY MICHELLE MOODY (Behaviour Institute), Sari van Delft (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Donna C. Chaney (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: There have been several examples of successful teaching of children with autism tasks such as reading, mathematics, and spelling in general education classrooms in which there is a correct answer associated with each presented question. Yet, children with autism included in general education classrooms may be exposed to learning that does not involve a direct and fixed association between a question and an answer. Such tasks would include answering “why” questions in which there may be a number of plausible answers. This paper will describe the results of a study in which children with autism were presented with three types of tasks that involve answering “why” questions: a) observing a sequence of pictures depicting a story; b) listening to a brief story; and, c) listening to a general question. A multiple-probe design across stimuli was used to evaluate the acquisition of “why” questions and generalization to untrained stimuli for two children with autism. The results indicated that training effects generalized to novel stimuli within the same type of “why” questions, but limited generalization occurred from one type of question to the next. |
|
A Description of a Transitional Classroom to Move Children with Autism into General Education Classrooms. |
NICOLE WALTON-ALLEN (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Transition classrooms have been used to ease the movement of some young children with autism from a discrete trial teaching format to learning within the instructional formats more typical in general education classrooms. This paper will describe the Preparatory Class at Behaviour Institute, as one example of a transition classroom. The presentation will describe intervention strategies used for teaching children with autism to learn within a group setting including individualized group instruction, unintrusive reinforcement and prompting procedures and embedded instruction. Also presented will be the method for making a transition from the Preparatory Class to the general education classroom setting and the assessment of the behaviors and skills of the child with autism in relationship to expectations of the receiving classroom. |
|
|
|
|
Theory and Philosophy in Behavioral Science: Issues in Development and Advancement |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Cunningham B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, M.A. |
Abstract: Theory and philosophy have important roles in the development and advancement of behavioral science. This symposium will include four papers related to theory and philosophy. The first paper discusses the extension of behavior analytic theory to the important area of adherence, particularly as it relates to health. The second paper addresses the role of classical conditioning in the evolution of behavioral science. The third paper describes the relationship between philosophy and behavioral science. Lastly, the fourth paper addresses the concept of probability in behavioral science. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Account of Adherence. |
MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), William O'Donohue (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Many of the most pressing problems in society today can
be prevented or managed via adherence to prescribed regimens. Chronic health conditions (e.g., diabetes, hypertension) require ongoing monitoring, planning, and intervention. A behavior analytic account of adherence to prescribed regimens may facilitate the development of effective intervention strategies. This presentation will describe a behavior analytic approach to assessment and intervention in this area. Implications for understanding caregiver adherence to behavior intervention plans will also be discussed. |
|
The Impact of Classical Conditioning in the Evolution of Behavior Science. |
DIANA M. DELGADO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Skinner’s operant conditioning arose as a new paradigm that explained a wider and more complex range of behaviors than those accounted for by respondent conditioning. As introduced by Skinner operant conditioning is understood as a new kind of causality that replaced the mechanistic S-R approach. Since then, the analysis of behaviors both simple and complex has been predominantly of an operant type. By contrast, classical conditioning processes when acknowledged are given but a secondary role within behavior science. As a result, research in classical conditioning processes has evolved as part of the psychobiological and cognitive approaches and apart from behavior science. However, stimulus-stimulus relations are often fundamental in the analysis of complex human behavior and a unidirectional type of causality, such as that implied in biological phenomena, is seldom implied. The benefits and implications of re-cognizing Pavlovian relations from an ontogenetic view of behavior are discussed and some promising areas of research are highlighted. |
|
An Interbehavioral Perspective on the Need for a Bidirectional Relationship with Philosophy. |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A science of behavior has much to gain and to offer a reciprocal relationship with philosophy. A philosophy of science can serve many important roles in scientific enterprises, including the semantic supervision of sciences, monitoring the coherence of sciences, and fostering effective interdisciplinary studies among sciences. Each of these will be discussed in turn and some examples of their relevance to a science of behavior are described. We will then turn our attention to the reciprocal nature of scientific interactions and to the benefits that a science of behavior can offer philosophy and other sciences. A science of behavior has a subject mater that is ubiquitous in science; human behavior or the behavior of the scientist. As such we can contribute a significant amount to other sciences through effective interdisciplinary study and are better equipped to describe the interbehavioral history of the scientist, in relation to the events studied. We conclude that a science of behavior must take on the task of addressing its philosophical assumptions if it is to participate in the expanding area of interdisciplinary study. Furthermore it needs to rise to the tasks outlined and make its own unique contributions to other sciences and the philosophy of science. |
|
Philosophical Discussion of Probability in Behavior Analysis. |
DONALD R. KARR (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The concept of probability is fundamental to much of behavior analysis, yet there is no unambiguous interpretation of probability that is applicable to all experimental or applied settings. Since its inception in the late 17th century, inspired principally by games of chance, numerous philosophical formulations of probability have been proposed. This presentation will focus on several interpretations of probability by behavior analysts including the eminent pioneers J.R. Kantor and B.F. Skinner. Brief treatments of each of three categories of probability theories are presented as follows: (a) conventional interpretations; (b) frequency interpretations; and (c) subjective interpretations. Highlights of early and later historical developments are discussed. Specific analyses of the interpretations of Kantor and Skinner including their similarities and differences are offered. |
|
|
|
|
A Computer-Based Teaching Machine for Programmed Instruction as Envisioned by B. F. Skinner |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
|
A Computer-Based Teaching Machine for Programmed Instruction as Envisioned by B. F. Skinner |
Domain: Applied Research |
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: In his 1968 book, The Technology of Teaching, B.F. Skinner suggested having teaching machines help education become more efficient. In Skinner's day, microcomputers and the internet did not exist. Today the machine that Skinner lacked is here. This paper will demonstrate a software program designed to run content from a database and collect user data to implement the kind of instructional programming and revision that Skinner envisioned. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Back to the Future Part Two: Renovations and Innovations in Behavioral Treatment for ADHD |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: John A. Northup, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Presenting Authors: : JOHN A. NORTHUP (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has contributed greatly to the treatment of behaviors related to a diagnosis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) since the inception of the field. Early ABA studies still provide the foundation for now routine recommendations such as the token economy and behavioral parent training. However, recently these early treatments have become much more refined and systematized. The application of functional analysis principles and procedures as well as the development of sophisticated concurrent operant assessment procedures have also led to new and innovative behavioral treatments for ADHD. The purpose of this presentation is to present recent functional analysis and concurrent operant assessment research related to the treatment of ADHD in the context of the past, the present, and our future. |
|
JOHN A. NORTHUP (University of Iowa) |
Dr. John A. Northup is currently an Associate Professor in School Psychology at the University of Iowa. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Iowa, completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the Kennedy-Krieger Institute, John Hopkins University School of Medicine and was previously an Associate Professor at Louisiana State University. His research interests are in the areas of the assessment and treatment of disruptive behavior disorders. He is currently conducting research on the development of functional analysis and assessment procedures for typically-developing children, the evaluation of medication (e.g., Ritalin) effects in the classroom, and drug-behavior interactions. |
|
|
|
|
Outcome Data from Caregivers and Children Participating in Floridas Behavior Analysis Services Program |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Betsy B |
Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stacie Neff (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Stacie Neff, M.S. |
Abstract: Floridas Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) is a statewide program for dependent children and their caregivers. Over 60 board certified behavior analysts from the University of South Florida and the University of Florida work with parents and staff to improve their interactions with previously abused and neglected children. Caregivers receive training in the Tools for Positive Behavior Change Curriculum and learn how to implement individualized behavior plans when necessary. Three presentations within the current symposium discuss outcome results with both caregivers and children. The results of these studies indicated that the training and/or individual assessments were effective in producing positive outcomes (i.e., decreasing teen runaway behavior and increasing the positive interactions of caregivers). The final presentation applied the same curriculum, which is typically only taught to those affiliated with child welfare, to volunteers in the community who were interested in taking a parenting class. This study indicated positive outcomes on child behavior and also showed that additional measures of caregiver stress and depression can improve after training. In summary, the results of the current studies indicate that the BASP program can be effective in making positive changes in both child and caregiver behavior. |
|
A Functional Approach to Reducing Runaways and Stabilizing Placements for Adolescents in Foster Care. |
DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida), Bryon Robert Neff (University of South Florida), Michael Cripe (University of South Florida), Terresa A. Kenney (University of South Florida), Stacie Neff (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A significant problem in the field of child protection is that of teenagers running from their foster placements. In this presentation, it is argued that a functional and behavior analytic approach could be effective in reducing the problem of runaways. A functional approach involves conducting assessments regarding the motivations for running, involving the teens themselves in the assessment process, and implementing subsequent interventions designed to make the placements more appealing to the youth, thereby reducing the probability of running. As an early demonstration of this approach, thirteen adolescents with histories of running participated in the functional interventions. Data on placement changes and days on the run showed significant pre-post differences. The total percent of days on the run for the group decreased from 40% of days in baseline to 11% of days post-intervention. Individual data using an AB design will also be presented to illustrate the process of intervention with three severe cases of running. The approach is discussed in terms of the potential benefits of a functional and behavior analytic perspective on foster care and child protection. |
|
Using the Tools for Positive Behavior Change to Improve Staff Interactions in Group Homes for Foster Care Children. |
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Catherine Wilcox (University of South Florida), Wayne A. Sager (University of South Florida), Alfredo Blanco (University of South Florida), Tamela Giddings (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Staff training is an often used intervention designed to strengthen caregiver behaviors that may function to decrease inappropriate child behavior and increase appropriate child behaviors. Weise (1992) conducted a critical review of caregiver training research and suggested that more studies need to collect specific direct observation data on caregiver behavior. She reported that approximately 83% of published caregiver training studies only used subjective measures, such as rating scales. The current study collected both baseline and treatment measures, employing a multiple baseline design across three group homes. All caregivers were trained in the Tools for Positive Behavior Change Curriculum. Direct observation measures were conducted in which data were collected on positive interactions, negative interactions (i.e., coercives), and tool use. Incident report data were also obtained. Reliability measures were obtained for approximately 15% of the sessions. Increases in both positive interactions and tool use were observed at all three group homes in the treatment phase while decreases in negative interactions were also found for two of the group homes. For group home #1, positive interactions increased from an average of 32% in baseline to an average of 83% post-training and continued to maintain high levels during follow-up observations. |
|
Evaluating the Outcomes of PBC Training on Child Behavior and Parental Stress and Depression. |
AMANDA M. KEATING (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Bryon Robert Neff (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The majority of parent training studies have evaluated skills acquisition of the parent while few studies have specifically taken direct observation measures of child behavior change. Even fewer evaluate the changes in auxiliary parental factors such as stress, depression, and locus of control. Using an AB design with repeated measures, this study evaluated the effects of the Tools for Positive Behavior Change on both child and parent behavior. Parents from Hillsborough County attending the positive behavior change program were taken from a community sample and in home observation measures were conducted during baseline, training, and post training. Results showed that parent’s pre-test tool role play scores averaged 23% during baseline and increased to 86% post-training. Direct observation measures also showed improvements in specific child behaviors including tantrums, noncompliance, and aggression. Indicators of parental stress and depression both decreased more than one standard deviation. Locus of control measures showed parents in the class reported a greater sense of having control over environmental events after training. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Feedback and Video Technology: Training from Education to Athletics |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John Stokes (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: John Stokes, Other |
Abstract: There are many challenges with training staff and teachers in Humans service agencies and schools with limited time and resources Administrator and supervisory must find way to quickly and accurately train staff to be able to perform with students and individuals in school day program and residential setting. This symposium provide several example of multiple training interventions, using video Feedback to train educational assessment and interaction skills to teachers parents and direct care staff The first presentation describes a method for training parents and staff to implement functional analysis using performance feedback and Video Feedback to increase accuracy of implementation of consequence during conditions. The second presentation describes a performance management intervention that used Video observation to increase effective interaction skills increasing clinical interaction skills for teachers in a school and residential programs. The third presentation describes a training program to teach discrete trial training to staff in a residential school for children with Autism. All presentation represents interventions used across multiple staff in education and therapeutic environments. |
|
The Effects of Video Feedback in Training Parents and Direct Care Staff to Implement Functional Analysis Conditions. |
MARY BOLTIN (Vinfen Corporation), John Stokes (Simmons College), Megan Guidi (Simmons College and The Vinfen Corporation) |
Abstract: Accuracy in implementing appropriate consequences during Functional Analysis condition is critical in gaining accurate outcome. The present study examined the use of instructional workshop for staff and parent, Performance feedback and Video Feedback to conduct functional analysis. Results indicated that six of eight participant met accuracy criterion following the video feedback training. Follow up data taken at 1 week and 1 month indicated that a high level of accuracy was maintained in all subjects. Five participants accurately conducted sessions with students in the home. Inter-observer reliability was conducted for 70% of session. Reliability ranged from 31%-100% with a mean score of 87.5% accuracy. Data is represented graphically. |
|
Utilizing Performance Feedback and Video to Increase Athletic Performance of High School Football Players. |
JOHN STOKES (Simmons College), Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools) |
Abstract: In the field of human services, utilizing effective training methods for developing and monitoring staff work performance is critical to the maintenance of a high quality of life for individuals served. The same principles that used for increasing work skills can also be used to increase the skills used for most sports. In this study five high school football players were exposed to a training package which utilized video as a performance feedback tool as well as tag teaching to improve desired athletic skills. There was verbal feedback, video feedback and the use of successive approximation with a tag teacher provided. Player’s performances were assessed in a multiple baseline design. Results indicated an increase in desired athletic skills in all 5 participants following the video-self-monitoring training package. Each player was trained to competency then maintenance checks were conducted for a 2 week period. Results showed that skill performance was maintained. Inter-observer agreement on the dependent variable was collected during 100% of the sessions and averaged 94.65% (graphs available upon request). |
|
Performance Feedback: A Component Analysis with Extended Generality. |
KRISTOFER VAN HERP (Greater Lawrence Educational Collaborative), Stephanie Nostin (Greater Lawrence Educational Collaborative) |
Abstract: Performance feedback has been shown to be an effective teaching tool and motivator in a wide variety of professional environments. Performance feedback typically consists of two key components; corrective and positive feedback. Recent studies have demonstrated positive effects of performance feedback, but have come up short in maintenance outcomes (Moore et al, 2002) and generality to supplementary curriculum (Leblanc, Ricciardi & Luiselli, 2005). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of corrective feedback and positive feedback independently and as a treatment package through the use of a reversal design. In addition to, investigating each component’s extended temporal effects as well as generality across a curriculum of activities. This was done through a sequential feedback program involving 6 instructional assistants of varied tenure, and their ability to implement discrete trial instruction with children on the autism spectrum. Results showed that corrective feedback alone displayed superior generative effects of improved instruction than that of positive feedback alone; but combined in a treatment package they were superior to both individually. This was shown through improved discrete trial instruction across a curriculum and 14 weeks beyond training. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Recent Developments in the Study of Choice and Timing |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: The timing of events plays a critical role in how animals understand the world around them and make decisions about it. However, choice and timing have usually been studied in isolation. The procedures used in the experimental study of animal choice, such as concurrent schedules and concurrent chains, often involve opportunities to respond to discriminative stimuli that signal different delays to reinforcement. An important question is whether the acquisition and expression of animals’ preference is linked with their learning of the temporal relationship between stimuli and reinforcement. The research presented in this symposium explores the relationship between choice and timing behavior. Although the talks reflect the presenters’ differing theoretical orientations, a common theme is that choice and timing should be studied together. |
|
Performance in Chain and Concurrent Chain Schedules: Conditioned Reinforcement or Interval Timing? |
DANIEL T. CERUTTI (Duke University) |
Abstract: A stimulus paired with the delivery of a primary reinforcer is supposed to become a conditioned reinforcer. This concept explains performance in chain and concurrent chain schedules: responding during the initial links of such procedures is hypothesized to be maintained by the conditioned reinforcement properties of the latter links. This talk will try to show how interval timing allows an alternative view of the determinant of behavior in these procedures. This view does not require the theoretical notion of conditioned reinforcement and is able indeed to explain some paradoxical effects in chain and concurrent chain procedures difficult to reconcile with the idea of a conditioned reinforcement. |
|
The Temporal Regulation of Choice. |
JEREMIE JOZEFOWIEZ (Duke University) |
Abstract: Choice and timing are two important research topics in the experimental analysis of behavior, yet few research have tried to link one to each other. This paper will try to show how the study of choice in situations with an important temporal component can bring new light concerning the processes controlling behavior. |
|
Choice and Timing in Concurrent Chains: The More Things Change, the More They Stay the Same? |
ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: What is the relationship between response allocation and temporal discrimination in changing and unchanging environments? In this experiment, pigeons were trained in a concurrent-chains procedure with fixed-interval (FI) 10 s and FI 20 s terminal link delays where the location of the shorter delay varied across sessions according to a 31-step pseudorandom binary sequence. Previous research using this ‘rapid acquisition’ design has found that pigeons’ initial-link response allocation is controlled by the terminal-link delays in the current session (Grace, Bragason, & McLean, 2003; Kyonka & Grace, under revision). After training in the rapid acquisition procedure, pigeons were exposed to steady state conditions in which terminal-link delays did not change across sessions. Occasional no-food terminal links probed the acquisition of temporal control throughout the experiment. Analyses are planned which will compare the acquisition and relative accuracy of preference and temporal discrimination under rapid acquisition and steady state conditions. |
|
Is Acquisition of Preference in Concurrent Chains Facilitated by Pre-Training with Terminal-Link Schedules? |
RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury), Elizabeth Kyonka (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Pigeons were trained in a concurrent chains procedure in which the terminal links were always fixed-interval (FI) 10 s and FI 20 s, but their location was changed across sessions according to a pseudorandom binary series (Grace, Bragason, & McLean, 2003). Six no-food trials for each terminal link were distributed throughout the session so that acquisition of temporal control could be observed. On a random half of the sessions, the initial links were omitted for the first half of the session. We conducted regression analyses to compare preference in the second half of sessions in which the initial links were omitted, with preference in the first half of sessions in which initial links were included. For three of four pigeons that showed significant sensitivity to the current-session immediacy ratio, preference was greater in the second half of sessions in which the initial links had been omitted. This demonstrates that exposure to the terminal links during the first half of the session facilitated acquisition of preference for these subjects. |
|
|
|
|
Response Maintenance Effects of a >1/1 Conditioned Reinforcer to Primary Reinforcer Ratio in Applied Animal Behavior Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Cunningham A |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica Feuerbacher (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A focus of debate and research in recent years in the behavior analysis of applied animal behavior (AAB) has been the effect of presenting a conditioned reinforcement stimulus (Sr+) on a continuous schedule for responses that meet criterion (FR1) while presenting a primary reinforcer (SR+) on an FR2 or other non-continuous schedule (R>1). Historical and recent basic research studies support that responding is sensitive to the SR+ schedule to a greater degree than the Sr+ schedule. However, applied research has been somewhat ambiguous and has exposed the relevance of a number of variables affecting outcome, such as timing, contiguity and topography of the Sr+ presentation, the length of the non-continuous SR+ phase, and the presence of intervening responses. This symposium offers a review of relevant literature and presentation of the latest data regarding the issue, as well as a discussion of outcomes and their relevance regarding use and effect in applied settings. |
|
Discrete Trial Training Tasks: The Effects of a 2-1 Ratio of Conditioned and Unconditioned Reinforcer Delivery on the Performance of Dogs. |
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas), Pam Wennmacher (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In the clicker training community it is a common practice to deliver a click (conditioned Sr+) and a treat (unconditioned SR+) after every correct behavior. At the same time, some advocate the delivery of several clicks before a treat is delivered. There is much controversy over whether there is a difference in the effects of these two procedures. Recent research, however, has shown that the ratio has an effect on both the topography and frequency of behavior (Dunham, et. al., and Wennmacher, et. al., ABA 2005; Kaulafat et.al., ABA 2006). The present study shows an additional analysis of the number of cue presentations for the dog to perform the behavior during 1-1 and 2-1 CS-US ratios. Two dogs learned to bow and spin on cue using a 1-1 CS-US ratio. Then the CS-US ratio change to 2-1 and alternated in an ABAB reversal design fashion. The results show that in
addition to disrupting the accuracy of responding, the dogs required considerably more repetitions of the cue before the behavior was eventually performed. Implications of this research will be discussed. |
|
Free Operant Training Tasks: The Effects of a 2-1 Ratio of Conditioned and Unconditioned Reinforcer Delivery on the Performance of Dogs. |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (University of North Texas), Erica Feuerbacher (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In the clicker training community it is a common practice to deliver a click (conditioned Sr+) and a treat (unconditioned SR+) after every correct behavior. At the same time, some advocate the delivery of several clicks before a treat is delivered. There is much controversy over whether there is a difference in the effects of these two procedures. Recent research, however, has shown that the 2-1 ratio has an effect on both the topography and frequency of behavior (Dunham, et. al., and Wennmacher, et. al., ABA 2005). The present study is a continuation of research (Kaulafat et.al., ABA 2006) in free operant situations. In that research the results were likely to be influenced by the previous experience with the 2-1 ratio in a previous phase of the experiment. The present research will study the effects of changing the 1-1 CS-US ratio in a FR2 schedule of reinforcement (i.e., delivering the CS [a click] and food after the second response) to a 2-1 CS-US ratio (i.e., delivering the CS after every response and deliver the food after the second CS presentation) in two dogs. Results in progress. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcer to Primary Reinforcer Schedule Effects in Basic and Applied Settings. |
SCOTT A. TAYLOR (Western Michigan University), Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The advent of the systematic use of conditioned reinforcement stimuli (Sr+) as response markers in shaping and maintaining behavior in applied settings with animals has revolutionized the field of animal training. Marine mammals are trained almost exclusively by such means, and in both competition and non-competitive dog training the market has been flooded with devices and books aimed at bringing this behavioral technology to the eager and receptive public. However, although much attention has been given the use of Sr+ in behavior acquisition, less has been allotted the technology of the use of Sr+ in behavior maintenance. Most literature assumes a Sr+ to primary reinforcer (SR+) ratio of 1/1, although quite often in practice this is not the case. Recent bridge and applied studies with dogs and horses in natural environments have shown that a change in the SR+ delivery from FR1 to R>1 may disrupt responding regardless of the fact that Sr+ presentation remains on a FR1 schedule. However, there has also been some indication that responding may recover. This study sought to further understanding of the phenomenon by evaluating the long-term effects of changing Sr+/SR+ ratios on dog behavior shaped on a Sr+1/SR+1ratio. To further the external validity of the study, the dogs will be trained in a variety of environments and handled by people with experience in training dogs but without educational foundations in behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Issues in Community Interventions; Social & Ethics |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Holly Denice Shockley (Washington State University) |
|
Utilizing the Internet to Produce Behavioral Changes in Alcohol Use in a College Population. |
Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY DENICE SHOCKLEY (Washington State University) |
|
Abstract: This experiment will compare the effects of three online interventions for alcohol consumption by college students. The three conditions will be a discussion group where participants read posted materials and then engage in an online discussion of them, a blog group who reads the same material and post responses on the web site, and a read only control group. All of the students will complete two questionnaires on alcohol attitudes, knowledge, and use pre and post participation. The primary analysis of the data will be a comparison of week-to-week patterns of drinking for the three groups. A second analysis will compare the groups’ responses on pre and post questionnaires to see if there are differences in decision-making behaviors surrounding their alcohol consumption. Previous studies of online intervention strategies have focused on single person assessments and used instant feedback to the client. However, there have been few investigations of group based online intervention strategies concerning the use of alcohol within college populations. The hypothesis is that students who write and share experiences in the blog or discussion will show significantly greater decreases in alcohol consumption and better decision-making skills related to the consumption of alcohol compared to the control group. |
|
Walking the Crosswalk: How to Make a City Walk the Line. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade Católica de Goiás), Vivica Lé Sénéchal Machado (Universidade de Brasília) |
|
Abstract: As everywhere in the civilized world, in Brazil a driver must stop the car for pedestrians walking the crosswalk. As of 1996, none of the 40 million Brazilian drivers used to respect that law. Since 1996 practically all drivers living in Brasília stop for pedestrians. That change in a cultural practice occurred only in Brasília. The present paper describes in behavior analytic terms the successful campaign presided by the University of Brasília in collaboration with the media, government, churches, and nongovernmental organizations. |
|
Using Naturalistic Data Collection to Study Drowsiness and Other Safety Issues in Commercial Vehicle Operations. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DOUGLAS M. WEIGAND (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Richard Hanowski (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will summarize results from a naturalistic driving study conducted with 95 professional truck drivers. Forty-six trucks were instrumented with a Data Acquisition System during the course of the study. Driving performance data (e.g., lane position, speed, and longitudinal acceleration) were collected in addition to video data from several on-board camera systems. A total of 915 safety-critical incidents (including crashes, near crashes, and crash-relevant conflicts) were reviewed to investigate driver behavior and pre-cursors to incident involvement. Incident characteristics and driver contributing factors will be discussed. In addition, several video examples will be presented to give the audience a sample of the data collection methods. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyzing, Measuring, and Teaching Social Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Barry Katz (Operant Systems, Inc.) |
|
Mutual Bi-Directional Eye Glasses: A Tool for Monitoring and Measuring Social Eye Contact Behavior. |
Domain: Applied Research |
BARRY KATZ (Operant Systems, Inc.), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
|
Abstract: Autistic individuals have difficulty communicating with children or adults. Their socialization skills are poor or non existent. An important component of the communication and socialization process is their ability to exhibit ‘social eye-contact’ behavior, one of the deficit repertoires of autistic individuals. The goal of this seminar is to discuss the various behavioral contingencies that can be measured and monitored using mutual bi-directional eye glasses.
There are various devices and systems that monitor ‘eye movements’ to be used as an input to a computer system, or to alert a wearer of specialized eyeglasses when fatigued, or for monitoring the safety of an individual using specialized eyewear-glasses or just to record eye movements and gazes. The mutual bi-directional system monitors the free operant and allows for the various behavioral contingencies to be setup. |
|
Functional Analysis of Social Communicative Behavior in Young Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MAUREEN CONROY (University of Florida), Elizabeth L.W. McKenney (University of Florida), Jennifer A. Sellers (University of Florida), Taketo Nakao (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Functional analyses are an effective tool in evaluating the environmental contributors to aberrant behavior (Carr et al., 1999; Iwata et al., 1982/1994), yet have not been extensively applied to other forms of behavior. The display of social communicative behavior is considered a pivotal skill for young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) (Koegel et al., 1999). Treatments have been prescribed (e.g., Social Stories, peer coaching activities) to remediate social skill deficits; yet, many of these treatments suffer from a lack of empirical evidence substantiating sustained positive effects (Rogers, 2000; McConnell, 2002). An empirical procedure, functional analysis, is proposed to analyze the functions of social communicative behavior in young children with ASD. Participants are young children aged 3 – 9 years who have been diagnosed with ASD and have previously demonstrated impaired social communicative skills. Procedures include an alternating treatments design analyzing the potential functions of social communicative behavior (e.g., attention, tangible, escape, in comparison to control conditions). Preliminary data collected demonstrates the potential utility of this procedure for identifying one or more functions of various forms of social communication. Function-based treatments will be presented, demonstrating the efficacy of this assessment procedure for improving the rate of social communicative behavior for young children with social skills deficits. |
|
The Family Dinner: An Observational Study of Social Communication Patterns in Families of Children with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER JONES (University of Puget Sound), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
|
Abstract: Although early deficits in social communication skills such as joint attention are considered hallmark features of autism, less is known about how these deficits manifest themselves (or the role that families play in the facilitation and maintenance of these skills) in high functioning children with autism. The principal purpose of this investigation was to observe, describe, and compare the complex transactional nature of social interactions between children with autism and their families and typically developing children and their families. To our knowledge, this is the first investigation looking at these interactions in a naturalistic, unstructured common activity or routine such as dinnertime. The results of this study both replicate and extend previous research on the social communication abilities of children with autism and the subsequent influence of family communication styles. We found that families did not differ with respect to the amount or quantity of interaction, but did differ with respect to the quality of those interactions. Results are interpreted in relation to the impact that families may be having on the child with autism. Strategies for social communication interventions within the family and other natural contexts are discussed and implications for future research are provided. |
|
Generalization of Social Skills Instruction: From ABA to Group Settings. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN ANN HOLMAN (Autism Spectrum Consultants, Inc.), Jessica Postil (Autism Spectrum Consultants, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Social skills are an essential part of any ABA curriculum for all children with autism spectrum disorders. Such instruction can take many forms, from the formal task analyzed individualized skill acquisition, to larger group modeling and activities. In addition, social skill instruction will vary depending on the age and developmental level of the student.
Dawn Holman and Jessica Postil are both researchers and practitioners in the field of behavioral analysis and education. Their presentation will include a task analysis of social skill behaviors, according to age level, and the progression of these skills out of a one to one teaching environment, to a systematic approach to generalization of these skills, to include other peers and learning environments. Specific social skill assessments, in addition to curriculum planning, will be discussed. In addition, the presenters will demonstrate their model of social skill group learning, presenting two formats that have proven effective in their practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Behavior Analysis and the Broader Cultural Context |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Carthage College) |
|
Cultural Components of Behavioral Intervention. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA MCINTOSH (San Diego State University) |
|
Abstract: In the science of applied behavior analysis we attempt to influence human behavior in the direction of positive change by manipulating external variables that relate to particular behaviors or classes of behavior. As behavior analysts, we acknowledge that the nature of “humanness” makes it impossible to establish absolute validity and reliability within our practice. Yet we are aware that more information about individuals for whom we plan behavioral interventions typically results in behavior changes that are socially important and beneficial to the individual. What, then, should we know about an individual’s culture as it relates to applied behavior analysis? Does culture matter in behavioral intervention?
This paper presents the dynamic and inextricable relationship between culture and behavior, and suggests an operational basis for the definition of culture. The influences of cultural variables on the science of applied behavior analysis and within the application of behavioral intervention processes are examined, and specific “cautions” are offered throughout. Culturally competent behavioral intervention is defined and outlined in a series of steps and checkpoints that will be useful for practitioners. |
|
Freedom, Rewards, and Intrinsic Motivation. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SHANE L. LYNCH (University of Alberta), Katherine M. Banko (University of Alberta), W. David Pierce (University of Alberta), Judy Cameron (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: Western cultures highly value freedom and autonomy. A prominent view is that freely engaging in activities without external constraints promotes psychological well being, high-level performance, and intrinsic motivation. Cognitive and behavioral perspectives have addressed the relationship between freedom and control with regard to the use of reinforcement and reward contingencies. Self-determination theory claims that rewards reduce individuals’ perceptions of self-determination and intrinsic interest. Behaviorists contend that reinforcement contingencies do not have to be experienced as controlling; rewards can be arranged to make people free and self-determined. In three experiments, we examined the interrelationship of reward contingencies, freedom and intrinsic motivation. Undergraduates were offered rewards for doing puzzles, meeting a standard, or for mastery. Half the participants solved puzzles in a coercive context involving surveillance and time pressure; others performed the activity in an autonomous context with choice and low constraints. Next, participants had a 10 minute free-choice period to do various activities (e.g., solve puzzles, read). Dependent measures included time on puzzles in the free-choice period, performance, and task interest. Results showed that rewards increased performance and intrinsic motivation when the context emphasized personal freedom. Implications of the findings for intervention with autistic children will be discussed. |
|
You Won't Believe what They're Still Saying (and Not Saying) about Us: Behavior Analysis in Mainstream Textbooks for Teachers. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysis’s misrepresentations in textbooks and related media continue to occur despite the growth of a literature on these errors, materials for helping authors avoid them, and a wide range of articles from which accurate representations could be drawn. Materials for teacher training are emphasized. In addition to what is said that ain’t so is a large body of research and proven techniques that receive no mention. Previous tactics for remediating these omissions and comissions will be addressed as will suggestions for future action. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Evaluating Treatment for Bulimic Behavior and Smoking |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Bosch (University of Florida) |
Discussant: David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers with recent research on the treatment of binge eating and purging associated with bulimia, and smoking. In the first study, Bosch and colleagues describe a study in which extinction was used to treat binge eating maintained by automatic negative reinforcement. In the second study, Azrin and Kellen describe research in which a slowed eating rate resulted in a decreased level of purging behavior associated with bulimia. In the final paper, Anderson and Gaynor describe a multifaceted behavioral intervention for smoking. David Reitman will serve as discussant and comment on the papers. |
|
Evaluation of Extinction as a Functional Treatment for Binge Eating. |
AMANDA BOSCH (University of Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Binge eating is primarily maintained by automatic negative reinforcement in the form of relief from negative emotions elicited by negative thinking. Although extinction has been thought impossible with behaviors maintained by automatic negative reinforcement, this study evaluated the application of extinction with binge eating. Four women who reported engaging in binge eating at least twice a week participated. To implement extinction, participants listened to an audio tape recording of their own negative thinking associated with their negative emotional responses when they began binge eating to prevent alleviation of the negative emotions contingent on binge eating. The procedure effectively reduced the frequency and duration of the binges, in addition to reducing the number of calories consumed during a binge for all participants when the procedure was correctly implemented. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
Bulimic Purging Altered by the Rate of Eating. |
NATHAN H. AZRIN (Nova Southeastern University), Michael J. Kellen (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Self-induced vomiting was found to decrease when the rate of eating was experimentally decreased in a study of several profoundly retarded institutionalized residents exhibiting this unusual problem. Experiments with normal nonretarded outpatients diagnosed as bulimic revealed that this same result occurred for these typical outpatient bulimics obtaining a quantitative measure of the urge to vomit after eating slowly the same "taboo" foods that otherwise resulted in bulimic purging when eaten rapidly. These results suggest a possible effective treatment for bulimic purging. |
|
A Multi-Modal Treatment for Cigarette Smokers. |
JAMES ANDERSON (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Smoking is a serious health problem worldwide. Several intervention techniques to help people quit have demonstrated some measure of success, though none has clearly distinguished itself as a superior method of treatment. Nicotine transdermal systems have become increasingly popular and have demonstrated some success, but relapse rates remain alarmingly high. Psychology has offered some promising intervention techniques, yet none has produced consistent data of sustained abstinence. Motivational Interviewing (MI), Exposure Therapy, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), and contingency management have all demonstrated promise in assisting smokers to achieve abstinence. In the present study, we have combined aspects of all of these treatment techniques. The protocol includes one session of MI (in order to assess and facilitate desire and commitment to change), seven sessions of ACT-enhanced exposure therapy with concurrent scheduled smoking reduction (to help the patient learn to tolerate withdrawal symptoms while accepting their inevitability and maintaining his or her commitment to abstinence), and a week of contingency management (in order to help patients achieve an initial period of total abstinence that previous research has indicated is a good predictor of long-term success in maintaining abstinence). The presentation will provide a detailed rationale for the present protocol, available data, and future implications. |
|
|
|
|
Estudios en Paises de Habla Hispana |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Betsy A |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Wagner College) |
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Este simposio presentara estudios que han sido realizados ya sea en paises de habla hispana, or por investigadores de habla hispana. Todas las presentaciones seran en espaol. |
|
Comparación de Diferentes Procedimientos de Discriminación en el Marco de la Lectura y Escritura, y el Papel de las Contingencias Diferenciales. |
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Wagner College), Carlos V. Garcia-Cruz (Escuela Magisterio y Colegio Ave Maria), Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (Universidad Almería, Spain) |
Abstract: Se trata de un estudio experimental sobre la eficacia de distintos procedimientos de discriminación en el marco del aprendizaje de lectoescritura. Así el objetivo es la comparación de diversos procedimientos de adquisición de discriminaciones a la base y/o propias de la lecto-escritura (formas simples, formas compuestas, arriba-abajo, delante-detrás). Se aplicará un diseño intrasujeto con línea base múltiple y tratamiento alterno, y un diseño entresujeto. En el estudio participarán un total de 15 niños con edades comprendidas entre 3 y 5 años, que aún no tienen la habilidad de leer ni escribir. La tarea experimental y, a su vez, aplicada será la discriminación e identificación de diferentes elementos estimulares organizados siguiendo el formato de un sistema de aprendizaje de lecto-escritura ampliamente diseminado y elaborado bajo el mismo prisma metodológico y conceptual (en concreto, el sistema de “Superlectoescritura” de García y Luciano, 1996). Los procedimientos aplicados son los siguientes:
- Procedimiento 1º: Discriminación con mínima probabilidad de error, a través de un método de igualación a la muestra junto a la aplicación de contingencias diferenciales y sistemáticas de los errores en la tarea experimental (reforzamiento de las respuestas correctas y corrección con práctica positiva de los errores).
- Procedimiento 2º: Discriminación ensayo-error, sin uso de un método de igualación a la muestra, aunque si se incorporan contingencias diferenciales respecto de los errores.
- Procedimiento 3º: Discriminación ensayo-error, sin igualación a la muestra y sin aplicación de contingencias diferenciales ni sistemáticas. |
|
Emergencia de las Relaciones de Equivalencia y de las Analogías en el Desarrollo Verbal y Otros Repertorios Prerrequisitos. |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (Universidad Almería, Spain), Maria Rosa Garcia Barranco (Universidad Almería, Spain), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Wagner College) |
Abstract: Se trata de una línea de investigación en curso cuyo objetivo general es conocer en qué momento del desarrollo normativo se muestran respuestas de equivalencia generalizadas y analogías como relaciones de orden superior, así como trata de analizar el papel de determinados comportamientos prerrequisitos y simbólicos (Horne y Lowe, 1996; Luciano, Barnes-Holmes y Barnes-Holmes, 2001; Luciano, Gómez y Rodríguez Valverde, in review).
Se presenta un primer estudio de tipo transversal, en el que participan 8 preescolares de diferentes grupos de edad cronológica (de 20 a 33 meses). Se evalúan la equivalencia visual-visual a través de igualación a la muestra. Además, se evalúan las habilidades lingüísticas receptivas y expresivas, con diversas pruebas estandarizadas utilizadas en estudios anteriores de equivalencia con bebés (Peláez, Gewirtz, Sánchez y Mahabir, 2000; Horne y Lowe, 2001); el repertorio de conducta de hablante como propio oyente (Greer y Keohane, 2005); y el nivel de desarrollo de otras operantes como la imitación generalizada, las habilidades de categorización y las abstracciones espacio-temporales; la mayoría de ellas medidas directamente en situaciones estructuradas, así como informadas por padres y educadores. Los resultados son analizados destacando el papel del naming, del porcentaje de vocabulario expresivo, de las habilidades de categorización y de la imitación vocal. Y se enfatiza la necesidad de entrenamiento con múltiples ejemplos (MET) para futuros estudios.
Luego se aplica un segundo estudio longitudinal que supone tomar medidas repetidas a lo largo de doce meses de los 8 preescolares de diferentes grupos de edad cronológica que participaron en el estudio anterior, evaluando de nuevo la equivalencia visual-visual a través de igualación a la muestra, así como todas las habilidades que en el estudio transversal resultaron relacionadas con los diferentes niveles de repertorio simbólico. Aquellos niños que alcanzaron el nivel máximo en las tareas de equivalencia en el estudio 1, fueron evaluados en ejecuciones simbólicas de orden superior como las relaciones de equivalencia-equivalencia y analogías, a la par que otros repertorios considerados prerrequisitos o íntimamente relacionados, como el porcentaje de vocabulario expresivo, habilidades de categorización y de extraer semejanzas, naming y coeficiente intelectual.
El tercer estudio pretende conocer en que momento del desarrollo normativo se muestran respuestas de equivalencia-equivalenci |
|
Comparación entre un Entrenamiento en Nominación y uno de Razón Fija en la Emergencia de Clases de Equivalencia. |
YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: El objetivo del actual estudio fue comparar dos procedimientos para facilitar la emergencia de clases de equivalencia en estudiantes universitarios. En una condición, los participantes fueron entrenados en primera instancia a nombrar los estímulos de tres clases diferentes, los cuáles luego fueron condicionalmente relacionados. En una segunda condición, los participantes fueron entrenados en primera instancia a emitir respuestas bajo un programa de razón a estímulos de tres clases diferentes, los cuáles luego fueron condicionalmente relacionados. En la condición de control, los participantes fueron directamente entrenados en discriminaciones condicionales, seguido por una prueba de equivalencia. Un procedimiento de “think aloud” fue utilizado en las tres condiciones durante el entrenamiento en discriminaciones condicionales y las pruebas de equivalencia. Los resultados sugieren que las dos condiciones fueron igualmente eficaces en facilitar la emergencia de clases de estímulos. Igualmente los resultados del análisis de protocolos sugieren que nominar los estímulos no es necesario para la formación de clases de equivalencia. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Evaluating Alternative Procedures to Establish Stimulus Control with Complex Stimuli |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Martha Hübner (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Four studies with alternative procedures with complex stimuli to establish stimulus control will be described and analyzed. In spite of the fact that each study had different objective, all of them analyzed different procedures with complex stimuli. These studies evaluated complex control manipulating different parameters such as density of reinforcement, duration of stimuli presentation, and the use of differential reinforcement procedure. Besides that, one of the studies analyzed the transfer of stimulus control to another operant. The results have implications to the future development of procedures to establish complex control in different research areas. |
|
Effects of the Reinforcement of Equivalence Relations upon the Minimal Units Control in Reading. |
MARTHA HÜBNER (Universidade de São Paulo), Augusto Amato (Universidade de São Paulo), Candido Pessoa (Universidade de São Paulo), Katia Verniano (Universidade de São Paulo), Mariana Leite (Universidade de São Paulo), Maira Cantarelli Baptistussi (Universidade de São Paulo), Renata Gomes (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: The relations between equivalence relations and minimal verbal unit control in reading are not clear yet. The former requires reading comprehension and the latter textual behavior. The present study had the objective to verify the effects of training equivalence relations upon the acquisition of minimal verbal unit control in reading. There were a direct train of the relations that are normally tested in the literature. Two subjects were participants, with four to five years old, illiterate. A computerized teaching program and test were conducted (EQUIV). It involves the acquisition of reading through Sidman´s stimulus equivalence paradigm and tests of minimal verbal units control. The experimental variable of the present study was the modification of the learning criteria (that changed from 0 to 100% of correct responses required) and the consequent presentation of reinforcement during Equivalence Tests which turned to be Equivalence Training. Comparing these results with the one of Matos and Hübner studies (2002), training equivalence relations didn’t increase the performance during minimal verbal units tests. With this, it can be concluded that the density of reinforcement was not a critical variable to establish minimal verbal unit control in reading, but was an important change to decrease performance variability. |
|
Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Choosing Phrases about Reading upon the Emission and Duration of Reading Behavior. |
MARTHA HÜBNER (Universidade de São Paulo), Thaís Cazati (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to verify the effect of differential reinforcement of one class of response (choosing phrases in favor of reading) upon another one (reading behavior). Through a simple discrimination procedure, choices of phrases with content in favor of reading were differentially reinforced. Six children from second level of primary school were participants. In three sessions of baseline, time of engagement in four activities were evaluated (playing, painting, reading and to mould). During training, four phrases were presented in a computer screen, and the choice of the phrase about reading was reinforced with points which were exchanged by toys. Following this, participants were submitted to the Post-Test, identical to the baseline. The results show that the control of the phrases about reading (complex stimuli) were transferred to the control of real objects and enhanced the behavior of reading: after training, the six participants chose the activity of reading with more frequency and with more time of engagement. Stimulus equivalence class (phrases - the books and the reading behavior) could have been formed through the simple discrimination and baseline procedures. The present study also has implications to the say – do correspondence research area. |
|
Conditional Discrimination with Compound Stimulus: Improving Testing Performances. |
PAULA DEBERT (Universidade de São Paulo), Paulo Toshio Missao (Universidade de São Paulo), Jonas de Oliveira Boni Jr. (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Past studies established emergent conditional relations using a go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli. These emergent relations were observed only in the last block of Transitive and Equivalence Test. The present study investigated whether emergent relations would be detected early in the first test block if compound stimuli remained on computer screen for a longer time during tests. This evaluation was conducted with three naive college students. During training, each compound stimulus was presented successively at the computer screen for four seconds. Responses emitted in the presence of certain compound stimuli (A1B1, A2B2, A3B3, B1C1, B2C2 and B3C3) were reinforced; while responses emitted in the presence of others (A1B2, A1B3, A2B1, A2B3, A3B1, A3B2, B1C2, B1C3, B2C1, B2C3, B3C1 and B3C2) were not. During tests, new configurations (BA, CB, AC, and CA) were presented resembling tests usually employed in equivalence studies. Each of these compound stimuli was presented for eight seconds during tests. All participants showed emergent relations and two in three participants revealed emergence of Transitivity and Equivalence relations in the first block of the tests. These results indicate that emergent relations may be detected early in testing when compound stimulus remained for a longer time on the screen. |
|
Conditional Discrimination with Compound Stimulus: Improving Training Performances. |
PAULA DEBERT (Universidade de São Paulo), Ana Priscila Batista (Universidade de São Paulo), Emiliane Oliveira (Universidade de São Paulo), Mariana Samelo (Universidade de São Paulo), Thrissy Maestri (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Past studies established emergent conditional relations using a go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli. During training, each compound stimulus was presented successively at the computer screen for four seconds. Responses emitted in the presence of certain compound stimuli (A1B1, A2B2, A3B3, B1C1, B2C2 and B3C3) were reinforced; while responses emitted in the presence of others (A1B2, A1B3, A2B1, A2B3, A3B1, A3B2, B1C2, B1C3, B2C1, B2C3, B3C1 and B3C2) were not. During tests, new configurations (BA, CB, AC, and CA) were presented resembling tests usually employed in equivalence studies. The present study evaluated whether a faster acquisition of the trained relations would be produced if reinforcement was provided also for not responding in the presence of A1B2, A1B3, A2B1, A2B3, A3B1, A3B2, B1C2, B1C3, B2C1, B2C3, B3C1 and B3C2 compound stimuli. After training, the participants were submitted to tests of emergent relations. This evaluation was conducted with three naive college students. All participant showed faster acquisition of training performances and emergent relations during testing. |
|
|
|
|
Food Selectivity and Refusal: Home and School Case Studies of Evaluation, Interventions, Outcomes, and Limitations |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph Gentry (The May Institute) |
Discussant: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Colleen Ann O'Leary-Zonarich, M.A. |
Abstract: Research has shown positive reinforcement to be an effective strategy for increasing food consumption in children with developmental disabilities who display food selectivity/refusal. Three papers will review background, incidence, significance, assessment, intervention, outcomes, and limitations with three different students diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders who display food selectivity and/or refusal across home and school environments. Each paper will discuss systematic intervention, including a variety of antecedent and consequence strategies used to promote increased food consumption across home and/or school environments. Papers will also present individualized programs tailored to the child and team and that using one or more types of interventions concurrently or with multiple baseline approaches may generate outcomes quickly to create team confidence. The impact of several variables will be presented; including, developing technically sound protocols, identifying functional reinforcers, promoting comprehensive team involvement and communication, treatment integrity, data collection, and limitations of interventions. Results presented will show significant improvements in meal times and increased food consumption for all three children, with results sustained over time with maintenance procedures in place. |
|
Getting Started at Home and School: Feeding Assessment and Intervention to Increase Consumption. |
COLLEEN ANN O'LEARY-ZONARICH (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This paper will discuss the initial feeding evaluation process and intervention completed with a 6-year-old girl diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder who also displayed severe food selectivity. Assessment and intervention was completed across home and school environments. Assessment procedures and results will be reviewed to highlight critical planning logistics involved when initiating feeding protocols. Procedures used included a multiple baseline format (across settings and adults) and a combination of sampling, blending, and fading procedures paired with positive reinforcement. Results will indicate an increase in the number of nutritious foods and drinks accepted from baseline levels, which is consistent with documented research suggesting that similar antecedent control procedures are effective in treating food selectivity. Discussion points will include staff and parent training procedural options considered, logistical issues, differences across settings and adults, and the continued need for and impact of strong programming in public school systems. |
|
Enhancing the Effectiveness of Blending Treatments: Mystery Motivator and Positive Reinforcement to Increase Food Consumption. |
LAURIE KAUFMAN (The May Institute), Joseph Gentry (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This case study evaluated the impact of a modified Mystery Motivator system on a food blending treatment to increase the consumption of non-preferred foods in a child with autism displaying food selectivity. In previous research, use of the Mystery Motivator has led to increases in the consumption of non-preferred foods with a child on the spectrum. The use of positive reinforcement in the form of finishing preferred foods as well as earning tokens was used to replicate previous findings and extend them using blending techniques. Blending treatment has been well established throughout the literature for food refusal and selectivity, and results suggest that the reinforcement uncertainty and variable ratio of reinforcement of the Mystery Motivator may be an interesting way to increase the effectiveness of blending treatments in children with developmental disabilities. |
|
treatments in children with developmental disabilities
Increasing Food Acceptance Using Blending and Subsequent Simultaneous Presentation within the Public School Setting. |
CYNTHIA ANN SIMONE (Nashoba Regional School District) |
Abstract: Previous research demonstrated that food refusal maintained by escape can be treated effectively through combining antecedent and consequent manipulations. In the current study, we used a multi-component treatment package following both functional and feeding assessments to treat food refusal by blending and fading foods and then presenting accepted foods paired with novel foods through simultaneous presentation. An 8-year old male with multiple disabilities was trained and assessed in the public school setting across 2 years in a changing criterion design. Results indicated an increase in novel food acceptance and combinations of food from 9 in baseline to 35 following intervention. Results were maintained over time. These results were consistent with prior research suggesting that antecedent control procedures are effective in treating food refusal. These results are discussed in terms of blending and fading procedures, simultaneous presentation, escape extinction and reinforcement as well as limitations and practical considerations within this setting. |
|
|
|
|
Intervening in Child Abuse and Neglect: Project 12-Ways' Innovations and a Canadian Replication |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: James F. McGimsey (AdvoServ) |
CE Instructor: Brandon F. Greene, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since 1979 Project 12-Ways has served families with a history of child abuse and neglect. The Project has operated under the auspices of the Behavior Analysis & Therapy Program at SIU and, therefore, adopts an experimental-clinical approach to rendering service. Recent innovations will be described including the first attempt at an international replication in Ontario, Candada. |
|
Facilitating Involvement in Vocational and Avocational Activity among Unemployed Parents with a History of Child Abuse and Neglect. |
BONNIE M HENRY (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Alan Summers (Illinois Department of Human Services), Dianne Bradie-Gregoire (Illinois Department of Human Services) |
Abstract: A variable that is predictive of the likelihood of parents perpetrating child abuse/neglect is the employment status of parents. That is, unemployed individuals are at greater risk of inflicting child maltreatment. The majority of parents served by Project 12-Ways are, and have been, chronically unemployed. Most subsist on various tax-supported subsidies (e.g., disability payments for themselves or their children). This presentation will describe the effort to involve these individuals in vocational and avocational activities. The effort involved an assessment of preferred activities and an intensive problem solving process that incrementally engaged the parents in productive activity. The implications for this process and its relevance to addressing the problem of child abuse and neglect will be discussed. |
|
Project 12-Ways' Canadian Replication: Issues in Managing a Direct Replication. |
DANA M. DAHMAN HARVEY (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Autumn Kaufman (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Hugh Nicholson (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A Children's Aid Society (CAS) in Ontario, Canada identified Project 12-Ways as an "evidenced based practice" in the intervention of child abuse and neglect. Members of the CAS visited the Project's headquarters in Illinois and elected to undertake a replication beginning in late 2006. Now, after one year into the replication, a variety of issues have been identified as critical to the process. The scope and nature of these will be described in this presentation. In addition, the relevance of issues associated with replicating other large scale programs (e.g., Teaching Family Model) will be presented in the context of the current effort. |
|
Project 12-Ways Canada: Evidence of the Replication of an Evidence-Based Practice. |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Dana M. Dahman Harvey (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Hugh Nicholson (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: "Evidence based practice" is a popular term in human services that presumably refers to the importance of adopting treatment practices that have empirical evidence of effectiveness. Thus, some professionals are lulled into the belief that such practices are readily identified or claim to have adopted such practices without any substantiating evidence. However, the question of whether an "evidenced based practice" has been successfully adopted requires evidence itself. This presentation will present the evidence to indicate the successful adoption of the Project 12-Ways model in Canada. Various challenges to this adoption will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Issues in Addressing Problem Behavior in Persons with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College, Norway) |
|
Use of Aversive and Restrictive Interventions in Behavioral Treatment. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Akershus University College, Norway), O. Ivar Lovaas (University of California, Los Angeles), Børge Holden (Habilitation Services Hedmark, Norway) |
|
Abstract: This presentation discusses the educational, therapeutic, ethical and scientific context within which aversive and restricted procedures should be used and evaluated if indeed they are employed. The guidelines we propose, build on previous behavior analytic attempts, and center on the importance of informing the clients’ parents as well as the com¬munity of the intent to use aversive or restrictive interventions. Further, they emphasize the importance of provid¬ing staff training in how to apply non-restrictive interventions, as in teaching appropriate communication and other social skills, the need for supervision by qualified colleagues as in peer-review, the need to take objective data to evalu¬ate the positive and negative effects of aversive interventions. This includes long-term follow-ups to assess whether the treatment did benefit the clients’ social development rather than being restricted to short-term suppression which may invite repeated application of aversive or restrictive procedures and the likelihood of adaptation to pain or discomfort. |
|
The Efficacy of Self-Management Strategies in School Settings for Children with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANTHONY JENKINS (California State University, Los Angeles) |
|
Abstract: Many children with autism engage in challenging behaviors including aggression, self-injury, and severe tantrums that interfere with educational and adaptive behavior instruction in educational settings. Although self-management strategies which include self-recording and self-reinforcement have been shown to reduce target behaviors in clinical settings, more research is needed to demonstrate the effects of this approach in educational settings. A functional behavioral assessment was conducted to determine the function of disruptive behaviors, as well as identify functionally alternative behaviors, for each participant. Next, a self-management program was designed to teach the alternative behaviors to meet the student’s needs. This study utilized a non-concurrent multiple-baseline across subjects design, to examine the effects of self-management strategies to reduce the occurrence of disruptive target behaviors (e.g., aggression, non-compliance) of three students with autism. Following an interval with the absence of the target behavior (DRO), the student received a token (e.g., sticker) that was exchanged for access to desired items. Self management techniques were implemented in classroom and school settings. Results demonstrate that following the self-management intervention, participant students decreased intervals of disruptive behavior and increased desired replacement behaviors in classroom and school settings. |
|
Evaluation of a Treatment for Elopement in Three Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LESLIE V. SINCLAIR (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Amy M. Bossick (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Travis Haycook (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Francine Dimitriou (Cleveland Clinic School for Autism) |
|
Abstract: This study examined the treatment of elopement in three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Elopement presents life threatening risk of injury or possibly death. This study included 3 students aged 5 years, 10 years and 12 years old respectively. The study was conducted in a center based ABA school program. The procedure consisted of functional behavioral assessment and development of a treatment design. Data will be presented demonstrating outcomes over three month duration of implementation.
The presentation will consist of data review of pre-post treatment with documentation of temporal conditions. Full intervention procedures will be explained through data presentation with in-depth explanation of generalization techniques applied within the community. |
|
|
|
|
|
Issues in School-Based Functional Assessment |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Soeda (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of functional assessment prior to treatment selection is considered best practice in a range of settings, including schools. However, promoting quality school-based functional assessments is often a challenging endeavor. This symposium will explore some of the issues surrounding functional assessments in schools, including the relative value of function-based interventions for typically developing children, challenges to the quality of school-based functional assessments, and models for improving functional assessment practices within school districts. |
|
An Analysis of the Importance of Function in Treatment Selection for Children with Minor Behavior Problems. |
JENNIFER SOEDA (California State University, Fresno), Jennifer L. Austin (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: One of the challenges facing researchers and practitioners alike has been determining the most practical, yet effective assessment methods for producing desired treatment outcomes. Although functional assessment and analysis procedures have shown considerable value within the field of applied behavior analysis, concerns regarding time and efficacy have hindered their consistent use within school settings. This study assessed the comparative treatment utility of function-based interventions with non-function-based interventions for high incidence, low severity behavior problems in four typically developing children. Results via an ABAC research design indicated that interventions based upon a functional behavior assessment were more effective and efficient at reducing off-task behaviors than an intervention which attempted to create a new function for appropriate behavior across all four participants. Social validity measures also indicated the functional intervention to be more effective, efficient, and easier to implement. |
|
Training School Personnel to Conduct Functional Behavior Assessments: Are We Part of the Solution or Part of the Problem? |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (California State University, Fresno), Jennifer Soeda (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Conclusions regarding the adequacy with which school personnel conduct functional behavior assessments and analyses appear to be dependent upon the range of behaviors these personnel are expected to perform. With regard to relatively simple protocols, such as conducting standard functional analysis conditions, school personnel tend to do quite well. However, when asked to conduct, interpret, and plan interventions based on functional behavior assessments, results are less promising. One potential reason for these deficits regards the model of training employed within both school systems (e.g., workshops and other trainings conducted by behavior analysts) and non-behavioral degree programs (e.g., school psychology). Within both contexts, there exists the potential to misrepresent the complexity of functional behavior assessments. These misrepresentations might be caused by a variety of factors, including a general misunderstanding of the functional behavior assessment literature or the contingencies surrounding meeting FBA mandates required by law (i.e., IDEA 2004). This presentation will review the extant literature on functional assessments conducted by school personnel and will seek to provide a critical analysis of the effectiveness of current training models, including those considered to be behavior analytic in nature. Behavior analysts’ roles in providing an accurate account of the scope of functional behavior assessments (and the training necessary to conduct them) also will be examined. |
|
The Behavior Analyst in the Public School System: A Model for Enacting Best Practices in Functional Assessment and Intervention. |
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Reno) |
Abstract: School districts are a growing area of practice for behavior analysts. Functional assessment is one area that schools have a growing need for behavior analysts and this presentation will discuss the methods of doing FBAs and disseminating training for FBA’s in a school district. Although current BCBAs may know how to conduct FBAs, the specifics to working well in a public school system from a methodology and practice standpoint are important features that will be the focus of this talk. The ways to intervene and the considerations of working as a behavior analyst in a public school system will be a focus of relating our data and information to audience participants. FBA data from more than 40 assessments conducted in public schools will be presented to illustrate several points. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - OBM Success & Failure: Business and Project Case Studies |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Howard John Lees (None) |
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Three papers will describe results of OBM coaching and training experienced by staff improving business and Project performance in the UK over the last three years. Data will be available showing how differences in the design of the delivery strategy of an intervention impacts on its failure and success.
The main areas the papers will discuss are:-
OBM Coaching & training courses, precision teaching, use of RF wireless cards to gain live feedback, top down or organic growth of OBM knowledge, reading lists, training trainers, tie ups with Six Sigma methods, balanced scorecards & results.
There will be opportunity for discussion on the data used and findings of the papers. |
|
Combining Behaviour and Work Process Technology: Results. |
BRUCE FAULKNER (3 Simple Rules Ltd.) |
Abstract: United Utilities have been utilising OBM methods for 4 years now, some 500 staff have been trained in behaviour tools and large savings have been gained using behaivour analysis within project teams.
Over the last year this has been coupled with a work process course, the output of which is used to analyse large amounts of data, the combination of behaviour & work process methods has sped up the process of change, in some cases dramatically. |
|
OBM Roll Out in Brighton. |
COLIN MERRICK (United Utilities) |
Abstract: The strategy of successfully delivering a £650m construction programme based in Brighton, centred on rolling out OBM knowledge to project teams and staff within the Client organisation and the Supply Chain.
The first year of the programme was completed with all critical success factors being in place including the rolling out of the training.
In year two the organisation had to be robust enough to handle a three fold increase in spend and workforce.
This paper covers year one successes and problems encountered in year two. |
|
Changes to Teaching and Coaching Methods. |
HOWARD JOHN LEES (None) |
Abstract: A small cadre of OBM coaches and trainers have been operating in the UK for some 6 years now under the name of the BMT federation. This paper will describe the changes made to the training materials & methods from the vast number of lessons learned & data which has been collected.
This paper will discuss the use of RF wireless cards for carrying out live surveys of students over the 4 month training period & will show changes in opinion over time.
The courses utilise a web based extanet for course feedback, case study homework and book reviews, details of this and the savings log tool will be shown at this paper. |
|
|
|
|
Parameters of Staff Training and Performance-Based Evaluations in Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs for Children with Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Len Levin (Coyne & Associates, Inc.) |
Discussant: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
CE Instructor: Len Levin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: ABA-based treatment and education programs for children with autism frequently require staff to conduct highly structured, 1:1 intervention sessions. The staff that fill these positions are typically psychology undergraduates or B.A. level graduates, and many have not had formal training or coursework in behavior analysis or behavioral intervention techniques. Consequently, most ABA-based service providers develop and implement their own training protocols and performance-based evaluations to facilitate the acquisition of intervention skills in these entry-level, front-line staff. This symposium will discuss this critical issue of staff training and performance in ABA-based programs in home, school, and center-based settings. The presenters will emphasize performance-based criteria to assess skills in the areas of discrete-trial teaching; incidental teaching; mand training; teaching in dyads; fluency; and problem-solving via functional analyses. Training procedures will be described in detail, data on staff performance will be presented, and the implications of staff training and performance on the efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention will be discussed. |
|
Training and Evaluating the Critical Treatment Skills of Interventionists in Home-Based, Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs for Young Children with Autism. |
LEN LEVIN (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Tiffany Bauer (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Jessica Ann Korneder (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Paul Coyne Coyne (Coyne & Associates Inc.), M. Alice Coyne (Coyne & Associates Inc.) |
Abstract: In many areas of the country, public policy has created resources for young children with autism to receive intensive, home-based, early intervention treatment and education services that are based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. This has created a new demand for “front line” interventionists to implement highly prescribed, behavioral techniques. Assuming that the intervention is overseen by a qualified behavior analyst, the efficacy of the intervention is still dependent on the home interventionist’s skills with respect to the execution of these techniques in the absence of continuous, on-site supervision. This presentation will review an intensive training protocol to facilitate the acquisition of these intervention skills, specifically the implementation of three different types of discrete-trial drills, and the implementation of incidental teaching-type strategies to promote spontaneous language. Performance-based data will be presented to assess the efficacy of the training protocol in facilitating the acquisition of these intervention skills. |
|
Staff Training in a Center-Based Program: Ensuring Competency in Core Instructional Areas and Dyad Instruction. |
MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers University), Dania L. Matthews (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Ensuring staff competency is a widespread concern for trainers and supervisors in ABA programs designed for children with autism. Ineffective instruction is a primary reason for the failure of students to progress. Staff members require specific performance-based criteria and feedback to effectively master instructional skills. As the teaching procedures within ABA multiply and become increasingly complex, the need for treatment integrity is even more critical. Core areas of instruction for students with autism requiring precision in implementation include discrete trial instruction, incidental teaching and other naturalistic teaching strategies, mand training, rate-building, classroom management, and dyad instruction. Dyad instruction is especially important in classrooms and in settings in which 1:1 instruction is not available or in which functioning with less staff support has been identified as a goal. In this presentation, treatment integrity targets for rate-building and dyad instruction will be discussed. Assessments for each of these areas will be shared, as well as data on their use. |
|
Shaping Staff Repertoires Critical to Fully Competent Service Delivery. |
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Regardless of the instructional arrangement selected, direct care staff members who implement behavior analytic services require at least three critical repertoires: verbal behavior about the service they deliver (talking about what they are doing), contingency-shaped behavior related to delivering the service (implementing prescribed procedures), and verbally mediated behavior related to decision making (using learner/client data to change procedures). This presentation will discuss the importance that shaping and maintaining these repertoires plays in the delivery of a range of behavior analytic teaching formats and will present example data and procedures for improving staff performance related to effective service delivery. |
|
|
|
|
Power and Privilege: Synthesizing Behavior Analytic and Feminist Perspectives |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Cunningham B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Christeine M. Terry (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Power and privilege often operate invisibly and have powerful impacts on opportunities for behavior as well as on actual behaviors of individuals. Feminist writers have examined the impact of power and privilege on individuals. However, from a behavior analytic perspective, feminist conceptualizations of power and privilege suffer from over-reliance on mentalistic causes for behavior, leading to pragmatic as well as theoretical difficulties in understanding behaviors such as resistance and oppression. Behavior analysts have also examined issues of power and privilege, but to a much lesser degree than feminist theorists. Though they do not suffer from the same pragmatic and theoretical difficulties as feminist conceptualizations of power and privilege, behavior analytic conceptualizations tend to ignore how the individual making the analysis impacts the very analysis they are creating. Additionally, behavior analysts have struggled to understand issues of power and privilege from a systemic/process approach. This symposium will examine power and privilege from each perspective, behavior analytic and feminist, more thoroughly discuss problems associated with each perspective’s conceptualizations of power and privilege, and finally, suggest an application of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) that synthesizes both perspectives. |
|
Power, Privilege, and Prejudice: Inconspicuous but Prevalent Sources of Behavioral Control. |
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College) |
Abstract: For behavior analysts to speak about power is to speak about sources of control. Those who hold social power have access to resources and can arrange consequences and set the stimulus conditions under which they operate to select behavior. The powerful are also in a position to determine what behaviors will be shaped/selected within a social group. In our culture, disproportionate levels of power to control contingencies of reinforcement have been managed by members of certain social groups historically designated on the basis of sex, race, ethnic background etc. Members of powerful groups, for example Caucasian males, have in turn been benefactors of disproportionate levels of resources thus maintaining systems of power and privilege. Well established systems of social power are not only self perpetuating, but they are often subtle and invisible even to those who administer them. A powerful example is the differential reinforcement of behavior emitted by male children (Sadker & Sadker, 1994) in American classrooms, particularly when contrasted with the reinforcement received by black females for equivalent academic behavior (Irvin, 1986). A related and consistent finding is that teachers are typically unaware that the child’s sex and race are exerting discriminative control over their classroom practices. We will discuss why this state of affairs regarding power, privilege and prejudice should be of concern to behavior analysts. |
|
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP): A Context to Analyze and Work with Issues of Power and Privilege. |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (Washington State University), Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Feminist writers argue that power and privilege are significant influences in generating and maintaining behaviors both on a societal level and within the therapeutic context. In the therapeutic context, blindness to power and privilege in the therapist’s life as well as in the client’s can lead to ineffective behavior change strategies. While feminists have discussed power and privilege at length, behavior analysts have only begun to explore these issues, primarily at the macro-level (e.g., Mattaini; Biglan) and behavior analytic conceptualizations of power and privilege tend to ignore how the individual making the analysis impacts the very analysis they are creating. One barrier to using a feminist perspective in a behavior analytic context is the reliance on mentalistic concepts. A non-mentalistic behavior analytic approach to phenomena of interest to feminists can help correct blind spots and contribute understanding to both traditions. With a new understanding of power and privilege, the question of how to apply this new understanding arises. This paper will first briefly review the fusion of behavior analytic and feminist perspectives in understanding power and privilege and then suggest an application of the combined approach in an adult outpatient behavior therapy, Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). |
|
|
|
|
Precision Teaching, Fluency & Mathematics Skills |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC |
Chair: John W. Eshleman (Applied Behavior Consultants) |
|
Rate of Reinforcement as a Contributor to Fluency Outcomes. |
Domain: Applied Research |
VENNESSA L. WALKER (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
|
Abstract: Building skills to high rates and accuracy has been purported to result in fluency, a set of behavioral outcomes identified as retention, endurance, stability, application, and adduction (RESAA). These outcomes require that the skills persist under changing environmental conditions, and thus they may be conceptualized as examples of resistance to change. As such, reinforcement rate should be a critical factor contributing to these outcomes. Subjects were trained on 5 algebra skills to specified rate and accuracy criteria. Feedback consisting of money earned and knowledge of results was delivered either every 1 or 30 minutes. Stability and adduction were assessed after each skill, and retention was assessed 2 weeks after completing all training. Considerations for broader educational implementations are discussed. |
|
Improving Mathematic Skills with Fourth Graders: A School-Based Group Tutoring Project. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARA J. PAHL (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Lisa Deer (Association for Precision Learning) |
|
Abstract: This data based paper will describe a school-based tutoring project designed to improve basic mathematic skills using multiple timed practice, daily improvement goals, self-correction, and self-monitoring procedures. This paper will demonstrate significant improvement in computation skills across fourth grade students in charter school using daily data collection on the Standard Celeration Chart, Curriculum Based Measurement, and pre and post tests. |
|
Recovering the Lost Charting Technology of Precision Teaching. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (Applied Behavior Consultants) |
|
Abstract: Dr. Ogden Lindsley and a team of associates developed the Standard Celeration Chart and Precision Teaching in the 1960's. Charting technology grew rapidly, culminating in the Handbook of the Standard Behavior Chart (Pennypacker, Koenig, & Lindsley, 1972). The technology included a set of tools, many of which have fallen into disuse, possibly as a consequence of the increasing focus of the field on fluency-building. This paper will reintroduce some of the lost charting technology, including variations of the chart, data recording forms, the Common Language for Analyzing Behavior, and the frequency finder. Implications about the use of this technology with respect to the range and scope of applications of Precision Teaching will be discussed, including, for example, conducting open-ended recordings of behavior using floating record floors. Data from several behavior management projects will illustrate how the revived technology works and how it can assist our analyses of behavior change over time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Strategies for the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysis can have a significant impact on solving world problems because its principles are empirically derived, its goals are objectively stated, its methods are rigorous, and its technologies are effective. However, those in power do not adopt technologies because of their effectiveness; they adopt technologies based upon how loudly its adherents advocate those technologies. Therefore, if behavior analysis is going to contribute to the solution of significant world problems, its supporters must do a better job at dissemination. Most of literature on dissemination of behavior analysis has focused on correcting people’s misunderstandings of the science of behavior. By contrast, in this paper we describe strategies for the dissemination of behavior analysis to groups with little or no historical contact with behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preventing Serious Problems Associated with Autism: Some Validated and Promising Strategies |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Glen Dunlap, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
GLEN DUNLAP (University of South Florida) |
Dr. Glen Dunlap is a professor at the University of South Florida in Tampa. He is one of the pioneers in the Positive Behavior Support movement and serves as one of the founding editors of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. Glen has directed a large number of federal and state projects typically focused on identifying the factors that foster the development of challenging behavior and then assisting families and professionals, working in partnership, to prevent the development of these challenges. Dr Dunlap is the author of a long list of books, books chapters, and research articles on intervention and disability. His research interests include the role of choice in intervention, early and family focused intervention and the creation of sustainable and community-based interventions for persons with severe disabilities. |
Abstract: Autism is a complex and heterogeneous disability that is associated with a myriad of serious problems that affect the lives of the diagnosed child as well as family members and others who are close to the child. Such problems include challenging behaviors, family disintegration, isolation, and highly restricted learning opportunities. A number of interventions have been implemented in efforts to prevent or remediate these problems. This presentation will describe several of the most conspicuous problems associated with autism, along with selected prevention strategies that have been validated with experimental data or that seem particularly promising as a result of quasi-experimental findings and clinical experience. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Implementing Evidence-Based Education |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Presenting Authors: : DEAN L. FIXSEN (Florida Mental Health Institute) |
Abstract: There is a wide gulf between the practices that have received extensive research support and the practices that are carried out in education and human services. Even when legislation and policy exhorts and mandates educators to implement evidence-based practices, the reality on the ground is far from high quality implementation of practices that have research support. Three levels of problems can be identified: (1) What is known is not what is adopted, (2) what is adopted is not used with fidelity, and (3) what is implemented disappears with time and turnover. In order to improve outcomes, we need both (1) effective practices and (2) effective implementation. Implementation is not an event, but a mission-oriented process involving multiple decisions, actions, and corrections. Effective implementation requires an active purveyor that can change the behavior of adult human service professions. This requires simultaneous, multi-level interventions in systems that are constantly in processes of change. These interventions must (1) help faculty/staff acquire the knowledge, skills, and ability to effectively provide the innovations to students, (2) help schools and districts change to more effectively support the work of faculty/staff, and (3) transform education systems to effectively facilitate and sustain the use of innovations statewide. |
|
DEAN L. FIXSEN (Florida Mental Health Institute) |
Dr. Dean L. Fixsen received his doctorate in Experimental Psychology from the University of Kansas in 1970. In 1969 he began a long-term collaboration with Elery ("Lonnie") Phillips, Elaine Phillips-Stork, and Montrose Wolf in the development of the internationally acclaimed Teaching-Family Model. He served as Co-Director of the Achievement Place Research Project during the years of intense research on the treatment components of the Model. In 1975 Dean was one of five Teaching-Family researchers who moved to Father Flanagan's Boys' Home to transition that large organization from institutional care to family-based care for boys and girls. This was the first replication of a Teaching-Family site and provided many opportunities to learn about organizational change, organizational development, practical program evaluation, program administration, and systems development. It also provided the opportunity to develop a dissemination system to replicate and implement the Teaching-Family Site concept nationally. He has co-authored nearly 100 publications, served on numerous editorial boards, and advised state and federal governments. Dr. Fixsen is currently a Research Professor at the Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health Institute where he and Karen Blase are involved in establishing a national center for research on program dissemination and implementation, the National Implementation Research Network. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis vs. the Biomedical Model of Mental Disorders |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Stephen E. Wong (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Stephen E. Wong, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will critically examine the biomedical model of mental disorders and its underlying assumptions, diagnostic system, empirical evidence, clinical outcomes, professional and corporate sponsors, and wide spread promotion through educational and media campaigns. Ways in which the biomedical approach suppresses research and practice of behavior analysis with persons with mental disorders will also be discussed. |
|
Psychiatry’s Flight from Science: A 2007 Update. |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: This presentation updates last year’s presentation which described the guild interests of psychiatry and the financial interests of the pharmaceutical industry and how the two have dovetailed to push acceptance of the biological causation model of behavioral/psychological disorders. The claims of biological causation have gone well beyond the data. Following a brief review of the topic, highlights of the past year will be presented including issues such as new research on the placebo effect; lobbying efforts by the pharmaceutical and psychiatry industries; advertising of drugs; and others. |
|
A Behavioral Analytic Look at Mental Disorders, the DSM-IV, and Functional Effects of Psychotropic Medications. |
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
Abstract: This presentation critiques diagnostic criteria for mental disorders listed in the DSM-IV, as well as examines functional effects of medications (in terms of behavior) as opposed to their supposed neurochemical effects. The presentation provides behavior analysts with a framework that they may use to better understand mental disorders and how treatment goals may be formulated. Participants will also be more prepared to “get to the heart of the matter” regarding the problems that give rise to a particular diagnosis. Individuals will also be better equipped to help evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of various medications as they pertain to target behaviors. |
|
Behavior Analysis vs. Biomedical/Pharmacological Treatment of Psychosis. |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
Abstract: This presentation will review behavior analyses of psychotic disorders comparing them to biomedical treatments, the latter almost entirely reliant on “antipsychotic” drugs. The biomedical model of psychotic disorders and anti-psychotic drugs will be critiqued, revealing their weak scientific foundation, therapeutic shortcomings, and harmful effects. Ideological, political, and economic factors maintaining the biomedical model’s preeminence over behavior analysis will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of the Relation between Descriptive Analyses and Functional Analyses |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although descriptive analyses only provide correlational information about antecedent and consequent events associated with problem behavior, they may be useful in some situations. The four papers included in this symposium discuss various extensions of descriptive assessment methodology. In the first paper, Sacha Pence will discuss results from a study comparing outcomes from two commonly used descriptive assessment methods to outcomes obtained from a functional analysis. In the second paper, Jessa Love will review descriptive analysis and functional analysis data from 30 children diagnosed with autism, noting the relation between behavioral function and a number of other dependent variables, including referral source, diagnosis, response topography, descriptive assessment type, and functional analysis characteristics. In the third paper, Curtis Harris will discuss a study evaluating the utility of conducting a structured descriptive assessment method when a functional analysis resulted in unclear outcomes. In the final paper, Erin Camp will describe a study evaluating the utility of an antecedent descriptive analysis by comparing probabilities of both antecedents and consequences of problem behavior to results obtained during a functional analysis. |
|
Evaluation of the Relative Validity of Two Descriptive Analysis Methods. |
SACHA T. PENCE (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Mary Chiang (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Although research has compared outcomes from descriptive assessments to those obtained from functional analysis, no study to date has compared the relative validity of different descriptive assessment methods. Because different descriptive assessment methods vary greatly with respect to their time and resource requirements, it may be helpful to determine whether methods that vary on these dimensions also differ in how they correspond with outcomes obtained from a functional analysis. This study compared the outcomes of two descriptive analysis methods, the ABC method and the interval-based method, to the results obtained from functional analyses. Six individuals diagnosed with autism, who exhibited problem behavior, participated. Functional analyses indicated that participants’ problem behavior was maintained by social-positive reinforcement (n = 2), social-negative reinforcement (n = 2), or automatic reinforcement (n = 2). Results showed that both descriptive analyses were useful in differentiating between behavior maintained by social versus automatic reinforcement, but were not useful in differentiating between behavior maintained by social positive versus social negative reinforcement. |
|
Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Summary of 30 Outpatient Cases. |
JESSA R. LOVE (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control (2006) recently reported that the prevalence of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) among children aged 4 to 17 years has increased to approximately 5.6 out of 1000 children. Problem behavior constitutes a diagnostic criterion class (e.g., stereotypy) and common clinical concern (e.g., self-injury, aggression) for this population. Recently, a number of researchers have published experimental-epidemiological analyses of the topographic and functional characteristics of problem behavior of individuals with developmental disabilities. One of the uses of such reports is the ability to predict the probability of behavioral functions under certain conditions (e.g., topography, diagnosis). However, no large-N summaries based on the objective observation of problem behavior of individuals with ASD have been published to date. The purpose of the present study is to summarize 30 cases from an outpatient problem behavior clinic serving children with ASD, including autism and Asperger’s disorder. The relation between behavioral function, as determined via experimental and descriptive analysis, and the following variables will be reported: referral source, diagnosis, response topography, descriptive assessment type, and functional analysis characteristics. |
|
Clarifying Variables Associated with Problem Behaviors Using a Structured Descriptive Assessment. |
CURTIS J. HARRIS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas), Heather A. Moore (University of North Texas), Roxanne L. Wolf (University of North Texas), Donnie M. Staff (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the utility of a structured descriptive assessment (SDA) as an alternative method of functional assessment. Initially, an analogue functional analysis, conducted to assess the problem behavior of one adult with developmental disabilities, produced inconclusive results. Subsequently, an SDA was conducted in the individual’s natural environment with the direct-contact caregivers acting as therapists. The results from the SDA showed that problem behavior occurred during the demand condition but was maintained by attention. A treatment based on the results of the SDA was implemented in a reversal design and resulted in a notable reduction in the occurrences of problem behavior. This outcome suggests that SDA procedures may be useful when results from analogue functional analyses are inconclusive. |
|
Antecedent versus Consequent Events as Predictors of Problem Behavior. |
ERIN CAMP (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Although descriptive analyses are limited to the identification of correlational relations, they have been used occasionally in an attempt to identify the functional characteristics of problem behavior. Results of previous research have shown that attention is observed frequently as a consequence for problem behavior, even in cases when a functional analysis has shown that attention is not a functional reinforcer. Because the correlation between problem behavior and attention may arise simply because attention is “prescribed” as a means of terminating serious problem behavior, it is possible that antecedent events (establishing operations) might be better predictors of problem behavior than consequences. This study compares the probabilities of both antecedents and consequences of problem behavior during descriptive analysis to the results of a traditional functional analysis to assess the utility of an antecedent descriptive analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Further Developments in the Assessment and Treatment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Jorge Rafael Reyes, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium will include three papers on the assessment and treatment of sex offenders with developmental disabilities. In the first presentation, Jorge R. Reyes will show data from an investigation on the manipulation of pre-session factors on responding during an arousal assessment. In the second presentation, Astrid Hall will discuss the development of the portable plethysmograph and show data related to the assessment of arousal in community settings.. In the third presentation, Timothy R. Vollmer will provide an overview of the general model of assessment that we have developed for working with this population as well as some implications of this model. The discussant is Carrie S. W. Borrero who has published extensively in the areas of behavioral assessment and developmental disabilities. |
|
The Influence of Pre-Session Factors in the Assessment of Deviant Arousal. |
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Astrid Hall (Seguin Unit) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that arousal assessments utilizing the penile plethysmograph can identify differential patterns of arousal for sex offenders with developmental disabilities (e.g., Reyes et al., 2006). In this study, we used arousal assessments to evaluate the influence of pre-session factors. The pre-session factors included masturbation and suppression instructions. Masturbation and instructions were selected because clinicians have suggested that they may influence assessment outcomes. To date, there is no empirical evidence for this assertion. Four male sex offenders with developmental disabilities volunteered to participate as part of their ongoing clinical assessment and treatment. Conditions were conducted in which the pre-session factor was either in effect or not in effect. Results showed that both masturbation and suppression instructions reduced arousal levels during assessments. |
|
Evaluation of a Portable Plethysmograph Device in the Assessment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities. |
ASTRID HALL (Seguin Unit), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Plethysmograph assessment of sexual arousal for sex offenders with developmental disabilities have questionable external validity because it is not known whether the arousal obtained in clinic assessments is representative of arousal obtained outside of the clinic setting. Therefore, the purpose of the current clinical evaluation was to evaluate the use of a portable plethysmograph. This device consists of a penile strain gauge connected to a portable computer which is unobtrusive and capable of being discretely worn in the community. Two male sex offenders with developmental disabilities participated as part of their ongoing clinical assessment and treatment. First, clinic-based plethysmograph assessments were conducted. Second, the portable plethysmograph was tested in the clinic. Results showed similar patterns of arousal using both the non-portable and the portable plethysmograph. Third, the portable plethysmograph was tested away from the clinic using target videos and photos. Fourth, the portable plethysmograph was tested in the community during normally occurring community activities. Results showed that the device was capable of capturing periods of arousal and non-arousal for both participants. Potential treatment implications for the use of the portable plethysmograph will be discussed. |
|
A Behavioral Model for the Assessment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities. |
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (University of Florida), Astrid Hall (Seguin Unit) |
Abstract: The assessment of sex offenders has been a widely investigated area. Numerous assessment methods have been utilized in attempting to gauge an individual's sexual preferences and their risk for re-offense. The purpose of the presentation will be to describe the assessment components for a behavioral model. The model is intended to assess components of sexual offending that may be both respondent and operant in nature. For example, assessing an individual's arousal to appropriate and inappropriate stimuli, as well as the conditions under which an offense may be committed. The various components of the model include reviewing any information related to the offense (i.e., police records), arousal assessments involving the penile plethysmograph, preference assessments for victim characteristics, and covert observations in high-risk situations (i.g., children present) and in the presence of high-risk materials (e.g., magazines with pictures of children). All of this information would be combined to produce a profile of an individual to potentially provide information and as a means of goal setting and establishing individualized interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Manipulations of Social Reinforcers in the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Problem behaviors such as self-injury, destruction, and stereotypy that occur in the absence of social contingencies and fit the pattern for automatic reinforcement may be responsive to manipulations of social stimuli as either antecedent or consequent events. Three studies will be presented in which social stimuli (i.e, attention, escape, and access to preferred tangibles) were incorporated into treatments to reduce the occurrence of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. In the first study, social reinforcers were used to consequate an alternative adaptive response, and problem behavior resulted in response interruption and redirection to the alternative response. In the second study, the delivery of attention and preferred tangibles contingent on the occurrence of an adaptive response and the absence of self-injury resulted in reductions in self-injurious behavior for two participants. In the final study, a series of functional analyses showed self-injury was maintained, in part, by automatic reinforcement and that an additional social function also influenced the occurrence of self-injury. A treatment evaluation was conducted that targeted both automatic and social functions that maintained self-injury for two participants. The results of these studies suggest that social reinforcers may be effective tools in the treatment of behaviors that fit the assessment patterns associated with automatic reinforcement. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypy: Interrupting and Redirecting. |
KATHLEEN M. CLARK (New England Center for Children), Jessica Masalsky (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Stereotypy, typically defined as repetitive behavior that presumably occurs independently of social reinforcers, is not uncommon in the typical population and is one of the defining features of autism. It is problematic because it interferes with skill acquisition and is socially stigmatizing. Additionally, stereotypy can be difficult to treat because the maintaining variables may be hard to identify and we are often limited when attempting to provide alternating sources of reinforcement. This presentation will describe the procedures we have been using to assess and treat both motor and vocal stereotypy. For these participants, functional analyses suggested that their stereotypy did not appear to be sensitive to social consequences. A response interruption and redirection procedure was used to interrupt the target behavior and redirect the individual to engage in a more appropriate response that was reinforced. We will review redirection to various appropriate vocal and motor responses. |
|
Attention as an Arbitrary Stimulus for Attenuating Behaviors Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
JASON M. STRICKER (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Noncontingent delivery of stimuli that show no functional relationship to problem behavior have been used effectively to decrease problem behaviors maintained by social and non-social variables (Fischer et al., 1997; Vollmer et al., 1994) This study expands this notion to the contingent delivery of attention for toy play and the absence of problem behavior for 2 individuals diagnosed with autism who engaged in self-injurious face rubbing. Assessment results suggested that problem behaviors were not reduced by noncontingent attention and did not increase when attention was provided contingently. In addition, attention was never selected over being alone during a paired-choice assessment for one participant. However, during treatment, consisting of contingent attention for toy play (Cain) and for an appropriate response (Carla), both participants had reductions in problem behavior and high levels of toy play compared to free play and ignore plus toy conditions. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 30% of sessions and averaged 96% for Cain and 93% for Carla for face rubbing and toy play. Results of this evaluation suggest that the contingent use of an arbitrary social stimulus can act as an abolishing operation for behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. |
|
Analysis of Social Variables when Initial Functional Analyses Indicate Automatic Reinforcement as the Maintaining Variable for Self-Injurious Behavior. |
STEPHANIE A. CONTRUCCI KUHN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Rusak (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis is a useful tool for identifying variables maintaining self-injury. However, several challenges are presented when problem behavior occurs at high rates across all conditions, including an alone condition. This pattern of responding can suggest either an automatic function or multiple functions including automatic. In most cases it would be difficult or impossible to withhold reinforcement for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement so that the influence of social variables could be further examined. In the current study, we conducted functional analyses for two individuals with self-injury. Results indicated that problem behavior was, at least in part maintained by sensory reinforcement. Further analyses utilizing protective equipment revealed an attention function for one participant’s self-injury and an escape function for the second individual’s self-injury. In both cases, these analyses confirmed that additional variables were influencing problem behavior. These variables were targeted during treatment evaluations along with interventions designed to target automatically maintained self-injury. |
|
|
|
|
Sources of Verbal Developmental Cusps: An Empirically Derived Skinnerian Account |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate ) |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present four papers on functional or correlations between instructional history interventions and the emergence verbal developmental cusps and capabilities. These include the relation between naming and other measures, the relation between the observational training and verbal social behavior and empathy, a comparison of single and multiple exemplar instruction on emergence of Naming, and the effect of MEI induced Naming on advanced listener comprehension. The acquisition of these higher order operants allow children to learn from instruction they could not previously learn from or accelerate learning in several realms. |
|
The Effects of Naming on Language Acquisition. |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Jeanne Marie Speckman (The Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: We analyzed the verbal capabilities of 50 students attending a preschool for children with special needs. All participants were between the ages of three and five years and had developmental delays. The Preschool Language Scale- (Fourth Edition) was administered to all students at the beginning of the school year along with The Preschool Inventory of Repertoires for Kindergarten. In addition, we tested for the prevalence of Naming in students' repertoires. Throughout the school year we re-tested for the prevalence of Naming and once it was acquired, the PLS-4 and PIRK were re-administered. Results show the rates of acquisition of "language skills" for students with and without Naming repertoires and rates before and after the emergence of naming. |
|
Induction of Naming: A Comparison of Multiple and Singular Exemplar Instruction. |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Lauren M. Stolfi (The Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: We compared the effects of singular exemplar instruction (SEI) and multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the emergence of untaught listener and speaker responses, or naming, for 2-dimensional stimuli by preschool children who were missing the naming capability. In combined experimental-control group and nested single case multiple probe designs, we taught training sets of pictures using multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) to one group of 4-participants using a multiple probe design and the same sets using single exemplar instruction (SEI) to another set of 4-participants. Naming emerged from MEI but not SEI. Subsequently, the SEI group received MEI and naming emerged for them also. |
|
The Effects of Observational Training on the Acquisition of Reinforcement for Listening. |
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: Experiment 1investigated the effects of a yoked contingency in a social listener reinforcement game on participants’ conversational units. Experiment 2 tested the effects of a multiple exemplar instruction on the development of empathy. In Experiment 1, data were collected on the number of sequelics, conversational units, “wh” questions, vocal approvals and vocal disapprovals during 5 minute probe sessions after meeting criterion on each objective of the listener reinforcement game. Data showed that the total number of verbal interactions in the play area increased significantly. In Experiment 2 multiple exemplar instruction was implemented to teach the participants empathy. The results showed an increase in correct responses to empathy questions. |
|
The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Naming in First Graders and Its Relation to Listener Comprehension. |
DENISE O'SULLIVAN (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: Typically developing first graders in a public elementary school were assessed for the presence of a Naming repertoire. Students without naming responses were matched and then randomly assigned to experimental and control groups, each also receiving multiple probe single case designs. Prior to treatment, a standardized assessment for listener comprehension was administered for all students. Multiple exemplar instruction was begun with the experimental group, with follow-up probes for naming for both groups after the experimental group met MEI criterion. Following treatment and the emergence of Naming, the listener comprehension assessment was re-administered across both groups, and treatment for the control group was subsequently begun. Results replicate the MEI effect and relations between naming and listener comprehension will be identified. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Contemporary Research in EAB I |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University) |
|
Effect of Extinction Across Multiple Contexts on Renewal of Responses within a Functional Response Class. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Resistance to extinction in applied settings is a common problem seen in clinical psychology across a myriad of behavioral disorders including anxiety disorders, drug addiction, obsessive-compulsive disorder, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, and anger and impulse management disorders. Perseveration of maladaptive behavior outside of treatment settings is one of the greatest challenges facing clinical psychologists today. Behavior reappearance—the untargeted return of a learned response following extinction—implicates the physical context in which learning occurs as having a critical influence on what is learned and how, when and where this learning will be expressed. Also relevant is the influence of responses classes; extinction of members of a functional response class within a context has been shown to increase responding in remaining response-members. However, preliminary data generated in applied settings with dogs suggests that serial extinction of members of a functional response class across contexts previously associated with reinforcement facilitates extinction of remaining responses within that class and attenuates renewal across contexts. The series of studies presented here evaluated the contribution of extinction of members of a response class across contexts on renewal. Results will be discussed in terms of relevance to applied settings and treatment design specifically aimed at attenuation of relapse. |
|
Variation and Self-Control. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Junnia Maria Moreira (Universidade de Brasilia) |
|
Abstract: When an organism faces a choice between immediate but small reinforcers and large but delayed reinforcers, choosing the first alternative is called impulsivity while choosing the second one is called self-control. The literature has shown that when a task is programmed during the large-reinforcer delay, an increase in self-control choices is observed. However, is not clear whether this effect is generated by the task requirement or by the degree of task difficulty. In this study, there was a similar task requirement (four-response sequences) during the delay, but task difficulty (presence versus absence of a variation criterion) differed across the VARY and the NO VARY conditions. During the VARY condition, extra reinforcers were contingent to the emission of response sequences that met a variation criterion (difficult task). During the NO VARY condition, response sequences produced extra reinforcers, but sequence variation was not required (easy task). Those conditions were preceded by a baseline condition in which there was no sequence requirement. It was observed an increase in self-control choices regardless of the contingency added during the delay. This result suggests that responding during the large reinforcer delay, by itself, may be a more critical variable to self-control preference than response difficulty. |
|
The Emergence of Novel Behavior through Non-Linear Responding along a Single Dimension. |
Domain: Basic Research |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Complex responding has been described in various forms including problem solving, creativity, contingency adduction, recombinative generalization and abstraction, etc. Although each of these forms can be distinguished from one another (some more easily than others), all share a commonality in that they're all concerned with the generation of novel responses. In this paper, we will attempt to draw similarities and
differences between the processes described above by examining the features that define them. The summarization and outlining of these processes will
lay the groundwork for the description of a study that used a form of non-linear complex responding to demonstrate the generation of novel behavior from previously-trained repertoires along a single dimension. In our study, we investigated the emergence of second order relations from previously trained first order relations. We used an AB methodology to demonstrate subjects' abstraction of second-order relations from 2 previously trained first-order relations when the latter relations were presented simultaneously. Preliminary data indicates the emergence of second order novel responding that share the same features as the previously trained first-order relations from which they are derived. Our findings will have implications for using lower order relations to investigate the emergence of novel responses. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Choice II |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Jade Hill (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Unsignalled Delays in Concurrent Schedules. |
Domain: Basic Research |
BRENT L. ALSOP (University of Otago, NZ) |
|
Abstract: Five pigeons were trained using concurrent VI VI schedules with and without unsignalled delays of reinforcement. Both procedures produced undermatching. Performance with the unsignalled delay procedure was more orderly if the response temporally close to the reinforcer was used to allocate the reinforcers across the alternatives. These data are discussed in relation to the Davison and Jenkins (1985) model of choice. |
|
Effects of Variable Ratio Schedules for Reinforcing Changing Over on Behavioral Sensitivity to Reinforcer Distribution. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University) |
|
Abstract: In concurrent choice procedures changeover delays (COD) may increase behavioral sensitivity to the distribution of reinforcers. Herrnstein (1961) suggested the COD, compared to no COD, produced response distributions close to perfect matching because the COD reduced the rate of switching alternatives. In order to begin to assess this idea, the rate of changing alternatives was varied by reinforcing switching on a variable ratio schedule (VR); A VR 8 would reinforce every 8 changes, on average, regardless of how much time passed since the last reinforcer. Four rats were exposed to a concurrent random interval (RI) 37.5 s RI 150 s schedule in which the schedules for staying at each alternative were constant across conditions as the VR schedules for reinforcing changing alternatives changed from VR 1 to VR 64. The RI schedules only arranged reinforcers for staying at an alternative, they never arranged reinforcer for changing alternatives, as in standard concurrent schedules. Each changeover response switched alternatives. We found the response sensitivity increased as the VR requirement for changing alternatives increased. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Social, Environmental and Forensic Challenges Confronting Behavior Analysis Today |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
|
Forty Years Later a Behaviorist Reflects of the Population Bomb. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
|
Abstract: Paul Ehrlich’s book was nothing short of a sensation when it was published in 1968 and helped launch the modern environmental movement of the 1970’s. The authors revisit the book’s central themes and the dire predictions of catastrophe made in the book. Through a behavior analytic lens the authors analyze the effects of rapid population growth on human behavior, culture and natural resources. The authors also address potential factors encouraging population growth and strategies for reducing population. |
|
Can Behavior Analysis Save the World? Changing Energy Use Behavior. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Deborah Roy (University of Ulster), Patricia Watson (University of Ulster) |
|
Abstract: There is a growing international consensus that urgent action is required to halt the process of climate change arising from carbon emissions into the atmosphere. The crucial need to change human energy-using behavior is equally widely agreed. We review the limited existing literature on the application of behavior analysis, and related strategies in this area, and suggest some alternative intervention techniques. This research area raises fundamental questions about the target of a behavioral program: arguably the target should be the final product of many behaviors (carbon emissions) rather than specific behaviour classes. However, it may be possible to treat carbon-producing behaviors as members of one functional class. We conclude that this is an area where behavior analysts could make a major contribution in the next few years. This would be facilitated by the rapid development of international networks of those working in this field. The Association for Behavior Analysis International may be able to help with this. |
|
Forensic Behavior Analysis: Is it Time? |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID L. HOLMES (Lifespan Services, LLC) |
|
Abstract: Over the past few years there has been a significant increase in awareness by the public of malpractice in the use of behavior modifying procedures. Restraint procedures have taken the greatest scrutiny as individuals with autism and other behavioral challenges have been killed or suffered serious injury when such procedures have been employed. Additionally, as ABA has been touted as the most effective treatment approach to teach adaptive behavior in schools and other treatment settings, the public has found that it can use these evidence based strategies against their practitioners if progress has not been demonstrated.
This session will address the important tools used in formulating either defense or plaintiff positions when legal action is taken. First hand examples of court cases will be described as they relate to: prosecuting wrongful death utilizing restraint; defending against Post Traumatic Stress Syndrome acusations following restraint implementation; supporting a position of 'lack of appropriate education services' utilizing Functional Behavior Assessment [FBA] techniques; and, legal techniques for securing ABA based residential services due to a history of ineffective treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Condom Use and Abstinence with a Course in Self-Management and Sexual Decision-Making |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Raymond O. Sacchi (Washington State University) |
|
Increasing Condom Use and Abstinence with a Course in Self-Management and Sexual Decision-Making |
Domain: Applied Research |
RAYMOND O. SACCHI (Washington State University), Holly Denice Shockley (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Benjamin L. Lawson (Washington State University), Ryan Sain (Washington State University), Samantha Swindell (Washington State University) |
|
Abstract: A peer-taught, HIV education class at Washington State University has been shown to be effective in increasing student knowledge and lowering high-risk sexual behaviors (Brigham, Donahoe, Gilbert, Thomas, Zemke, Koonce, et. al., 2003). The class focuses on integrating safer-sex information with self-management and sexual-decision making skills in small group settings. Previous research has shown significant decreases in the percentages of students engaging in high-risk sexual behavior (Brigham, et. al., 2003), but was of limited generalizability due to lack of a control group. A paired-sample control group was established using 57 students from introductory psychology courses. In weekly comparisons to control participants, experimental participants significantly reduced their number of total sex acts, significantly increased the percentage of condom use for intercourse, and significantly reduced their alcohol consumption. The experimental group significantly increased their condom use from the beginning to the end of the program, while the control group's condom use significantly decreased. The results of this study support previous findings of the effectiveness of the HIV education program, and suggest that the students in the program significantly changed their behaviors compared to their peers who did not receive the HIV education program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Review and Analysis of Psychological Intervention for Fibromylgia Pain |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Lindsay Beth Vick (Central Missouri State University) |
|
Review and Analysis of Psychological Intervention for Fibromylgia Pain |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY BETH VICK (Central Missouri State University), Angel Dunlap (Central Missouri State University), Duane A. Lundervold (Central Missouri State University) |
|
Abstract: Examination of empirical psychological research from 1997-2006 for managing fibromyalgia pain was conducted. Evaluative criteria included: (a) dependent measures, (b) independent variables; (b) reliability of measurement; (d) experimental design; (e) procedural components; (f) results; and, (g) maintenance of treatment gain. Cognitive behavioral (CB) treatment packages predominate, however; CB education rather than therapy is conducted. Results of CB packages are mixed. Few behavior analytic studies have been conducted, though results are uniformly positive. Results of relaxation training and biofeedback studies are limited with positive outcomes reported. Qi Gong and CB education interventions have consistently produced poor results. Methodological rigor of the research is poor to fair. Lack of consistent use of measures of pain, disability, health and quality of life hamper summative analysis of research. Positive results of behavior analytic research for fibromyalgia pain is encouraging. More rigorous research is needed, especially, component analysis and selection of appropriate populations for intensive intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Una Falacia en el Conductismo Radical |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Betsy A |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Una Falacia en el Conductismo Radical |
Domain: Theory |
JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Los conductistas radicales cometen la falacia conocida como “argumento desde la definición”, un argumento cuya conclusión depende de la definición de ciertos términos clave. Este tipo de argumento es falaz porque las definiciones son baratas, por retóricas. Ejemplos notables de esta falacia en el conductismo radical son los tratamientos de las teorías, la cognición y los eventos privados. Los conductistas radicales han argüido que el análisis conductual es teórico sobre la base de la re-definición skinneriana de “teoría” como “ley empírica formalizada”. También, han argüido que el conductismo radical no niega la cognición, sobre la base de una re-definición conductual de “cognición”. Igualmente, han argüido que el conductismo radical captura los eventos privados sobre la base de una re-definición de “evento privado” como “conducta”. Si tales re-definiciones no son retóricas, entonces representan aseveraciones esencialistas sin fundamento. Por supuesto, lo mismo se aplica a las definiciones que se encuentran en el cognitivismo. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Address: How Do We Get There? |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Douglas BC |
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University) |
|
Presidential Address: How Do We Get There? |
Abstract: It is the best of times; it is the worst of times. ABA has grown to a record of over 5,000 members, yet numerous other disciplines view behaviorism as a dying field. Behavioral treatments are sought after for persons with autism, yet many fear the hard science experimental core of our field is disappearing. University programs specializing in applied behavior analysis and the certification of behavior analysts are on the rise, yet concern remains about the limited role behavior analysis plays in society today. Behavioral engineering is evident in numerous social programs, yet as an organization we have not taken a role on the world stage. Given these opposing perspectives, what's a behavior analyst to do? Why even be a behavior analyst and not something else? Perhaps it is because of the elegance of our science, because of the knowledge it provides and the potential it has to change the world. Even our robust science requires nurturing and contingency analysis, at the level and type required to understand all complex phenomenon. What do we see as a better world for behavior analysis, and what are the discrepancies between where we are now and where we want to be? How do we get there from here? |
|
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout) |
|
Dr. Janet S. Twyman is the Vice-President of Instructional Development at Headsprout, where she is a major contributor to the development of Headsprout’s Generative Learning Technology and the effort to build that technology into highly effective educational programs. Dr. Twyman developed the research methods and systems that led to Headsprout’s ground breaking scientific formative evaluation model of program development, coordinating all elements of instructional design, scripting, graphic creation, animation, sound engineering, story development and writing, software engineering, and usability testing within the research model. She earned her Ph.D. from Columbia University Teachers College and holds certification as an elementary and special education teacher and as a principal/school administrator. Formerly the Executive Director of the Fred S. Keller School and an adjunct associate professor at Columbia University Teachers College, Dr. Twyman has been a long-time advocate and investigator of research-based instruction and systems design. While at the Keller School and Columbia University, she conducted research and taught courses focusing on effective instruction, technology and education, teacher development, and systems approaches to effective education. She has published and presented widely on verbal behavior, instructional design, systems approaches, and on topics of broader conceptual interest. She serves on the board of numerous organizations and has served ABA as a member, Chair of the Graduate Program Accreditation Processes, Applied Representative, and, most recently, as President. |
|
|
|
|
|
#445 Poster Session - AUT |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
1. Intellectual Functioning in Children with Autism: Circumventing Common Assessment Problems. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JASON C. VLADESCU (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The intelligence level of many children diagnosed with Autism may be underestimated because of assessment procedures that are ineffective considering the characteristics associated with this disorder. This poster presentation will describe a study designed to circumvent these assessment problems for 3-year-old children with Autism. The difficulties that can present when assessing these children will be described and procedures that can address these concerns will be discussed. The effectiveness of these procedures on results from two norm-referenced intelligence measures will be presented (data to be collected). The results will be compared with the current literature. The accuracy of the reported percentages of children with Autism functioning in the cognitively impaired range, and the severity of impairment for these children will be explored. Participants will learn of the effectiveness of using these strategies (e.g., pacing of item presentation, response momentum) for enhancing the accuracy of assessment results for young children with Autism. |
|
|
2. Interventions for Infants at Risk for Autistic Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MAURICE FELDMAN (Brock University), Kaleigh D. Regehr (Brock University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to identify evidence-based and non-supported services used by parents when symptoms of ASD are detected in their infants who have older siblings with ASD. The 23 infants ranged from 7-39 months old; male:female ratio was 19:4.The parents (who were participating in a prospective study of infants at biological risk for ASD and reported developmental and behavioral problems in their infants) were interviewed over the phone. They completed a service questionnaire that listed popular services and interventions for young children with ASD. Likert-type rating scales were used to measure parent involvement in service, perceived need, satisfaction, effectiveness, parental stress and self-efficacy. The Service Questionnaire was completed for the at-risk infant and the affected sibling. Results showed that the most common services for at-risk infants was Speech-Language Therapy, day care, vitamin therapy, sensory integration and prescription medication. Parents reported being generally involved and satisfied with the services they receive for their at-risk infant. They did not report significant reductions in stress or increases in self-efficacy related to the services. These results extend previous findings (e.g., Smith & Antolovich, 2000) concerning parents’ reported use of nonvalidated treatments for their children with ASD to infant siblings. |
|
|
3. Preliminary Outcome Data for a Verbal Behavior Group ABA Early Intensive Intervention Program. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUZANNE S. JACOBSEN (ABA Learning Centre), Richard A. Stock (ABA Learning Centre) |
Abstract: Across Canada, provinces provide varying levels of financial support for early intensive behavioral intervention programs for children diagnosed with autism. A common feature of these programs is that services are delivered in home-based settings. However, this model of service delivery is not feasible for many families (i.e. both parents work outside of the home) and currently there is little in the way of alternative service models. This poster will present preliminary outcome data from a group applied behavior analysis (GABA) early intervention program that provides 25 hours per week of intensive behavioral intervention in a classroom of 8 children. The GABA program employs one-on-one, two-on-one, and small group instruction in a preschool-type setting. Intervention is delivered by five early childhood educators who are taught to implement a wide range of interventions based on the principles of ABA and verbal behavior (VB). Clinical supervision is provided weekly by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Outcome instruments include measures of language comprehension and expression, cognitive abilities, and adaptive behavior, as well as parent satisfaction. The group ABA model has the potential to produce significant outcomes within a cost effective service model that also provides a choice to families seeking behavioral intervention for autism. |
|
|
4. Early Intervention and Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Evidence-Based Behavioral Practices Versus Actual Practices. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBYN CONLEY DOWNS (Central Washington University), Andrew M. Downs (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: To guide the development of an evidence-based early intervention autism spectrum disorder program in an underserved community in Washington State, the research literature regarding recommended practices was reviewed and synthesized. Additionally, surveys were sent to 27 publicly funded autism-specific programs in Oregon and Washington. The surveys were designed to obtain information related to practices and program development issues. Descriptive data are reported regarding eligibility, wait time, intensity of services, theoretical approaches, instructional methods, access to typically developing peers, positive behavioral support, personnel, family involvement, transition issues, outcome measurement, and funding. Results indicated a wide variation in practices and the existence of practices not recommended in the literature. The results provide an excellent picture of practices currently utilized by early intervention programs in the Northwest. For example, of the 18 programs surveyed, four reported using applied behavior analytic approaches exclusively, 13 reported using a blend of approaches that included applied behavior analysis, and one program reported not using applied behavior analytic techniques. Survey and literature review results are synthesized and discussed in the context of developing a comprehensive early intervention program for children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
5. A Comparison of IQ, Language, and Adaptive Functioning for Children Who Received Intensive Behavioral Treatment and Children Placed on a Waiting List Control Group, Results after Approximately 1 Year. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
Abstract: Twenty three children who were accepted in order of application, received intensive behavioral treatment. Another group of 12 children began treatment after implementation of a state imposed waiver and were placed on a waiting list for 8 to 14 months. The treatment group was tested just prior to treatment and one year after onset of treatment. The control group was tested when first screened, and again just prior to the start of treatment, approximately one year later. Measures for both groups included IQ, language and adaptive behavior. Results for the treatment group showed an increase in IQ of 26 points after 1 year. By contrast, the waiting list control group showed a loss of 5 IQ points over the year they awaited treatment. The loss in IQ points was double for children under 3 1/2 at screening. Results indicate that children with autism who do not receive treatment lose skills. We intend to follow-up with these children after they begin treatment to determine whether these early losses can be remediated. |
|
|
6. Follow-Up at Age Ten of Children with Autism Who Received EIBI from Age Three to Seven. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
Abstract: Thirty-five preschool age children with autism were randomly assigned to one of two treatment groups. One group received treatment and supervision as described by Lovaas. The other received one-fourth of the supervision and were allowed to select the number of weekly hours of treatment. Anual measures included IQ, language, and adaptive skills. Post-treatment only measures included the Personality Inventory for Children, the Teacher and Parent Child Behavior Checklist, the Teacher Vineland, and the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Achievement. Following four to five years of treatment, results showed no difference between the two treatment models. In both groups, about half of the children showed dramatic improvement (termed Rapid Learners), reaching average levels of IQ, language, social and academic skills. Residual symptoms in terms of some social difficulty remained for about 1/3 of the Rapid Learners.
The Rapid Learners have now been re-evaluated at age ten, three years after treatment stopped. Results show that IQ and language skills were maintained, but three children showed continued social difficulty and one of these was placed in a special education class. |
|
|
7. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Stereotypical Behavior for Two Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YI-CHIEH CHUNG (The Ohio State University), Wern-Ing Niew (National Kaohsiung Normal University) |
Abstract: In this investigation, researchers experimentally assessed functions of stereotypical behaviors and evaluated effects of function-based interventions to decrease problem behaviors for two children with autism (a 6-year-old boy and a 5-year-old girl). A functional analysis (phase 1) identified that stereotypical behavior was maintained by multiple reinforcement (attention and automatic reinforcement) for the boy and by automatic reinforcement for the girl. Stimulus preferences and reinforcers assessment were used to determine the reinforcers of each child in phase 2. In the treatment phase (phase 3), researchers combined functional communication training (FCT) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to intervene stereotypical behavior for two children with autism. Results of two participants showed that function-based interventions could be successfully taught to decrease two children’s stereotypical behaviors. |
|
|
8. Systematic and Long-Term Evaluation of Behavioral Intervention in Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JUN'ICHI YAMAMOTO (Keio University, Japan), Nozomi Naoi (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: We constructed a comprehensive intervention program in Japanese young children with autistic disorders for establishing functional verbal behavior, and evaluated the effect of the program using various kinds of measures. Thirteen children with autistic disorders and their parents participated in the present study. First, we evaluated severity of autistic disorders, developmental level, and adaptive level. The teaching intervention was conducted once a week at the university for each child for one-hour session. The parents looked at all of the teaching session through one-way-mirror, and the supervisor conducted behavioral consultation for the parents. The parents implemented home-based teaching and recorded the performance and related verbal behavior of the child. The following teaching curriculum was applied through discrete-trial teaching and incidental teaching; positive social interactions, functional and symbolic play skills, joint attention, motor imitation and vocal imitation, listener skills, speaker skills, literacy skills. Ten children acquired functional verbal behavior with two and more utterance, expanded naming-vocabulary, developed mand and tact. Since three children did not acquire clear spoken expression, we taught them visual communication. The results suggest that the teaching curriculum should be systematically constructed for fitting individual characteristics and environmental conditions of the children with autistic disorder. |
|
|
9. Is the Behavioral Progress Made at JRC Sustainable and Generalizeable? A Follow-Up Study of Former JRC Students. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROSEMARY SILVA (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Peter E. Jaberg (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Andre Vlok (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: This study examines the post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming. The students were evaluated after leaving JRC (ranging from 6 months up to a number of years since discharge), using both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating (obtained from guardians, former students, and JRC staff) and an objective count of certain Quality of Life Indicators. The group of students as a whole showed marked improvement over their status prior to enrolling in JRC on both of the measures employed. |
|
|
10. Intensive Supervision for Teachers Conducting Behavioral Treatment for Children with Autism in Indonesia. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KOJI TAKEUCHI (Japan Agency of Science and Technology), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan), Mizuho Hisatomi (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to clarify the type of intensive supervision needed by teachers who were applying behavioral treatment for children with autism in the absence of constant supervision. Five children (3-9 years) and their teachers living in Indonesia participated. The results of observation prior to the supervision indicated that although the teachers had learned basic behavioral techniques from manuals and textbooks, the children’s correct response rates were relatively low. During the supervising sessions, teachers received instruction and modeling on the following points: 1) selecting appropriate programs, 2) using strategies to minimize errors, and 3) presenting a variety of rewards. The results showed that after this supervision, the children’s correct response rates increased, and the teachers presented a greater variety of rewards. The results were discussed in terms of 1) teaching techniques that teachers could learn from manuals and textbooks, 2) necessary supervision, and 3) the general effects of intensive supervision for teachers conducting behavioral treatment in areas having few professionals. |
|
|
11. A Preliminary Outcome Analysis of Behavioral Intervention for Four Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SCOTT BRAUD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), J. Helen Yoo (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: The number of outcomes studies demonstrating the effectiveness of behavioral intervention for children with autism continues to grow (most recently Cohen, Amerine-Dickens, & Smith, 2006; Howard et al., 2005; and Sallows & Graupner, 2005). As more outcome data become available, it is necessary to develop ways of examining data to reflect progress and actual changes in child behavior. The current poster presents data for four children with autism following 1 year of behavioral intervention services. Two children (age 3) received 30-40 hours per week of behavioral intervention, while the remaining two (ages 3 and 6) received 10-20 hours per week. Data include cumulative skills mastered and scores from standardized measures, with additional data to be collected. Child outcomes and the relationship between the measure of mastered skills and standardized measures will be discussed. |
|
|
12. Teaching Adults with Autism: A Data-Based Literature Review of Various ABA Treatment Options. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA ALLEN (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of teaching techniques, based on the theories of applied behavior analysis, for individuals with autism has been well documented over the past several decades. Among others, some techniques that are frequently mentioned in the literature include video modeling, language scripts, social stories, discrete trial instruction, independent activity schedules and audio prompts. When reviewing the literature, over 160 peer reviewed articles specifically investigated the effectiveness of these teaching procedures with individuals with autism. Not surprisingly, the overwhelming majority of these studies focused on younger children with autism. Given the fact that the students who received intense ABA intervention in the early 1990’s are now reaching adulthood, the need to review research for adult populations is highly important. The current poster investigates the literature behind various ABA teaching strategies for adults with autism. Articles were collected through an extensive PsychInfo search and restricted to peer- reviewed journals. Data will be presented on effectiveness, best practice procedures, experimental design, target population and dependent variables. Discussion issues will be listed and future directions outlined. |
|
|
13. Outcomes of a Combined Provision of Centre-Based Behavioural Treatment and Placement in Mainstream School for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALISON SHARLAND (Highfield Centre), Sigmund Eldevik (Highfield Centre), J. Carl Hughes (University of Wales) |
Abstract: A new model of provision for autistic children is being tested. Children are integrated part time in mainstream pre-school or school (depending on their age) while receiving more systematic behavioural intervention in a centre based environment. The centre trains and certifies all staff that is involved in treatment. The children are typically followed a total of ca 40 hours a week and it is individually determined how much time that should be spent on working with targets in school, and how much time that should be spent working on targets at the centre each week. Outcome data after one year of treatment are presented. |
|
|
14. Project ASSESS: A Team-Based Model for Supporting Students with Asperger's Syndrome and High-Functioning Autism in School Settings. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Martha Coutinho (East Tennessee State University), Donald Oswald (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
Abstract: Children with AS/HFA are difficult to identify and teach effectively and often underachieve in core subject areas. Students with AS/HFA interact poorly with peers, have narrow interests, and maintain nonfunctional routines. Although generally average or above average in intelligence, they often have trouble learning abstract concepts, understanding and interpreting social information, and problem solving. Identification of AS/HFA is increasing dramatically, and AS/HFA would represent the 5th largest category of students under IDEA if a separate category.
The purpose of the Project ASSESS is to support a professional development for educators of students with AS/HFA. The intervention facilitates a process by which school-based teams, including parents, teachers, and other professionals, can effectively collaborate to support appropriate, individualized, high quality instruction, appropriate accommodations, and positive behavior support in the least restrictive environment.
The authors will present some initial data on the implementation of Project ASSESS in public school settings in Tennessee, Virginia and Illinois. The project will be described through a series of case studies and examples in a team-based collaboration and problem solving process. This process is designed to assist teams through a) identifying appropriate goals for intervention, b) gathering and analyzing relevant information, c) developing individualized intervention plans for the classroom, and d) evaluating the effectiveness of the plan. The initial data suggests that Project ASSESS is providing school-based teams with an effective and practical model for meeting the needs of this challenging group of students. |
|
|
15. Assessing the Efficacy of Transitioning a Student from a Most to Least Restrictive School Environment Regarding Appropriate Environment, Training, and the Analysis of Follow-Up Data Post Placement. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (The Marcus Institute), Garrett M. Purnell (The Marcus Institute), Catherine Trapani (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Transition planning from restrictive to community-based school placements is a critical issue for students with autism and moderate to severe levels of mental retardation. Instruments typically used to measure achievement and ability to move to a more advanced educational level may not be appropriate for individuals with severe disabilities. Other supplemental assessments such as curriculum assessments, interviews and environmental assessments have been used with special needs populations but may be subjective with more severe populations (Clark, G.M., 1998, p37). The current investigation demonstrates a method for assessing the efficacy of a transition from a most to a least restrictive school setting including the variables to be considered when selecting an appropriate environment, staff training, and analysis of follow-up data after placement. |
|
|
16. Asperger's Syndrome: Implementing Best Practices in Public School Settings and Pinpointing Barriers to Success. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COLLEEN ANN O'LEARY-ZONARICH (The May Institute), Sandra Pierce-Jordan (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This poster will review best practices, degree of implementation, and meaningful outcomes for elementary, middle, and high school students diagnosed with Asperger's Syndrome in public school settings in New England. Breakdown on which best practices appear more difficult to implement will be noted with hypotheses on reasons for poor implementation in critical best practice areas. Data will be presented suggesting degree of implementation of best practice recommendations and critical programming components yields significant improvements in meaningful, functional performance spanning across home and school environments as presented in an AB multiple-baseline design. Discussion points will include barriers to implementation and success at each grade level, staff and parent training options and opportunities, differences across grade levels, and the continued need for and impact of strong programming in public school systems. |
|
|
17. Reducing Self-Injury with Systematically Faded Differential Reinforcement. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON L. DOUGLAS (The May Institute), Shannon Kay (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A 10 year old girl with autism displayed unusual self-injurious behavior which involved putting saliva in her nose, then removing tissue from her tongue, upper lip or nostril. A 15 minute differential reinforcement of other behavior plan significantly reduced the behavior, but the behavior returned when the plan was removed. The plan was re-introduced with criteria for gradually fading the differential reinforcement. Additionally, rather than receiving immediate reinforcement, pieces of a picture representing the reinforcer were delivered to the child, and she received the reinforcer once the picture was complete. The behavior was significantly reduced and treatment gains were maintained. |
|
|
18. Comparing Data Taking Methods to Improve the Accuracy and Effectiveness of Tutors in Schools. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BECKY CUTLER (Child Life Education) |
Abstract: Recording data can be a challenge for tutors in a school and home based setting, specifically when the student exhibits maladaptive or complex behaviors. Tutors often do not see the long-term results or purpose of taking data and find it time consuming. The goal of this study was to identify the most effective, efficient and realistic recording method to be used in a school setting. Six tutors were selected to participate in this study. They were paired with students on the autism spectrum varying in ages from 8-12 years of age. Various recording methods were targeted including, paper and pencil, and technology devices (i.e.: palm pilot). An alternating treatment design was conducted in an effort to identify the most effective strategies to use when teaching staff to record data with children in a therapeutic intervention program. A tutor feedback form was used to record inter-observer reliability. |
|
|
19. Decreasing Problem Behaviors through the Use of PECS Training. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE NOSTIN (The Speech Therapy Group), Kristofer Van Herp (Greater Lawrence Educational Collaborative) |
Abstract: Children with autism exhibit decreased receptive and expressive linguistic skills, when compared to their typically developing peers. Decreased linguistic skills directly affect the ability to obtain reinforcement for functional communication, when a need is present. Problematic behaviors develop in order to communicate to the listener that a need is not being met. With communication training, the reinforcement contingency for problem behavior can be eliminated. Therefore, the maintaining reinforcer can be used to teach alternative responses (Kelley, Lerman & Van Camp, 2002). The purpose of this study was to define the affect an increase in functional communication would have on problem behaviors. It was hypothesized that an increase in functional communication, using Picture Exchange Communication (PECS), would decrease problem behaviors. Three adolescents, diagnosed on the autism spectrum, were selected and trained in the PECS program based upon functional assessment of their problem behaviors. Through the use of a multiple-baseline design, stages one and two of PECS were trained with each individual. Results of the study demonstrated a decrease in problem behaviors and an increase in independent instances of functional communication. These findings support the position that an increase in the use of functional communication using PECS can decrease problem behavior. |
|
|
20. Functional Communication Training and Aggression in Two Boys with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE I. CARLSON (The May Institute), Laura Butler (The May Institute), Nicholas J. Golden (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training was used to treat severe aggression motivated by escape from task demands in two boys with autism. Functional assessment data identified escape as the primary motivating variable for severe aggression (biting, head-butting, and scratching). Antecedents included task demands, multiple demands, and correction during instruction. A multiple-baseline design across subjects was used. A "break' response was established on a FR1 schedule which was then thinned to an FR3 schedule for both participants. Aggression, which was frequent and resulted in staff injury during baseline, was reduced to near zero rates during FCT training and maintained at a low rate during schedule thinning (IOA = 99% and 95% for each participant). |
|
|
21. Parent Training Program Using Internet for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAHIKO INOUE (Hyogo University of Teacher Education) |
Abstract: Twenty families and their children with autism participated in parent training program using internet.During Basic training course, parents were taught principles and techniques about behavior modification.And then they learned to design programs for their children in advanced training course.After training, their knowledge about ABA were increased and their stress decreased.Many effective programs were developed by parents and their children acquired many skills. |
|
|
22. A Comparison of Two Methods for Teaching Auditory-Visual Discriminations to Young Children with PDD. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIM KLEMEK (BEACON Services), Carol Depedro (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Auditory-visual matching to sample is a common approach for teaching stimulus relations between spoken words and pictures or symbols in special education settings (Dube & McIlvane, 1999). There are several procedures commonly used by educators to establish this repertoire. The present study compared the overall acquisition rates for three young boys with Pervasive Developmental Disorder when introducing three novel stimuli using two methods: a) training one stimulus until mastery, then successively training additional stimuli, and b) simultaneously training three stimuli. Receptive identification of letters and numbers was examined for two participants, while receptively identifying the objects based on function was examined for a third participant. Results indicated that for all participants, training three stimuli simultaneously was equally effective and more efficient than introducing one stimulus at a time when establishing auditory-visual discriminations. These findings may assist educators in more efficiently training a variety of pre-academic skills to young children with PDD and other disabilities. |
|
|
23. Decreasing Escape Maintained Behavior by Reinforcing Task Completion with Escape and Increasing Response Effort for Avoidant Behavior. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY F. FOSSA (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Many children with autism and limited expressive communication skills learn to use inappropriate behavior to avoid non- preferred tasks. Some of these inappropriate behaviors (e.g., throwing or destroying items) reliably result in either escape or avoidance of these non-preferred tasks. As a result interventions that focus on reinforcement alone may not be able to overcome the continued effects of engaging in problem behavior (direct reinforcement). This study presents the results of an intervention utilizing a combination of providing escape contingent upon task completion and increasing the required steps (greater response effort) of the task as a consequence to throwing work items. The participant in this study was a 2 year 9 month old child with a diagnosis of autism with a recent history of throwing work materials when prompted to begin tasks. A descriptive analysis of the data suggested that the behavior was maintained by escape from demands. The data demonstrate a rapid increase in task completion along with a decrease in targeted avoidant behavior. |
|
|
24. A Comparison of Different Reinforcement Contingencies on the Seatwork Completion of a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
COURTNEY MICHELLE MOODY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: One of the areas for intervention for children with autism is to improve their completion of seatwork assignments in subjects such as mathematics, reading comprehension and spelling. Reinforcement has been used to increase the amount of work completed, the accuracy of work completed and child on-task behavior while working. However, there have been no studies directly comparing the effect of different reinforcement contingencies on seatwork completion of children with autism. The purpose of this study was to compare four types of reinforcement contingencies (accuracy, speed of work completion, on-task behavior, work fluency) on the work performance of an eight year old boy with autism. A combined multiple baseline across types of work assignments and alternating treatment design was used to evaluated the effects of the reinforcement contingencies on the child’s work accuracy, amount of work completed and on-task behavior. As expected, each type of reinforcement contingency increased the corresponding behavior of the child (e.g., the accuracy contingency increased accuracy). However, only reinforcement of work fluency resulted in an increase in all measures of seatwork assignment completion. Implications of the results for task completion in different settings were discussed. |
|
|
25. The Assessment and Treatment of Straightening Behavior in an Adolescent Diagnosed with Multiple Disabilities. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN SNODGRASS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole M. Sweeney (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Powell Cucchiella (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Behaviors, such as excessive straightening and organizing are often characterized as compulsive and/or ritualistic, and are commonly observed among individuals diagnosed with autism. These behaviors may be less disruptive when limited to an individual’s personal belongings. However, when these behaviors are directed towards the belongings of others, this can pose significant problems, especially when attempts to prevent these behaviors increase the likelihood of problem behavior (Murphy, Macdonald, Hall, & Oliver, 2000). The present study was designed to assess and treat the overt and covert inappropriate straightening behavior of a 16-year old male diagnosed with autism and moderate mental retardation. Results of a functional analysis of his aggressive behavior indicated that he would engage in aggressive behavior to gain access to straightening. An intervention incorporating functional communication for straightening, stimulus control, and extinction for problem behavior was demonstrated to be effective for treating overt inappropriate straightening. A differential reinforcement of incompatible (DRI) behavior procedure was demonstrated to be effective in decreasing the covert inappropriate straightening behavior. Treatment effects were demonstrated using reversal designs, and reliability data were collected during 50% of all assessment and treatment sessions and averaged above 85%. |
|
|
26. Correlation of SIB and Changes in “Mood:" Development of an Affect Rating Scale. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH HOCH (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Potter (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Kristin Calman (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Anecdotal information suggested that the SIB of a youngster with autism was correlated with changes in affect and his general disposition. A subsequent psychiatric evaluation indicated that the youngster may have a secondary diagnosis of a mood disorder (e.g., bipolar disorder). An affect rating scale was developed to assess the presence of a correlation between “mood” and levels of SIB. Variables measured included facial expression, activity level, social initiations, and responsiveness to social initiations. The rating scale was used to measure the youngster’s “mood” across the day and over time. IOA data were also collected. Results of the mood ratings were compared to data on the frequency of SIB. The effects of psychotropic medications on the youngster’s mood and general disposition were also assessed. Results are discussed in terms of the use of affect rating scales to assess the effects of medication and identify a correlation between mood and problem behavior. |
|
|
27. Improving the “Quality” of Social Initiations of a Child with Autism: Comparing Textual versus Audio-Taped Prompts. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN E. SUTTER (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Potter (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often do not make social initiations or comments. In addition, children with autism often require additional prompting to use appropriate inflection or intonation when speaking. The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of different prompting procedures on the “quality” of the social initiations (e.g., accurate intonation and inflection). The participant was an eight year old girl with autism, who had a history poor intonation when initiating comments or social interaction (e.g., her intonation was typically flat). A multi-element design was used to compare the effects of two prompts (i.e., textual and audio-taped prompts) on the rate of acquisition of initiations and the vocal quality of the initiations. Pre-tests and post-tests were videotaped and independent raters judged the quality (e.g., appropriate intonation) of each social initiation. IOA were also collected. Results are discussed in terms of identifying effective teaching procedures for improving social initiations in learners with autism. |
|
|
28. A Novel Non-Intrusive Treatment for Rumination in a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DENISE M. RHINE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jennifer Purcell (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Rumination involves regurgitation into the mouth of previously ingested food, re-chewing the food, and re-swallowing it. Early research on the reduction of rumination in individuals with developmental disabilities often involved aversive procedures, such as contingent delivery of aversive tastes. Starch satiation, a procedure in which individuals are given unlimited access to starchy foods, has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment in several studies. In the current case study, a child with autism displayed chronic rumination, resulting in the decay and subsequent removal of several teeth. After several non-intrusive treatments failed, including liquid rescheduling and starch satiation, the participant was trained to chew gum and his rumination decreased significantly when gum was made available, suggesting that access to chewing gum may be an effective treatment for rumination in some individuals. |
|
|
29. Decreasing Aggression in a Girl with PDD: A Longitudinal Study. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA A. STUDER (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Researchers reviewed data over a six year period for a young woman who displayed severe aggression. Over this period, an extinction procedure was implemented in an attempt to decrease aggression. When this procedure was in place, the frequency of aggression remained high and variable. After conducting several descriptive analysis tools and a functional analysis, it was determined that the function of this girls’ aggression was to gain attention from staff, therefore, a non-exclusionary time out procedure was implemented. Upon implementation of this procedure, the frequency of aggressions decreased almost immediately and has remained at near zero rates for over two years. The data – displayed graphically – illustrates the significant decrease in the frequency of aggressive behavior over a six year period. |
|
|
30. A Model for Parent Training: Reaching Families at the Point of Diagnosis. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANGELA F. SMITH (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: With the rise in the incidence of autism, more and more families are faced with the challenge of accessing intervention programs for their toddlers with autism. Unfortunately, once a diagnosis is obtained, precious months are often wasted as families negotiate the maze of intervention alternatives. In addition, families are often confronted with bureaucratic stumbling blocks to obtain funding and qualified services providers. As soon as a diagnosis is made, families should be provided with accurate, up to date, science-based information about intervention options. In addition, parent training should be initiated at the point of diagnosis so that parents can begin the process of facilitating skills in their child with autism. This poster presents a parent training model designed to teach parents to use interventions based on applied behavior analysis so that they can increase skills in their youngster with autism. In addition, the program provides parents with skill training in making effective discriminations about appropriate interventions going forward. Case studies will be presented to illustrate the effects of the parent training program on child and parent behavior. |
|
|
31. Use of Signaled Reinforcer Availability to Increase Response Rates in Twins with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY MUEHLBERGER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Identification of reinforcers that will produce high rates of responding in children with autism is often a challenging task. One procedure that may increase reinforcer effectiveness that has been identified is the signaled availability of the reinforcer prior to the onset of instruction. This study compares the use of signaled availability of reinforcement with un-signaled reinforcer delivery and a control condition. The goal of the use of this motivating operation was to increase active responding in two year old twins with a history of variable to low rates of responding to teacher directed activities. Specifically, access to a 3-5 second clip of a preferred video was provided contingent on response to teacher cues. The results showed an increase in the rate of responding to instructions across both students with the use of signaled video as a reinforcer compared to response rates when reinforcement was not signaled prior to instructional sessions. |
|
|
32. Social Initiation and Choice Making Embedded within a Photographic Activity Schedule. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH KINGERY (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Photographic activity schedules have been an effective tool for teaching independent play, academics, and self-help skills. More recently, the use of photographic activity schedules in developing social skills with children with disabilities has been examined. The present study employed the use of photographic activity schedules to teach a 6 year-old boy with autism to initiate social interactions as well as to choose between activities and people with whom he could interact. Initially the student was taught to initiate social interactions with a specified activity and in turn a participant. Then the student was taught to choose both the activity to engage in and the person with whom to interact. Collateral effects in the student’s natural environment were assessed. The positive results suggest that photographic activity schedules can be an effective tool in establishing social initiations and choice making in children with autism. |
|
|
33. Evaluating the Effectiveness of the “No Distracter” Training Phase to Teach a Simple Discrimination for Young Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER O'BRIEN (Nova Southeastern University), Melissa N. Hale (Mailman Segal Institute, Nova Southeastern University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: We compared the differential effects of two commonly used teaching procedures for teaching a simple discrimination (e.g., identifying common pictures) to young children with autism using discrete trials. Procedure A involved teaching a discrimination initially without distracters (picture card without distracter) and then introducing distracters (picture card with distracter). Procedure B involved teaching a discrimination initially using distracters (picture card with distracter). In other words, procedure A involved the use of additional training phase. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the usefulness of the additional training phase to teach a simple discrimination between 2 items. We aimed to evaluate if conducting training with an additional training phase would result in faster acquisition or improved maintenance of discrimination skills using picture cards. |
|
|
34. Using Pictures to Compare Reinforcing Effects of Tangible and Social Stimuli with Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN ANGLIN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Harry A. Mackay (Northeastern University, Shriver Center) |
Abstract: This study demonstrates a method to manipulate reinforcing effects of social and tangible stimuli by increasing or decreasing the parameter of duration. Previously trained pictures were used to represent each stimulus. Initially, baseline was conducted to determine a rate of responding and latency of responding when there are no consequences for responding. Then, a control condition was conducted to determine a rate of responding and latency to first response for all pictures. All pictures representing tangible and social stimuli were then compared three times to determine which one from each category were the most reinforcing to the participants. In the final condition the parameter of duration was manipulated to change the rank for the two stimuli previously determine as being the most reinforcing from both categories. A reversal (ABACAD) design was implemented to compare the effects of reinforcement. |
|
|
35. The Effects of a Weighted Vest on Inappropriate Classroom Behavior. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEILA M. JODLOWSKI (Bronxville Schools), Ana C. Madeira (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline design was used to examine the effects of a weighted vest on the inappropriate behavior of two students, ages five and six years old. Dependent variables were running, jumping, hard, unwanted hugging, rocking in chair, and shaking head vigorously. The independent variable was a two-pound weighted vest. Dependent variables were measured using partial interval recording for five minute intervals across 30 minute sessions. Sessions alternated between a "vest on" condition and a "vest off" condition. Baseline showed dependent variables were exhibited by each student in 41.6% and 54% of sessions. During treatment, dependent variables decreased to 8.3% and 11% of sessions. Further analysis showed that behaviors occurred in the "vest off" condition 62% of the time in one student and 30% of the time in the other student. These results show that a weighted vest may contribute to a decrease in inappropriate classroom behaviors. |
|
|
36. An Effort Procedure to Reduce Problem Behaviors. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANNON KAY (The May Institute), Vanessa Ferraro (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A contingent effort procedure was used to reduce the number of times a three-year old child grabbed, dropped or swiped objects; subsequently, a similar procedure was used to reduce the number of times he removed his shoe or shoes. In the first intervention, he picked up the item(s) and 10 blocks, and in the second, he picked up his shoe 10 times. In the first intervention, simple restitution was not effective, initially; however, after the effort procedure reduced the behavior, the intervention was successfully faded to simple restitution. |
|
|
37. Effects of Teaching all Target Skills vs. Interspersing with Easy Tasks on Skill Acquisition and Escape Motivated Behaviors in Students with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Cynthia L. Swank (C.A.I.U./Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project) |
Abstract: For several years instructors have been using teaching procedures that result in increased response rate and reduce the value of escape as a reinforcer. This comparison study looks at the effects of interspersing easy tasks that are correlated with high density of reinforcement with difficult tasks VS presenting only target skills/hard tasks on the skill acquisition and responding behavior of students with autism. |
|
|
38. Identification of Autism Specific Impairments during Brief Parent-Child Interactions: Implications for Community-Based Screening Projects. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLETTE NEFDT (University of California/Autism Research $ Training Center), Robert L. Koegel (Koegel Autism Center, University of California), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Sharon Elmensdorp (Koegel Autism Center, University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to identify behavioral characteristics of young children at risk for autism to determine if these characteristics can be used by pediatricians to initiate a referral for further evaluation for autism. As early identification of children with autism is crucial for the provision of early intervention and thereby improved outcomes, this has important implications for community-based practice. The parent-child interactions of 65 participants were coded for specific child behaviors including: looking at face (eye contact), directed affect, and the initiation of joint attention. Results showed that the use of social behaviors, specifically directed affect and joint attention, were significantly lower in children at risk for autism spectrum disorder. Most importantly though is the finding that this decreased use was evident in all of the children with autism spectrum disorders during only ten minutes of parent-child interaction, suggesting that social abnormalities can be detected by providers in a short period of time so that children can be referred for further evaluation. |
|
|
39. Teaching a Child with Autism Generative Language in Order to Reduce the Occurrence of Scripted-Talk. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXIA STACK (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Krista Zambolin (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: The use of generative language is a useful skill to teach children with autism. It’s benefits include: socially appropriate use of language in order to tact, mand, and mediate conversations with other speakers. The standard celeration chart was used to track the student’s progress. Data-based decisions were made on an ongoing basis to teach the student with autism how to use generative language. Prior to intervention, the student’s data showed a high frequency of stereotypic talk and a lower frequency of generative language. A multi-component intervention was designed to increase the student’s use of generative language. Both the introduction of a home journal program, and a program designed to target the student’s vocal rituals led to an overall increase in the frequency of generative language, and a decrease in scripted language. |
|
|
40. Reducing Hands in Pants with Visual Prompt with Activity Time Out. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Sheryl Cotton (Independent Practicioner), Jennifer Savage (Independent Practitioner) |
Abstract: 15 yr old male with autism engaged in hands in pants self stimulatory behavior. Hands in pants occurred often while watching televsion but also occurred during instruction. A visual cue with a brief activity timeout procedure was implemented which resulted in a significant reduction of hands in pants. Additionally, stimulus control was demonstrated in other settings. |
|
|
41. Teaching Gestures across Multiple Learning Channels to a Student with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN WILKINSON SMITH (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin N. Schirmer (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Holly Almon (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: The responsiveness to gestures is an acknowledged area of difficultly for students with autism. Data presented on the Standard Celeration Chart will demonstrate how the use of multiple learning channels aided in the student’s acquisition of the skill, and will explain the instructional design used to teach various gestures to a young child with autism. |
|
|
|
|
#446 Poster Session - CBM |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
44. Social Acceptability and Clinical Effectiveness of Two Treatments to Decrease Severe Food Refusal. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN GRANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: An important variable when developing treatment packages for children with severe feeding disorders is determining parental acceptability of interventions. The acceptance or approval of treatments may impact whether or not caregivers will correctly and consistently implement the procedure outside the treatment setting. In this study, the effectiveness and social acceptability of a finger prompt procedure was compared with a jaw support procedure for three children with severe food refusal. Developed for children resistant to other behavior treatments (e.g., positive reinforcement, texture/bolus manipulations), the finger prompt (i.e., gently inserting a finger between the cheek and teeth of the child) has been used to increase food acceptance. This study will evaluate these techniques within a multielement design and assess their social acceptability by caregivers at various points throughout their child’s treatment. Preliminary data indicates that the use of the finger prompt significantly reduces latency to accept and meal duration, although it does not carry high social desirability for implementation in public by the caregiver. Additional data is currently being collected for the other participants. Interobserver agreement will be calculated for approximately one-third of all meal sessions. Implications of the impact of social acceptability on parent integrity will be discussed. |
|
|
45. The Effects of Different Rates of Bite Presentation on Mealtime Behaviors. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PING WANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Emesis (vomiting) is a common problem exhibited by children with severe feeding disorders. The current study examines the effects of different rates of bite presentation on the frequency and volume of emesis for two children suspected of having gastroesophageal reflux. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the impact of interesponse times (IRT’s) of 15 and 30 seconds on the grams/frequency of emesis. In both conditions, the same feeding intervention was used and the same number of bites was presented to the patients. Data was also collected on percent of acceptance, rate of refusal behaviors, gagging/coughing, and negative vocalizations. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least one-third of all meal sessions. Results for one participant demonstrated that longer IRT’s between bites may help decrease the frequency of emesis, but may be associated with an increase in other problematic behaviors. |
|
|
46. Mother-Child Interactional Patterns in Abuse and Control Groups: An Observational Study. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Olivia Palma (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The present study was designed with two purposes, first to describe the differential aspects in the behaviors of the abusive families versus nonabusive families, only taking into account an interactor and second to explore, from a micro-analytic point of view, the relative aspect of the interaction of the dyads mother-child and to consider the differences among the groups from this perspective.
The study was conducted with a group of 20 mother-child dyads with that presented episodes of physical abuse, and group control of 10 dyads that did not present child abuse. The dyads were observed at clinic by a group of trained observers using System of Capture of Observational Data SCOD-I (Vite, Garcia & Rosas, 2006).Three stepwise discriminant function analysis were carried out for the variables relative to maternal behavior, the child’s behavior and the measurement of the mother child sequence of interaction. The results indicate that aversive behaviors better classify the subjects into the groups to witch they belong, obtaining a better classification when the variables relative to interaction are used in the analysis. It can be concluded that is necessary to include in future analysis due do it it’s a great classificatory and predictive value. |
|
|
47. Preventive Behavioral Parent Training: Immediate Impact on Reported and Observed Rates of Child Problem Behavior. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDREW ARMSTRONG (Utah State University), Jaclyn King (Utah State University), Gretchen Scheidel (Utah State University), Michell Vlahos (Utah State University), Rachel Duchoslav (Utah State University), Jenna Rigby (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children exhibiting conduct problems (CP) comprise the largest source of referrals to children's mental health services in this country. The treatment for CP that possesses the greatest amount of empirical support is referred to as behavioral parent training (BPT). Data indicate that CP often represents well-rehearsed extensions of disruptive behaviors of early childhood. This study focuses on identifying young children at-risk for developing CP and the implementation of a brief version of BPT that could prevent development of CP.
Presented are data evaluating the effectiveness of preventive behavioral parent training (PBPT). This presentation utilizes single-case methodology in displaying pre/post data for four families (treatment and control) describing the effectiveness of PBPT in 1) immediately altering reported rates of misbehavior in the home, and in 2) altering observed rates of misbehavior within a lab setting. Unique to this study is 1) the application of a brief version of BPT as a primary prevention strategy and 2) the strategic targeting of young children who are at risk for developing CP. The value of PBPT as a strategy for effecting immediate behavioral change and its potential as an approach in the primary prevention of CP is discussed. |
|
|
48. The Impact of Parent-Child Interaction Ratios on the Misbehavior of Typically-Developing Children. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA SCHARTON (Utah State University), Andrew Armstrong (Utah State University), Jessica Malmberg (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Evidence has indicated that the ratio of positive to negative exchange within a relationship can impact relationship quality and associated behavior. Specifically, as positive interactions increase, relative to negative, dyadic relations tend to become increasingly stable and successful and disruptive behavior diminishes.
Data describing the impact of relative rates of positive and negative interaction hails from the marital interaction literature (e.g., Gottman 1994). This data suggests that interaction ratios that exceed a 5:1 positive to negative rate yield stable relationships where divorce is unlikely. In contrast, distressed couples average one positive for each negative interaction observed. Similar observations have been made of caregiver-child relations within the context of youth residential care (Friman et al., 1997; Field et al., 2004) and in educational settings.
This study extends the literature by examining the impact of interaction ratios on childhood misbehavior. Unique to this study is the application of ratio manipulations with mother-child dyads within the home environment. Specifically, parent-child interaction ratios were manipulated to determine if parental perception and observed rates of child misbehavior changed as a result. Results are reported for 4 parent-child dyads within a multiple-baseline experimental design. Potential implications for parents and the modification of childhood misbehavior are discussed. |
|
|
49. Effectiveness of a Time-Out from Reinforcement Package on Escape-Maintained Behaviors. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CLINT FIELD (Utah State University), Nancy L. Foster (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jody L. Lieske (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Time-out from reinforcement has been demonstrated to be effective for treating a variety of disruptive behaviors exhibited by heterogeneous groups in multiple settings. However, time-out has not been recommended for use with behaviors maintained by escape due to the possibility that time-out could reinforce, rather than punish, behaviors. Despite advice against using time-out for escape maintained behaviors, time-out is often included as one component of parent training models that are commonly used in outpatient clinics to treat behavioral concerns exhibited by young children. In clinical practice, behavioral function is often not assessed due to financial, resource, and other pragmatic constraints.
The present study examined the effectiveness of a time-out from reinforcement package on behaviors maintained by escape. Functional assessments were utilized to assess behavioral function because of the greater flexibility, ease of assessment, and brevity compared to using functional analyses to determine function. Preliminary results indicate that time-out, when used as one component of a parent training protocol, is an effective treatment for behaviors maintained by escape. This study differs from previous research by intentionally applying time-out to escape maintained behaviors. Discussion focuses on treatment considerations when time-out is used with behaviors maintained by escape. |
|
|
50. A Preference Assessment of Attention Qualities across Familiar and Unfamiliar Therapists within a Functional Analysis. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LINZI BRUCH CODY (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University, Dept. of Psychology), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Idiosyncratic qualities of attention have been shown to influence severe problem behavior within functional analyses (Fisher et. al, 1996; LeBlanc et. al, 2001). Given a choice, some individuals prefer specific qualities of attention (i.e. physical proximity) and exhibit different levels of problem behavior across care providers (Rapp 2005; Ringdahl & Sellers 2000). To date, a systematic method of assessing such preferences has not been developed. In this study, an assessment of quality of attention was conducted with an adolescent with Autism and aggressive behavior. Inconclusive functional analysis results and care provider reports suggested that different qualities of attention would influence rates of aggression with familiar vs. unfamiliar therapists. A preference assessment utilizing a concurrent operants paradigm was conducted to compare multiple dimensions or qualities of attention (e.g., close vs. far proximity, physical vs. verbal attention, etc). A second functional analysis with qualities of attention matched to familiar v. unfamiliar therapist was conducted, and a tangible function for aggression was identified, Treatment was developed based on the participant’s history with each therapist (familiar versus unfamiliar) and the relevant qualities of attention. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 30% of sessions. Results are discussed in terms of preference assessments and qualities of attention. |
|
|
53. Reducing the Duration of Therapeutic Restraint. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CINDY COCHRAN (Bergen County Special Services), Serra R. Langone (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Reducing therapeutic restraint is a desirable outcome for programs that serve individuals who exhibit challenging behaviors. The present study investigated the effects of fading the duration of a fixed-time release from therapeutic restraint on the subsequent frequency and duration of holds. Duration of therapeutic holds was gradually reduced from 41 seconds to 1 second in 5 equal steps. Therapeutic holds were applied contingent upon incidents of physical aggression. Results indicated that the frequency of holds did not increase as the duration was decreased and the total time the student was exposed to therapeutic holds was substantially reduced. These results suggest that when attempts to reduce frequency of restraints are unsuccessful, the use of fixed-time restraints (restraint is terminated when a predetermined duration elapses independent of the students behavior) and the fading of duration can result in a reduction in the total time individuals spend in restraints. |
|
|
54. Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement and Adjusting Demand Requirements: Initial Summary Results. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Heath Ivers (Idaho State University), Pete S. Molino (Idaho State University), Shilo L. Smith Ruiz (Idaho State University), Shawn Patrick Quigley (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: A summary of initial results from the first year of a 3-year Federal grant project funded by the Institute of Education Sciences, Serious Behavior Disorders-Special Education Research Grants Program will be presented. Project participants included students with variety of disabilities, all presenting severe escape-motivated problem behavior, ages 5 to 12 years, and grades K-6 in three school districts across the state of Idaho. Summary results of functional analyses and choice-making interventions that pitted break requests, compliance, and problem behavior against each other will be presented. Data will be presented on the participants’ problem behavior, number of break requests, and task completion. Also, data showing summarizing how these responses varied as a function of increasing task demands over time will be shown. Implications for treatment of problem behavior will be discussed. |
|
|
55. Outcome Measures of Children in Kennedy Krieger Institute's Feeding Disorders Program from 2001-2006. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RINITA LAUD ROBERTS LAUD (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle N. Dolezal (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Institute's (KKI) Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program has offered inpatient, day treatment, and outpatient services for over 15 years. The etiology of mealtime behaviors of children admitted to this program have varied from behavioral mismanagement to children whose food refusal is associated with multiple physiological disorders. A typical child’s admission includes comprehensive evaluation and treatment by a team of specialists from various disciplines including a GI doctor, behavioral specialist, nutritionist, occupational/speech therapist, and a social worker. Admission goals for behavioral interventions have included (but are not limited to) increasing food consumption, decreasing food selectivity by texture or type, decreasing liquid dependence, decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors and training parents to maintain the gains made in the program. The purpose of this study is to describe the outcomes of a five-year sample (N=264) of children receiving intensive treatment for feeding disorders in KKI’s inpatient or day treatment program. Outcomes examined include (but are not limited to) goals met, weight and oral intake change, mealtime behavior change, and parent satisfaction ratings. Implications for the treatment of food refusal/selectivity from a multi-disciplinary standpoint are also discussed. |
|
|
56. Use of High and Low Probability Request Sequences plus Token Economy on Noncompliance. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANA L. MORENO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México-FESI), Roberto Flores Oampo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México-FESI), Mariana Quezada Grmán (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México-FESI), Ana Laura Rodríguez Mlpica (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México-FESI), Jessica Ortega Ramirez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México-FESI) |
Abstract: The refusal to iniate or complete a request activity within a specified period of time is a commonly reported charactheristic from parents. One strategy that has been used for treating the noncompliace is the high probability request sequence. The purpose of study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a high-low probability request sequences on performance of requests to initiate the activities solicitated by mother. The participants were two children who exhibited noncompliance in home. A design A B C was used, in the base line the mothers collected the data of diverses requests, wich were classified as of high or low probability, in intervention phase the mothers were instructed to give a high probability request folowed of low probability request, if a low probability request was carry out the mother rewarded to child with a token wich were changed by objects, activities etc. Throughout of the sessions the latency was manipulated for to give the tokens. The following phase was carry out to evaluate the maintenance of compliance. The procedure reduced the latency to compliance mother´s requests, on the other hand a increase in the compliance was observed. The mothers reported that the relationship with children were much better. These findings are consistent with previous applications of high probability request to treat noncompliance. |
|
|
57. Standardized Treatment: Incompatibility with Behavior-Analytic Therapy? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
SIMONE NENO (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Abstract: Standardization of treatments has been a main topic in psychotherapy outcome research. The present study discusses the development and use of standardized treatments from the standpoint of its (in)compatibility with principles that guide the delivery of behavior-analytic therapy. In the general psychotherapy establishment, the use of manuals has been related to different social factors, which include (a) the dissemination of randomized clinical trials as methodological solution in psychotherapy outcome research, (b) the role of the managed care system in regulating the delivery of psychotherapy services, (c) research funding policy, medically oriented in the interpretation of psychological problems, and (d) the movement towards the adoption of evidence-based practices. In the light of several features that standardization acquires under such types of constraints, it is pointed that the use of manuals in behavior-analytic therapy cannot be indiscriminately supported; on the other hand, it may be consistent within an approach that goes beyond the standardization-individualization dichotomy. An approach is presented which summarizes the adherence to scientifically established knowledge about several factors that are relevant to psychotherapy outcome, and the sensibility to components that are particular in each clinical case. |
|
|
58. Sources of Treatment Individualization in Clinical Interventions: A Behavior-Analytic Discussion. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
SIMONE NENO (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Abstract: In psychotherapy outcome research, treatment individualization means the variation of intervention procedures along the delivery of therapy for different clients. It may be seen as compatible with any behavior-analytic clinical intervention, whether mainly verbal, or guided to direct manipulation of contingencies of reinforcement. Sources of individualization in clinical interventions may be of at least three types. A first source of individualization derives from the idiossincratic character of the behavioral relations that define the individual’s problems that brought him/her to therapy. A second source is related to the therapist’s repertoire, particularly that part of his/her professional repertoire that is contingency shaped in clinical practice. This second source means that a competent performance in therapy demands a type of knowledge not described in rules, but acquired when one is exposed to certain contingencies found in clinical settings. A third type of individualization is related to how much a therapist behaves under the control of a scientific knowledge concerning effective procedures and techniques for clinical intervention. In this study, it is argued that behavior-analytic therapy is always individualized, but: a) behavior-analytic (verbal) therapy lacks a sound scientific knowledge concerning the differential efficacy of techniques, and procedures; and b) individualization that results from that third source is not compatible with a scientifically oriented intervention, as behavior-analytic therapy is supposed to be. |
|
|
59. Identifying and Assessing Potential Procedural Components and Environmental Variables Affecting the Accuracy of Descriptive Data Collection. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANEY M. ESPOSITO (Melmark New England/Northeastern University) |
Abstract: Descriptive assessment is a form of behavioral assessment used frequently in settings serving individuals with developmental delays. However, there is a lack of research identifying procedural components and environmental variables necessary to promote accurate data collection. In this study direct-care staff received training on how to collect descriptive assessment data using a predetermined tool. Following the training each participant was instructed to observe the target student for a specified period of time and complete the descriptive assessment tool. Each participant was required to collect the data under two conditions: (a) when they were responsible providing direct instruction to the student and (b) when they were an independent observer not interacting with the student. Each session was video-recorded and viewed by the experimenter to determine the accuracy of the information recorded by each participant. The goal of the study was to assess and compare the accuracy of the descriptive data collected by direct-care staff under the two conditions. The results will be discussed in regards to the potential guidelines necessary to ensure descriptive data is collected efficiently and with accuracy in the applied setting. |
|
|
60. A Comparison of the Outcomes of Naturalistic Functional Assessments to Traditional Functional Analyses. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANITA L. ALLEN (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Bridget A. Shore (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Carrie Reali (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation) |
Abstract: Considerable research has examined the efficacy of functional analyses for identifying the functions of problem behavior, yet it has been reported that few clinicians actually use experimental analyses in applied settings. For example, Desrochers, Hile, and Williams-Mosley (1997) surveyed clinicians use of functional assessment procedures in applied settings and found clear preferences for the use of interviews (95%) and direct observation using ABC analysis (78%). Repp, Felce, and Barton (1988) reported a method for assessing behavioral functions in the natural environment rather than in analog environments and showed the “naturalistic functional assessment” (NFA) effective for identifying the functions of aberrant classroom behavior. The purpose of this study was to compare the outcomes of traditional functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) to the results of an NFA. Direct care staff recorded the occurrence of problem behavior using a narrative Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence method. The behavior analyst reviewed these recordings and summarized the data by categories of behavioral function. Inter-rater reliability was obtained for 35% of the recorded incidents. Results showed comparable results between the two methods for all 4 participants and suggest that the NFA may be a valid and efficient method for identifying behavioral functions in clinical settings. |
|
|
61. Increasing Quality of Measurement in a Behaviorally-Based Community Intervention Trial. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY R. WEINGART (San Diego State University), Dennis R. Wahlgren (San Diego State University), Jennifer A. Jones (San Diego State University School of Public Health), Jason Daniel (San Diego State University), Melbourne F. Hovell (San Diego State University School of Public Health) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic studies rely on observational measures, and involve assessments of measurement quality. We implemented an observational quality assurance (QA) system in a randomized community trial (group design), that tests counseling to reduce preteens’ passive smoke exposure. Interview measures are completed at baseline (BL) and follow-up (FU: 5, 9, 12 months). Interviews are audio recorded. Within 48 hr, every interview is reviewed visually, or visually and auditorily. Subjective performance ratings and a list of items requiring correction are returned to the interviewer, to be corrected within 48 hr. Since implementation of the QA program, 141 BL and 192 FU interviews have been completed; 127 (90%) and 141 (73%), respectively, have been reviewed. Few errors were made (0.63% of BL items, 0.46% of FU items). Most (90% BL, 99.83% FU) errors were corrected, resulting in 99.96% correct at BL, 99.9% at FU. Although this QA process was not designed to be a measured intervention, data suggest a substantial decrease in error rate over time. This contingency feedback system may influence interviewer behavior to reduce future errors. Our experience in conducting similar trials without these procedures are that such errors would likely go undetected, reducing internal and external validity of the study. |
|
|
|
|
#447 Poster Session - DDA |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
62. Increasing Staff Compliance with Behavior Intervention Plan Training. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), James J. Dunleavy (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to increase staff compliance with behavior intervention plan training. The staff participating worked direct care in a neurobehavioral stabilization unit with an average census of 16 individuals. Behavior intervention plans were in place for each individual and were updated frequently as modifications were made to treatment. Staff were required to be trained to and signed off on each behavior intervention plan change. Baseline data was collected by comparing the staff name on the daily data sheet to the staff training sign off sheet of the current behavior intervention plan. The initial intervention consisted of in-service training in weekly staff meetings to remind staff of their responsibility to be trained. A second intervention included visual prompts both in the staff office and in the binder holding the individual’s daily data sheets. Finally, the third intervention was performance feedback. Results indicated that in service training and visual prompts were not effective in substantially decreasing the number of incidences of staff not being trained. Performance feedback, however, did result in a substantial decrease from baseline rates. Reliability data were collected on over 25% of audits and averaged over 90%. |
|
|
63. Behavior Intervention for Children with Enuresis. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University), Yang Youjin (Yonsei University), Han Sang-won (Yonsei University Medical School), Kim Ah-young (Yonsei University Medical School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a behavior management program for children with enuresis in Korea. Two children of age 8 and 10 were referred for daytime incontinence and noncompliance for the treatment regimens. They were reported to have the problem of bladder malfunction. Treatment was conducted at home by their mother and consisted of self-management, scheduled toileting and extinction. After treatment, both children no longer showed incontinence. Their adherence to treatment regimens increased. At the end, importance of self-management, family-based treatment along with practical concerns were discussed. |
|
|
64. Behavior Therapy on Children with Feeding Disorders in Korea. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University, Korea), Hye-Jin Kim (Yonsei University, Korea), Soh-Jeong Yang (Yonsei University, Korea) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a treatment program based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) for pediatric feeding disorder in Korea. Two children with failure-to-thrive and severe food refusal were treated intensively by a behavioral therapy team at the beginning. After discharge, caregivers served as therapists to continue treatment at home. Progresses of children were evaluated through direct observation and daily food record.
The treatment consisted of non-removal of spoon (NRS) and positive reinforcement for acceptance and extinction. Dependent variables were acceptance (number of bites for child 1 and amount of food for child 2), and frequency of problem behaviors. For both children, the number of bites and amount of food were gradually increased over time upon their progress.
At the end, clinical and research implications are discussed; they include issues such as how to help parents function as therapists for children with severe feeding problems at home, the cost of behavioral treatment service in Korea, and other practical matters. |
|
|
65. Effects of Interspersal Procedure in Skill Acquisition for Children with Pervasive Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KOHJI TAKAHAMA (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of interspersal procedure for skill acquisition in children with pervasive developmental disabilities. The first, we examined effects of the interspersal procedure by whether children had response repertory in target problems or not. Results showed that only when children had the response repertory in the target problems, the occurrence of correct responses in the target problems was facilitated. The second, we examined effects of interspersal procedure with by whether the response topography of the maintenance problems identified with one of the target problems or not. Results showed that only when the response topography of the maintenance problems identified with one of the target problems, skill acquisition was facilitated. Discussion focuses on functional characteristic between target and maintenance in interspersal procedure. |
|
|
66. Training Fluency of Word Processing Skills in Japanese Writing. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Two students with developmental disabilities often showed some difficulties for acquiring Kanji characters writing skills. Kanji characters have more 1 thousand patterns, complex forms and some pronunciation. In a writing situation such as composition, the students with developmental disabilities used a few kanji character in the sentences. We measured whether they could use Kanji characters to write sentences by hand writing and typing situation after the training of typing fluency in their home. The results showed that the students acquired appropriate Kanji writing response in typing situation but in handwriting situation. These results were discussed in terms of the effect of fluency training for writing skills and applicability to the computer-based home teaching. |
|
|
67. Comparison of Methods for Varying Item Presentation during Noncontingent Reinforcement. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCIO ROSALES (Southern Illinois University), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the relative effectiveness of three item presentation methods during noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). Three individuals with developmental disabilities participated, and all exhibited problem behavior that was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Single-item stimulus preference assessments were conducted to identify a variety of preferred items that were associated with low levels of problem behavior. During the treatment analysis, a multielement design embedded within a reversal design was utilized, and the following NCR conditions were compared: (a) presenting preferred items one at a time, (b) presenting multiple items simultaneously, and (c) rotating single items after a predetermined time period. Preliminary results indicated that all three of the NCR presentations methods were equally effective in decreasing problem behavior. Implications for the selection of items during NCR will be discussed. |
|
|
68. Can the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Tests Predict Compliance with Young Children? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RENE HIEBERT (University of Manitoba), Jennifer R. Thorsteinsson (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning abilities (ABLA) test is an easy-to-administer test of an individual’s ability to learn visual and auditory discriminations using six mini-learning tasks (called levels). ABLA levels are stable and hierarchically ordered. ABLA levels 3 and 4 are visual discriminations, while levels 5 and 6 are auditory-visual discriminations. In this study, we assessed some young children who were at ABLA level 4, and some who were at level 6. Caregivers were asked to present their children with instructions alone on some occasions and instructions with modeling and gestures on other occasions when assessing compliance with five age-appropriate tasks. Sessions were videotaped and frequency of instruction-following was determined. Data indicate that ABLA test results predict compliance to instructions versus instructions plus gestures and modeling. The results have implications for making recommendations to caregivers on how best to present instructions to their young children. |
|
|
69. Where Do Relative Position Discriminations Fall in the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Hierarchy? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
COLLEEN MARGARET ANNE MURPHY (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Aynsley K. Verbeke (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) test assesses an individual’s ability to learn auditory and visual discrimination tasks that relate to everyday behaviors. ABLA Level 2 is a two-choice discrimination based on three redundant cues: visual and absolute and relative position cues. This study examined a two-choice discrimination task based only on a relative position cue using either identical containers or visually-distinct containers. 20 participants with mental retardation, assessed at ABLA Levels 2-6, participated. Results showed that the Relative Position Discrimination fell below ABLA Level 6 and the visually-distinct and visually-identical variations were approximately of equal difficulty. Future research with a larger sample size is needed to confirm the tasks exact placement in the ABLA hierarchy. |
|
|
70. The Long Term Successful Treatment of the Very Severe Behaviors of a Preadolescent with Autism. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY S. GARITO (Penn ABA), Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: A program was developed for reducing the severe behavior (aggression, self-injury, dangerous behavior, disruptive behavior, induced vomiting and inappropriate toileting) of a 12-year-old boy with autism. The boy was a Romanian orphan who was adopted by American parents at age 2. All previous interventions had been ineffective including prolonged hospitalization. The program included a high density of positive reinforcement, tokens, choice making, contingent exercise, and overcorrection. Treatment occurred across three sites, home, a community based site, and a self-contained classroom in a public school. All of the boy’s severe behaviors were reduced to at or near zero levels and these effects have been maintained for 2 years. He has made excellent progress in a number of academic areas and his social skills have increased dramatically. |
|
|
71. How do Persons with Developmental Disabilities Learn to Prefer Choice? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BREANNE JUNE BYIERS (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Kerri L. Walters (University of Manitoba), Taryn Nepon (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Some people actively choose situations in which choice is available; others do not. How is this preference acquired? We provided a history of positive choice experiences to participants who initially showed no preference for choice (over no choice) of food items. None of the participants learned to prefer the choice situation. |
|
|
72. Functional Analysis Survey: An Examination of Procedures Used in Functional Analyses. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSON N. HOVANETZ (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The functional analysis methodology proposed by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) enables clinicians and researchers to develop effective treatment plans that specifically address the consequences that maintain an individual’s behavior. However, the extent to which modifications from the original method are being used by clinicians and researchers is unclear. In the current study, a functional analysis survey was developed to determine the extent to which suggested best practices and variations of the functional analysis method are used. A list of 114 possible participants was generated from the Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Convention book for 2005 by looking at the lists of symposia and posters presented at the national convention under the Applied Behavior Analysis category. Seventeen respondents from universities and four respondents from clinics submitted a completed survey, for a total of 21 respondents. The findings indicate that a range of procedural variations are being used by researchers and practitioners, including some of the suggested best practices described by Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003). However, a number of procedural variations reported in the survey could result in unclear or incorrect functions of behavior. |
|
|
73. The Behavioral Moment: A Technique to Enhance Learning of Behavioral and Related Principles for Direct Care Staff. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JAMES KUHAGEN (Northern Virginia Training Center) |
Abstract: A corps of well-trained direct care staff is critical to carrying out the habilitative functions of residential agencies that serve individuals with intellectual disability. Formal training to instill basic concepts of behavior and other essential multi-disciplinary content is typically provided through a combination of classroom and experiential components. This presentation illustrates how an informal process may be utilized to supplement planned training activities. Perusal of publications in the popular press can yield a rich variety of humorous cartoons and strips that aptly illustrate behavioral and closely related principles. These materials serve as a stimulus for the “Behavioral Moment.” The behavioral moment consists of the humorous material with a brief paragraph explaining the principle involved and/or relating its relevance to the agency’s clients with intellectual disability. A differently themed “behavioral moment” is placed in the unit log weekly. The behavioral moment provides for incidental learning in a humorous context that enhances more traditional approaches. The unique content and format may result in high retention rates of concepts presented. The material can also provoke discussion that provides behavior analysts with additional opportunities for staff training. |
|
|
74. An Applied Example of an Transitive Conditioned Establishing Operation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD K. MCCRANIE (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Since Michael, (1982) first introduced the concept of the establishing operation (EO) a wealth of applied research has focused on EOs and their effect on both adaptive and problem behavior. However, less research has focused on specific types of EOs. For example, to date there have not been any published applied examples of transitive conditioned establishing operations (CEOs). Transitive CEO’s are previously neutral stimuli whose occurrence causes some stimulus change other than its own removal or reduction to function as conditioned reinforcement (Michael, 2004). This investigation demonstrated the presence of a transitive CEO with one participant within the context of a functional analysis (Iwata, 1982/1994). Caregiver reports indicated that problem behavior occurred more often when the participant suffered from dry skin due to eczema. Using a reversal design the participant was exposed to two conditions within the conditions of the functional analysis. In one, lotion was applied prior to conducting sessions. In the other lotion was not applied. Results indicated the problem behavior was more likely to occur only in the demand condition when lotion had not been applied, indicating the dry skin may have acted as a transitive CEO by increasing the value of aversive properties of the dry. |
|
|
75. Systematically Withdrawing an Autistic Child’s Access to Preferred Items. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELE LAMPSON PERSEGHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Visual aids have been used as an antecedent manipulation to reduce rates of maladaptive behavior (Krantz, MacDuff, & McClanahan, 1993). A choice board is a visual aid (display) of the options available. Previous choice boards have included picture icons that are immediately available to the participant, as well as picture icons that are available following a wait interval (delay to reinforcement). The current study provides additional evidence for the effectiveness of choice boards and extends previous research by incorporating a not available portion of the board.
A 13-year-old female diagnosed with Autism participated in the study. Functional analysis results indicated that her maladaptive behavior was maintained by access to preferred items. Functional communication training was completed and a choice board was introduced. Items remained on the immediately available portion of the board, then a wait interval was systemically introduced, the duration of the wait time was gradually increased, and a not available portion of the board was then introduced. Following the introduction of the not available portion of the board, preferred items could be removed for an extended amount of time without occasioning problem behavior. An independent observer collected reliability data during 56% of the sessions, averaging 99% across behaviors. |
|
|
76. Consultation Services for Students with Challenging Behaviors. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY M. VINQUIST (University of Iowa), Sheri Milligan Smith (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), James C. K. Porter (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), James Knott (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Consultation services can be offered as a cost-effective service for students with challenging behaviors in the school system. The current study describes a program, The Challenging Behavior Service, which provides consultation services to school teams throughout the state of Iowa. Consultation is provided through a combination of videoconferencing, on-site evaluations at the Center for Disabilities and Development in Iowa City, and on-site consultation to the school. The focus of the consultation is on the assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors displayed by students within the school setting. This poster describes referral and evaluation procedures, a brief summary of the services provided through this program over the past three years and case descriptions of assessments conducted with students who displayed a range of challenging behaviors. |
|
|
77. Teaching Money Skills to Persons with Intellectual Disabilities: An Illustration of Research Translation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNE B. KLEDARAS (Praxis Inc.), Dana Hurlbut (Praxis, Inc.), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: This project is developing and evaluating state-of-the-art computer software for teaching coin equivalences and related skills to persons with autism, mental retardation, and other intellectual disabilities. It is translating decades of basic behavior analytic research for widespread use in the classroom and other educational environments. That research documented exceptional potential of stimulus equivalence and related stimulus control shaping techniques for teaching persons who would not ordinarily master money skills. The research dimension of the project is three-fold: First, it is defining and evaluating an enhanced version of the money skills program that replaces human decision-making with algorithmic specification of necessary teaching steps and sequences. Second, it is evaluating algorithms for proscriptive programming, especially in regard to trial-based programming and error-handling. Third, the project is evaluating the human interface that supports teachers in the effective use of the program. Via these three aspects, the project is also re-evaluating the promise of the early translational research on which the present program is based. One unexpected finding – the focus of data presentation in this poster – has been unusually rapid learning under pretest conditions, which may point to stimulus control variables that can be manipulated to improve learning outcomes. |
|
|
78. Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis to In-Service School Personnel: Field-Based Approaches for Behavioral Problems. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KENICHI OHKUBO (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
Abstract: The general failure of school personnel to apply principles of ABA in the practices of instruction and behavior management despite its proven effectiveness is well documented and lamented. Such situation is the same in Japan. In this study, we tried to develop a learning structure to promote problem solving, decision making, and a field-based behavior management project to encourage the successful application of ABA strategies in typical preschool settings. And, we examined improvement of knowledge and skills of teachers, outcomes of projects, and social validity. |
|
|
79. A Student-Determined Point System to Decrease Challenging Behaviors of Children with Emotional Behavior Disorders. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues) |
Abstract: A point system was utilized to decrease challenging behaviors of young males with emotional behavior disorders in a self-contained classroom. The teacher and the students (7 fourth and fifth grade elementary students) met as a group to determine how many points should be awarded for appropriate behaviors and what the rewards should be. The point system was effective in decreasing challenging behaviors, across all individuals, such as; fighting, using profanity, insulting, taunting, disruptive behaviors, off-task, noncompliance, and time-outs. As an additional component of this study an overcorrection procedure was also successfully implemented to decrease high frequencies of inappropriate language. |
|
|
80. Generalization of Problem Behavior to the Natural Environment as a Result of Conducting a Functional Analysis. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman, 1982) has been criticized because problem behavior is typically reinforced on a continuous schedule of reinforcement (Carr, 1977). Such criticisms suggest that levels of problem behavior in the natural environment may increase during functional analyses as a result of being reinforced in the context of the assessment. However, few investigations have evaluated the effects of reinforcing problem behavior during functional analyses on problem behavior in the natural environment. In this investigation, data were collected on problem behavior in the natural environment during five daily 10-minute observations selected to represent a variety of activities. Rates of problem behavior in the natural environment prior to and during the functional analysis were compared within a multiple baseline across participants design. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of observations, and always met or exceeded 80% agreement. Results show that, for most participants there was little or no difference in levels of problem behavior between baseline and during functional analyses. In fact, in contrast to the criticisms of functional analysis methodology, several participants displayed decreases in the level of problem behavior when functional analyses began. |
|
|
81. An Evaluation of Video-Modeling to Teach Activity Specific Social Skills to Adults with Intellectual Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHATURI EDRISINHA (St. Cloud State University), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey Michael Chan (University of Texas, Austin), Hayoung Choi (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: We evaluated the use of video-modeling to teach activity specific social skills to four adults with intellectual disabilities. Targeted social skills included cooperative social behaviors, conversation skills and nonverbal social skills. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the video-modeling. The video-modeling consisted of participants watching a short film of two adults demonstrating the appropriate social skills immediately prior to the specific leisure activity. The success of the intervention differed across the participants, but all four participants experienced varying increases in the targeted social behaviors. The findings suggest that video-modeling appears to be an effective way to teach context specific social skills to adults with intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
82. The Effects of a “Prompt Vacation” on the Dressing Skills of a Child with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Sierra Gross (University of Nevada, Reno), Sandy Kennedy (University of Nevada, Reno), Leanna Johnson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The participant is a boy diagnosed with developmental disabilities and a seizure disorder. It was reported that while working on dressing skills, he would not respond until a partial physical or a full physical prompt was provided. There were data demonstrating that he was able to complete the chain of responses independently. The combination of the anecdotal reports and the data collected suggested that although the participant could complete the chain of responses in the dressing programs independently, he would wait for the prompt which would require the least amount of response effort. Due to this suggestion, an intervention was created which involves presenting the initial instruction and no longer providing prompts. If the next response in the chain of responses was not emitted within ten minutes of the previous response, a verbal prompt would be used for that response. The dependent measures include time to completion and number of steps that required prompts. This case study utilized a multiple baseline design across dressing programs. The results suggest that the participant is able to complete the chain of responses independently. In addition, the time to completion decreases as the intervention persists and rarely was a verbal prompt required. |
|
|
83. Early Intervention in Children with Down’s Syndrome. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MILAGROS DAMIÁN-DÍAZ (Autonomous University of Mexico Campus Iztacala) |
Abstract: One characteristic of children with Down’s Syndrome is the lack of muscular tone or hypotonic, which avoids locomotor movements for head control, rolling, sitting, crawling and further walking abilities as running, jumping, climbing stairs, etc.
This work describes the psychological treatment with two Down’s Syndrome children. The goal of this study is to show the data of fine motor and gross motor development before and after the treatment. Participants were two boys, one the 28 months, at the beginning of treatment and another boy, 10 months age and low socioeconomic status. Material used was appropriate for motor skills.
Treatment: a) First Evaluation Phase b) Intervention Phase, consisted in training motor skills by games and activities with physical, verbal, sensorial, and tactile aids, based on imitation and performing tasks from easy to difficult complexity, and c) Second Evaluation. Data showed important quantitative and qualitative advances in the motor area in both children, after the intervention. |
|
|
84. The Effectiveness of Discrete Trial Teaching with Preschool Students with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDREW DOWNS (Central Washington University), Robyn Conley Downs (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the practicality and effectiveness of providing Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) to children with a wide range of developmental disabilities within an existing public preschool program. At baseline all participants demonstrated significant developmental delay in one or more areas of functioning (communication, motor skills, social/adaptive behavior, and/or cognition) and were randomly assigned to receive DTT or individual attention and incidental teaching in a control condition. Each participant in the DTT group received between 30 and 42 hours of DTT over the course of the academic year at an average of 1.30 to 1.58 hours of DTT per week. Results from baseline and post-intervention assessments indicated that participants in the DTT group made significant gains in communication, daily living skills, social skills, and adaptive behavior, while participants in the control group made no such gains. Results were less consistent regarding effects on cognitive and language development, but suggested that even relatively non-intensive DTT may lead to significant gains in those domains for some children. Overall, the results indicated that DTT has the potential to be used practically and effectively within existing public preschool programs to positively impact the development of young children with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
#448 Poster Session - EAB |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
85. Maladaptive Behaviors Following Rich-to-Lean Transitions on Multiple Schedules. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current research focused on bridging the gap between basic and applied research. In the basic literature, Perone (2003) demonstrated that pigeons escape during a discriminable shift in conditions from a rich to a lean component of a multiple schedule (the rich-to-lean transition). Applied research reviewed by Iwata et al. (1994) has suggested that aberrant behaviors serve an escape function in people with developmental disabilities. Three human participants diagnosed with mental retardation were exposed to a free-operant multiple FR-FR schedule. In one component, completion of a small response requirement ended with a large reinforcer (rich component). In the other component a large response requirement ended with a small reinforcer (lean component). Self-injurious and aggressive behaviors were more likely to occur following a rich-to-lean transition. |
|
|
86. Altering Preference of Children's Gambling Choices Using a Conditional Discrimination Procedure. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), Taylor Johnson (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the potential of a conditional discrimination procedure to alter children's preference during game play through the transformation of stimulus functions. Children were exposed to a simulated board game with concurrently available dice. Following initial exposure to the game, the children were trained via a conditional discrimination matching to sample procedure to discriminate between two contextual cues representing the relational frames of more-than and less-than. Following the training procedure, the children were re-exposed to the simulated board game task. Results and implications are discussed. |
|
|
87. Order, Place, and Response: What Each Contributes to the Appearance of Positive Induction. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMBER HULS (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Our laboratory has demonstrated numerous times that rats' rate of operant responding for a low-valued reinforcer in the first half of an experimental session will increase if a high-valued reinforcer will be available in the second half. This positive induction effect is exactly the opposite of a contrast effect. Its appearance appears to be controlled by multiple factors. Data will be presented that demonstrate that those factors are the order in which the different reinforcers are delivered, where the reinforcers are delivered, and what response is required to earn the reinforcer(s). By identifying these factors, it becomes possible to relate positive induction to its opposing effect. Although these factors may promote induction and inhibit the appearance of contrast, additional mechanisms are needed to understand the appearance of contrast effects. |
|
|
88. The Effects of the Serial Training of Human Behavioral Variability and Stereotypy on Transfer. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HECTOR MARTINEZ SANCHEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Juan Moises De la Serna Tuya (University of Seville, Spain) |
Abstract: Eighty adults were exposed to a particular sequence of two or four sessions of variability- and stereotypy- based contingencies with matching-to-sample tasks. The participants could select a comparison stimulus that was identical to, partially identical to, or different from the sample stimulus. Stereotyped choices (pressing the same key or selecting the same sample-comparison relation i.e. identity, partial identity, or difference) were reinforced in one phase and variable choices (pressing a different key or selecting a different sample-comparison relation, or both) were reinforced in another phase. Participants were assigned to one of eight groups to counterbalance exposure to the conditions. After training sessions two transfer tests were added. Four groups of participants were tested with used stimuli during the training and other four groups were tested with stimuli different to the used ones during the training and none received feedback. Reinforcing variability or stereotypy in the first phase had differential effects on the acquisition in the second phase of training, but there were not effects on the transfer of stereotyped behavior or variable. These results confirm that the sequences of training and tests play a role in the acquisition and the transfer of behavioral variability and stereotypy on matching-to-sample tasks. |
|
|
89. Experimental Analysis of Blocking in Human Operant Behavior. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNA E. BERGEN (University of Manitoba), Stephen W. Holborn (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The blocking effect is the failure of conditioning to a novel stimulus when it is compounded with a preconditioned stimulus during conditioning trials. Blocking of stimulus control has been shown repeatedly in non-human animal research, but only with difficulty in humans, raising questions about the generality of learning principles across species. A series of experiments are conducted with introductory psychology students as participants. Participants press keys on a computer keyboard for points and in response to instructions and stimuli of different colors presented on the computer screen. The dependent measure is the response rate during presentation of test stimuli at the conclusion of the experiment. Variables suggested by previous research to influence blocking are manipulated to determine their effects in this computer procedure. |
|
|
90. Hens' Preference and Demand for Differing Food Durations. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Amber Grant (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Aimee R. Harris (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Catherine E. Sumpter (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Six hens' preferences between differing durations of access to wheat were measured using a concurrent schedules procedure. The reinforcer durations were: 3s versus 3s; 2s versus 8s; and 2s versus 12 seconds. It was found that the 12s reinforcer access period was preferred to the 8s reinforcer, which was then preferred to the 2s reinforcer. Increasing fixed-ratio schedules were then used to generate demand functions for the same durations of access to wheat (2s, 8s, and 12s). When the FR schedules were small the hens responded fastest for the smallest reinforcer duration and slowest for the largest. This relation reversed at higher FR values. Hence initial levels of demand were found to be higher for the smaller and less preferred reinforcer, but this reversed at higher ratio values meaning that demand for the larger and more preferred reinforcer was, overall less elastic. |
|
|
91. Delay Discounting of Appetitive and Aversive Stimuli: Area under the Curve Analysis. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie), Maria Teresa Araujo Silva (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Choices between immediate and delayed consequences have been studied trough the delay discounting procedure. Several studies have investigated this phenomenon with delayed and immediate appetitive stimuli. Few have studied the situation involving delayed and immediate aversive stimuli, although it has been suggested that the models that describe the appetitive scenario would well also describe the aversive scenario. The aim of this research was to compare choices made when the appetitive and aversive scenarios are presented. Participants were 36 volunteers, undergraduate students, aged 18 to 28, both sexes. Informed consent was given. A titration procedure was used in which participants choose between a fixed delayed value of R$1,000.00 (1 week to 25 years) and a variable immediate value that could range from R$1.00 to R$1,000.00 in either a gain situation (appetitive-APT) or a payment situation (aversive-AVS). For each delay and in each situation an indifference point representing the immediate value of the delayed value was calculated. The analysis of the area under the curve formed by the indifference points indicates a greater discount rate for APT than for AVS. No correlation between the areas in the APT and AVS situations has been found (r = 0.306; ns). |
|
|
92. Temporal Tracking and Choice in Concurrent Cyclic-Sinusoidal-Interval and Random-Interval Schedules. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKU ISHII (Tokuyama University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: To examine choice behavior in a rapidly changing environment, we trained pigeons' key-pecking with concurrent cyclic-sinusoidal-interval (CSI) and random-interval (RI) schedules of food reinforcers. The interreinforcer interval of the CSI schedule changed from reinforcer to reinforcer in accordance with a cyclic-sinusoidal sequence raging from 30 to 90 s, whereas those of the RI schedule changed unpredictably. The results showed that the latencies of the first response to the CSI schedule after reinforcement from this schedule correlated positively with the duration of just-preceding interreinforcement interval in only three out of six pigeons. On the other hand, relative rates of responses to the CSI schedule correlated more strongly with the just-preceding interval in all the pigeons. These results indicate that choice responses rapidly adjust to the change of interreinforcement intervals, and this adjustment is not entirely explained by the adjustment of latencies of responding to the CSI schedule. |
|
|
93. Examining the Effect of Various Task Descriptions on College Students’ Performance on a Probability Matching Task. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY DURGIN (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: The present study examines the notion that probability matching is the result of self-generated rules resulting from the specific task description combined with an extensive history with similar problem-solving tasks. Students are instructed to predict which alternative is correct for each of a series of trials in a standard repeated binary choice task in which choice of one alternative is reinforced on 75% of the trials and choice of the other is reinforced on the remaining 25% of the trials. In four separate conditions, one of four specific task descriptions is presented: (a) “Obtaining 75% of the available points is considered a perfect score,” (b) “The red circle will be correct 75% of the time and the blue circle will be correct the remaining 25% of the time,” (c) “Points will be available on only 75% of the trials,” and (d) no instructions. At the end of the task, the students are asked if they developed and followed any rules in order to perform their best. The extent to which self-generated rules develop as a function of the instructions as well as the relations between those rules and response allocation on this task are discussed. |
|
|
94. Are Wine Goblets Enough? Assessing Housing for Siamese Fighting Fish (Betta splendens). |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Eric Denette (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: Four male Siamese Fighting Fish (Betta splendens) were housed in a container
partitioned into four areas of different volumes. The fish were observed to spend time in each area, regardless of the orientation of the aquarium or light source. The fish were most often observed in the largest sections. In a final phase, fish were placed in a small container and suspended above a larger aquarium. Three out of four fish made consecutive escapes from the small container into the larger aquarium. The data suggest that small housing containers for Betta splendens, as often offered in the pet trade, may be inadequate for the organism’s welfare. |
|
|
95. Assessing the Value of Stimuli Signaling Rich-Lean Transitions Using a Concurrent-Chains Schedule. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JESSICA B. LONG (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavior is disrupted when there is a discriminable shift from rich to lean schedules of reinforcement. This experiment asked whether the stimulus signaling the rich-lean transition has aversive functions. Pigeons were trained on a concurrent-chains schedule. Responses in the variable-interval initial links produced a terminal link with a fixed-ratio 100 schedule leading to 6- or 7-s access to mixed grain (rich component) or 1- or 2-s access (lean component). If the initial link was completed on one key, the color of the terminal-link key occasionally signaled the rich and lean components. If the initial link was completed on the other key, the color of the terminal-link key occasionally signaled the rich component but never the lean component. The functions of the two initial-link keys were reversed across conditions. The availability of the lean stimulus had only minor effects on initial-link choice proportions: There was some evidence that the lean stimulus reduced responding on the key that led to this stimulus. Additional research is needed to assess the contribution of the terminal-link parameters to the value of the colors signaling the lean (and rich) components. |
|
|
96. Evaluating the Effects of Alternative Antidepressant Interventions on Anhedonia using the Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) Procedure. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL J. HOFFMAN (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: A growing body of research suggests that exercise and new generation antidepressants produce similar neurochemical effects. This has led some to argue for the use of exercise as an alternative to pharmacotherapeutic interventions for depression. To assess exercise’s treatment potential, the current study evaluates the behavioral effects of voluntary wheel running exercise in the context of the Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) procedure with rats. CMS is an animal model of depression that has been used to assess treatment potential of antidepressants. In CMS, rats are chronically exposed to a battery of mild stressors; saccharin consumption and preference are assessed once per week during a 1-h probe test following 23hours of water deprivation. Under normal conditions, rats typically show increased levels of saccharin consumption relative to water and preference for saccharin relative to water when both are available. The CMS procedure has been shown to reduce saccharin consumption and saccharin preference, a decrease in reinforcer efficacy that has been characterized as anhedonia. To the extent that wheel running reverses these effects, our data support the suggestion that exercise be considered an alternative to pharmacotherapeutic interventions for depression that warrants further investigation. |
|
|
97. Travel Distance and Stimulus Duration on Observing Responses by Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Observing-response procedures have differed qualitatively regarding the spatial distribution of the food and the observing operanda within the experimental chamber. Furthermore, stimuli duration has been controlled either by the subject or the experimenter. The present study related parametrically the previous procedures by varying two continuous variables: travel distance and stimuli duration. A chamber containing two levers was used and presses by rats on one lever were reinforced on a mixed random-interval 30 s extinction schedule with 60 s components alternating randomly. Each press on the second lever produced component-correlated stimuli. Using a factorial design, combinations of three travel distances 3, 9, or 18 cm between the levers with stimuli durations of 0.5 and 5 s were tested. As travel distance was lengthened and stimuli duration shortened, observing-response rate decreased. These results replicated previous findings and documented unexplored effects of travel distance and brief stimuli duration on observing responses. Similar to other concurrent schedules of food reinforcement, as travel distance increased changeover rate decreased and the duration of stays on each lever increased. It was concluded that travel distance effects should be taken into consideration when interpreting the results of observing procedures and when the results of different studies on observing responses are compared. |
|
|
98. Effects of Delay of Reinforcement on Temporal Control. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIRARI ELCORO (West Virginia University), Amy Dawn Blackshire (West Virginia University), Karen Calvert (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Four pigeons were trained on fixed-interval (FI) schedules of reinforcement. Two types of delays of reinforcement were tested. One delay was programmed as a fixed-time schedule and the other as a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. Three delay durations: 1, 3 and 10 s were examined. Effects of these delays on temporally-controlled responding were evaluated by measuring response rates and quarter-life values. Response rates decreased dramatically with delays programmed according to DRO schedules. General patterns of responding remained unchanged. Similar findings previously have been reported when electric shocks and stimulus changes have been used to test the resistance to change of temporally-controlled responding. |
|
|
99. The Effects of Naming and Stimulus Discrimination on Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations in Young Children. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNE K. STULL (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jessica Nimocks (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Amanda Reilly (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: This experiment investigates whether the facilitative effect of naming on the acquisition of conditional discriminations in young children is due to enhancing discrimination of the sample and comparison stimuli or if naming serves additional functions. Six typically developing children, ages 4 to 6, are presented with a three-choice arbitrary MTS AB conditional discrimination on a desktop Macintosh computer. The participants were randomly selected to be in one of two sequences of conditions, in which they were initially trained to either name the sample stimuli or mark the sample stimuli on the tally sheet. Participants progress through the sequence until they have demonstrated acquisition of the conditional discrimination. The conditions utilized in this experiment were Tacting Condition 1 (naming sample stimuli); Tacting Condition 2 (naming sample and comparison stimuli); Tally Sheet Condition 1 (marking the sample stimuli); and Tally Sheet Condition 2 and 3 (marking the sample and comparison stimuli). Results, at this point, indicate that Tacting Condition 1 and Tally Sheet Condition 1 did not facilitate acquisition of the conditional discrimination. Discriminations between the comparison stimuli will be required next to test for facilitative effects. |
|
|
100. Oscillations During Extinction: What is the Cause? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA JOSÉ MATOS DE SOUZA SUZA (University of Minho), Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
Abstract: We studied acquisition and extinction in a temporal discrimination task. Firstly, pigeons were assigned randomly to one of four groups: FI 16 s, FI 48 s VI 16 s or VI 48 s. In this phase, we found the usual temporal pattern, characterized by oscillations (cycles of pause and peck).
In a second phase, the pigeons received extinction sessions whose number and duration varied as follows. Some pigeons received eighty sessions of long extinction and others received fifteen sessions of short extinction. It is worth noticing that in this procedure there was no kind of temporal cue.
We analysed the pause-peck cycles in extinction using different criteria to determine the pause periods and response periods. Using pause-peck cycle duration as the dependent variable, we examined the effects on extinction of two variables, reinforcement schedule and duration of extinction session.
We found that the regularity of the reinforcement and the reconditioning are necessary for the oscillations in the extinction, but not sufficient. The implications of these findings to current models of timing will be discussed. |
|
|
101. The Effects of Idiosyncratic Demands on a Functional Analysis Outcome. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ABBEY CARREAU (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Frederick W. Hoots (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that idiosyncratic variables may influence responding during functional analyses potentially altering outcomes (e.g., Carr, Yarbrough, & Langdon, 1997; Van Camp, Lerman, Kelley, Roane, Contrucci, & Vorndran, 2000). In some cases, if the stimulus conditions are not arranged appropriately false negatives may be obtained. In the current study, the initial functional analysis results did not support an escape from demands function for a 14-year-old male with autistic disorder and adjustment disorder NOS, with problem behavior. However, reports from the child’s school and family as well as anecdotal observations on the living unit suggested a relation between problem behavior and the presentation of demands. In order to identify tasks that were associated with higher levels of problem behavior a brief demand assessment including four different categories of demands: fine motor, gross motor, discrimination, and fast prompts was conducted. Results of the demand assessment indicated that fine motor tasks were associated with the lowest levels of compliance and highest levels of problem behavior. These tasks were used during a subsequent pairwise functional analysis (demand vs. toy play). Results of this analysis confirmed an escape function for problem behavior. These findings demonstrate the importance of incorporating representative tasks in the demand condition and suggest a methodology for assessing which tasks to include during functional analysis procedures. |
|
|
102. Response Rate Partitioned Using a Log Survivor Analysis in BALB/c and C57BL/6 Mice. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSHUA JOHNSON (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A recent mathematical model has been suggested to partition response rate into two independent components that are estimated through a log survivor analysis of inter-response times. One component is thought to tap motivational and the other motor components of behavior. The robustness of this phenomenon was tested in a new species, with a novel approach to maintaining high rate behavior, and different approaches to manipulated motivational and motor components. BALB/c and C57BL/6 mice were used due to their differences in behavioral measures. A percentile schedule was used to reinforce a high rate of behavior. Two look-back windows (10, 40) and two criteria (.5, .75) were employed. The two operant measures investigated were wheel running and nose poking. It was hypothesized that nose poking would require higher rates of reinforcement than wheel running. A second experiment introduced wheel running as an alternate reinforcer after the nose poke response had stabilized and bout parameters were estimated. Since operant behavior is sensitive to alternate reinforcement and wheel running is reinforcing it was hypothesized that the intervention would increase the inter-bout interval and not affect within-bout response rate. |
|
|
103. The Evaluation of Negative Contrast across Academic Tasks of High and Low Preference. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL A. LIND (University of Iowa), Chasity T. Brimeyer (University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), John A. Northup (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Negative contrast may explain abrupt decreases in responding following shifts in the quality and quantity of reinforcement. However, a paucity of research has investigated this phenomenon among human participants. The present study will evaluate the conditions under which negative contrast effects can be observed in the performances of six elementary school students ranging in age and ability level. Students’ rates of task completion for both high- and low-preferred tasks will be assessed across two academic content areas, and under conditions in which high-preferred stimuli are or are not provided contingent on responding. Data to be collected will demonstrate how the interaction of task and stimulus preference may influence responding following changes between reinforcement and non-reinforcement conditions, and following manipulations of recent reinforcement history as measured by the number of successive trials of these conditions. Results will add to the lacking literature investigating the conditions under which negative contrast is observed in human participants, and similarly, to the understanding of conditions occasioning “over justification” effects in the classroom. |
|
|
104. Social Behavior by Pigeons: III. Dependent Social Contingencies and Systematic Interactions. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University), Jennifer A. Budreau (Northern Michigan University), Larissa Haliw (Northern Michigan University), Damaris Garcia -Thompson (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Pigeons were trained individually to peck a single food key under a three-ply multiple schedule of reinforcement – MULT(FR10, red houselight: FR100, white houselight: FR200, green houselight). The birds were then taught to control which food schedule (and corresponding houselight) was in effect, by pecking two “switching keys” located on a side wall: the FR100 for food (and its associated white houselight) simply recycled after each food delivery, but a bird could raise or lower that requirement at any time by pecking its switching keys. Finally, the birds were placed concurrently in adjacent chambers, separated by a transparent Plexiglas partition, and each could raise or lower the other’s requirements but not its own, by pecking the switching keys. The birds interacted systematically, under powerful control by the contingencies programmed on their own food keys, but also by the dependent social contingencies arising from interactions with their partners. |
|
|
105. The Effects of Frequency and Magnitude of Reinforcement in Response Rates and Resistance to Change under Multiple Schedules. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAQUEL ALO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: To investigate the effects of frequency and magnitude of reinforcement, In Experiment 1 pigeons were exposed to a multiple VI 120s schedule with 6-s access to food per reinforcer, VI 40s schedule with 2-s access to food per reinforcer. Thus, each component programmed a combination of reinforcement frequency and magnitude that delivered 180-s access to food per hour. Next, resistance to change tests were conducted, in which the subjects were fed 30 min before the sessions. In the following condition, the colors correlated with each schedule were reversed and, after responding became stable, an additional resistance to change test was conducted. The following condition was a replication of the first one, followed by a resistance to change test. Experiment 2 was identical to Experiment 1, except that the schedule in effect was a multiple VI 140s VI 20s with 7-s and 1-s access to food per reinforcer, respectively. Rates and proportion of responses tended to be greater in the component associated with the highest reinforcement frequency, and this result was more marked in Experiment 2. In both experiments, responding was more resistant in the component delivering reinforcers more frequently. |
|
|
106. Assessing the Dynamic Developmental Theory (DDT) of Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Using the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR): Resistance to Change Following Variable-Interval Rei |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
REUEL A. SHELDON (James Madison University), Mark Aaron Young (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: The recently described Dynamic Developmental Theory (DDT) of Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) suggests that the behaviors that comprise this disorder are a function of altered reinforcement and extinction processes resulting from a hypofunctioning dopamine system. The current project is designed to investigate various predictions that follow from this theory using a putative animal model of AD/HD, the Spontaneously Hypertensive RAT (SHR). SHR and control (WKY) rats were trained to lever-press on various VI schedules of food reinforcement across different conditions. In each condition, following at least 15 training sessions, half of the rats from each strain were exposed to extinction sessions (EXT) with no food deliveries and the remaining rats from each strain were exposed to a VT schedule of food delivery – a procedure often referred to as noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). The data are discussed in terms of the extent to which resistance to change differs for SHR and WKY following different VI schedules and across the two procedures (EXT & NCR). These data provide evidence to address questions concerning the viability of SHR as animal model of ADHD and for the for the DDT view of ADHD. |
|
|
107. A Quantitative Analysis of Habituation and Recovery of the Head-Shake Response in Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KELBY L. MURPHY (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Joseph W. Harding (Washington State University), John W. Wright (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Habituation is a decrease in responsiveness to a repeatedly presented stimulus. A useful laboratory model of mammalian habituation is the reflexive head-shake response (HSR) in rats. The HSR consists of a rapid twisting of the head about the front-to-rear axis elicited by a stream of air to the ear. The present study aimed to develop a mathematical model of habituation and spontaneous recovery of the HSR using 25 rats during 24 trial sessions. The experiment was a 5 (Stimulus Rate: 15 s, 30 s, 60 s, 120 s, & 240 s) X 5 (Intersession Interval: 5 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 6 hr, & 24 hr) mixed-design, with intersession interval being the within-subjects factor. Several common equations were fit to the within-session habituation data for each stimulus rate, and to proportion of recovery as a function of intersession interval. A hyperbolic function accounted for the most variance (96.6%) in the within-session habituation data. A power function accounted for the most variance (83.3%) in spontaneous recovery. These models might aid behavior analysts and behavioral neuroscientists in relating changes in habituation and recovery to environmental and biological events (e.g., Murphy, Harding, Muhunthan, Holtfreter, & Wright, 2005). |
|
|
108. Discriminative Control of Variable Behavior: Effects of Successive Stimulus Reversals. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ADAM KYNASTON (Utah State University), Ericka Bailey (Utah State University), Ryan D. Ward (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This experiment examined the effect of discriminative stimulus reversals on variable behavior in pigeons. Four pigeons responded during a multiple schedule of Vary and Yoke components. In the Vary component, signaled by red keylights, four-response sequences that differed from the previous ten sequences produced food. In the Yoke component, signaled by green keylights, the probability of reinforcement was determined by the probability of reinforcement in the preceding Vary component; reinforcement was independent of the variability of the response sequences emitted during the Yoke component. Across successive conditions, the keylights signaling the schedule in effect were reversed. The first reversal consisted of 15 sessions and was followed by a return to baseline for 15 sessions. The second reversal consisted of 20 sessions and was followed by a return to baseline for 20 sessions. During baseline, variability during the Vary component was high relative to variability during the Yoke component. Across reversals, the difference in the level of variability between the Vary and Yoke components decreased. In addition, in contrast to the results from other experiments involving discriminative stimulus reversals, the decrease in variability in the yoke component proceeded more slowly across successive reversals. |
|
|
|
|
#449 Poster Session - EDC |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
109. Effects of Immediate versus Delayed Reinforcement and Signaled versus Non-Signaled Delayed Reinforcement on Response Rates in a Concurrent Free Operant Procedure. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA L. CHERNE (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Worzalla Samantha (University of Minnesota), Roxana Rodriguez (University of Minnesota), Mimi L. McDonnell (University of Minnesota), Melissa Chaffin (University of Minnesota), Josh Goldberg (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that immediate reinforcement options are typically chosen over delayed reinforcement options (Horner & Day 1991). Choosing immediate reinforcement can be problematic in situations where reinforcement cannot be delivered immediately. Researchers have demonstrated that the addition of signals and quantity of reinforcement can increase preference for delayed (Vollmer, Borrero, and Daniel, 1999). The purpose of the current study was (1) to determine if signals alone are sufficient for choosing delayed reinforcement when a competing response resulted in immediate reinforcement, and (2) to determine if use of signals is necessary to maintain delayed responding. Five typically developing children enrolled in an academic summer program, participated in two free choice operant conditions. Condition 1 consisted of concurrent schedules with one response followed by immediate reinforcement and the other followed by signaled delayed. Condition 2 consisted of concurrent schedules with one response followed by signaled delayed reinforcement and the other followed by unsignaled delayed. Responses consisted of reading the word on colored cards. Results demonstrated that participants responded more for immediate reinforcement than for signaled delayed reinforcement and did not show a preference between signaled and unsignaled delayed reinforcement. The influence of signals for delayed reinforcement on responding is discussed. |
|
|
110. The Effect of Different Reinforcement Densities on Task Completion in Students with and without Learning Disabilities. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER L. SCHWILK (Shippensburg University) |
Abstract: Experimental research has established that behavior of both animals and humans differs relative to varying densities of reinforcement. This study examined whether establishing different densities of reinforcement effects the ability of students with and without disabilities to increase time on an academic task. Conditions in the study were varied relative to access to electronic media including the Internet, MP3 players, cell phones, and video games. In condition one students had free access to electronic media while completing the task, while in condition two and three reinforcement was delivered following different specified times. This poster addresses the outcomes in terms of Behavioral Economic theory. Research questions are posed that tie together the experimental research on Behavioral Economics with research in applied academic settings. |
|
|
111. The Role of Behavioral Momentum in Resilience: A Preliminary Investigation. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Beth Spicer (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Research in the area of resilience seeks to determine factors that are related to success under difficult circumstances. However, much of the literature on resilience is correlational in nature. That is, we know that there are risk factors (e.g., poverty, dysfunctional home), but we are unsure why many of these risk factors cause poor outcomes. The purpose of this study was to investigate the utility of the theory of behavioral momentum as a model to explain resilience. The theory of behavioral momentum, much like its counterpart in physics, suggests that behavior with a high level of momentum is likely to persist during changes in the environment. Behavior with a high-level of momentum is often associated with conditions rich in positive reinforcement, whereas behaviors that do not persist are often associated with low levels of reinforcement. In Phase One of this study we observed and documented both positive and negative teacher behavior. In Phase Two students completed math problems when the teacher was both in (baseline) and out (resilience test) of the classroom. Results show that student persistence was greater when teachers left the room, for those teachers who delivered fewer negative consequences compared with teachers who delivered more positive consequences. |
|
|
112. Effect of Variable Behavior on Human Problem Solving. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN M. COOK (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Experimenters have shown that cumulative practice (review) helps students solve problems. One question that has not been is addressed is what component(s) of cumulative review are responsible for producing problem solving. One explanation is behavioral variability: cumulative review involves teaching students to vary their behavior in the presence of problems. Given basic research that shows that variable behavior can be trained, this study has attempted to isolate whether training variability is a critical element of the success of cumulative review. The study consists of two conditions, one variable condition in which subjects are asked to review newly acquired skills cumulatively; and one non-variable condition in which subjects are asked to review or practice each skill separately. Primary dependant measures are subjects’ scores on problem-solving tests involving novel combinations of the exponent rules, as well as retention tests on each of the separate rules. It is expected that the process of requiring variable responding within cumulative review will lead to better performance on the problem solving tests than the simple review once all of the component skills have been taught. The research is discussed in terms of developing better and more effective training procedures for problem solving skills. |
|
|
114. Enhancing the Discriminability of Learning Trials Using Novel Stimuli. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
TONYA S. WATSON (Miami University), T. Steuart Watson (Miami University) |
Abstract: One of the keys for increasing the rate in which students learn new information is to enhance the discriminability of the learning trial. Most typically, discriminability is increased via manipulation of visual or auditory stimuli. Although these two categories of stimuli are easily manipulated and are the ones most typically used in educational settings, they are not always effective and there are other categories of stimuli that may enhance discriminability more sufficiently than these. One such category or class of stimuli are olfactory stimuli. In a series of two experiments, we have demonstrated that certain olfactory stimuli resulted in approximately a 40% greater recall rate than other olfactory stimuli or no stimuli. Possible explanations for these findings are presented. We also present the possible application of systematically introducing olfactory stimuli in specific educational settings with diverse learners where low cost, non-intrusive interventions are desired. |
|
|
115. The Value Ratio and Reading of Text in a Museum Simulation. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN C. BITGOOD (Jacksonville State University), Krista White (Jacksonville State University), Brandalyn New (Jacksonville State University), Stephanie Dukes (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The value ratio (Bitgood, 2006) is calculated by dividing benefits (reinforcer magnitude) by costs (time, effort, etc.). This ratio appears to have wide application to human choice behavior. Temporal discounting and optimal foraging theories are special cases of this princple. In the last two years we have applied this ratio to film selection (New & Bitgood, 2006), choice of jokes (Dukes, et al, 2006), pedestrian movement in art museums and shopping malls (Bitgood, 2006; Bitgood & Dukes, 2006), and reading of text passages (Bitgood, et al, 2006).
It is well-documented that museum visitors do very little reading. However, reading increases when number of words are decreased. Visitors apparently choose not to read exhibit labels that require higher costs (time and effort). While this finding is consistent with the value ratio principle, it does not offer direct support that reading is influenced by a benefit/cost decision making principle.
The current study is a systematic replication of a study by Bitgood, Dukes, & Abby (2006) in which ratings of interest in an art print were used as a measure of benefits or reinforcer magnitude and the number of words in a passage was used a measure of costs. In contast to the original study, new art prints and text passages were used and additional measures were added (e.g., recall of text material). As in the original study, the value ratio was the most powerful predictor of how much text was read. The number of words (costs) was also a significant factor in predicting reading, but interest rating by itself was not. |
|
|
116. Conditioning Adult Approvals through Indirect Contact with Peer Reinforcement Contingencies. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KAVINDA ANTHONY SENEVIRATNA (Columbia University Teachers College), Jessica Singer-Dudek (St. John's University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: The present experiment (a replication of Greer & Singer-Dudek, submitted) reports the use of conditioning approvals procedure, whereby a target student observes the social approval reinforcement of a peer while receiving no reinforcement themselves for appropriate behaviour during this procedure. This procedure may teach conditioned reinforcement for approvals indirectly. There were two participants, a 4-year-old boy at the speaker/ early reader/ writer level of verbal behaviour, and a 3-year old female, functioning at a speaker/ early listener level of verbal behaviour. Baseline testing using approval reinforcement only, showed that neither student had conditioned reinforcement for social approvals. After taking baseline in performance tasks comparing approval and edible conditions, and acquisition tasks with only approval reinforcement, the conditioning approvals procedure was implemented. Across all measures, students performance increased - showing the conditioning of approval reinforcement through indirect contact with the reinforcement contingencies of others, in an establishing operation of deprivation. |
|
|
117. Conditioning Procedure and Manipulation or Observation of Books, Puzzles, and Play Dough. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA WYNER (Columbia University Teachers College), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Columbia University Teachers College), Fang-Lin Jasmine Lai (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: The present study tested an effect of a conditioning procedure on increasing appropriate engagement in manipulation or observation of materials such as books and puzzles in a free play setting. The study was conducted in a 1:1 classroom of a special education preschool in Metropolitan area of New York. The participant of Experiment I was a three-year old boy with developmental disabilities. Data were collected in a delayed multiple base line design across behaviors with multiple probes. Target behaviors to increase were manipulation or observation of puzzles and manipulation of play dough during instruction sessions and probe sessions. The results of the study demonstrated a functional relationship between the conditioning procedure and increase of target behaviors. In Experiment II, the effect of the conditioning procedure on looking at books in a free play setting was tested across the participants. The participants were a three-year old boy with developmental disabilities and a four-year old girl with developmental disabilities. Data were collected in a delayed multiple base line design across participants with multiple probes. The results of the study showed a functional relationship between the conditioning procedure and increase of target behavior, looking at books during probe sessions. |
|
|
118. The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Acquisition of Tacts by Tutor and Tutee. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA R. DELIA (Columbia University Teachers College), Brooke DeMarco (Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Denise O'Sullivan (Teachers College, Rockland BOCES) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of peer tutoring for both the tutor and the tutee. The participants in the study were two middle school students classified as emotionally disturbed. The study was conducted in a self-contained classroom with a 7:1:2 student to teacher to teaching assistant ratio. Symbols from the Periodic Table of the Elements, were selected as stimuli because they were relevant to the New York State learning standards for 8th grade science and were novel to both participants. None of the tacts were in the students’ repertoires prior to the study. The student selected to be the tutor received training in the correct presentation of learn units, through which he taught the tutee to tact the stimuli. Instruction continued until the tutee achieved mastery criterion. A probe was then conducted to see if the tutor had acquired the tacts that he had taught the tutee. Results showed that the tutor acquired the tacts through peer tutoring. |
|
|
119. The Effects of a Peer Tutoring Procedure on the Acquisition of Social Studies Tacts by the Tutor. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLI HELEN HENNINGSEN JERDES (Columbia University), Brooke DeMarco (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Experimenters tested the effects of peer tutoring on the acquisition of social studies tacts by tutors. The study used a delayed multiple probe counter balance design across two sets of students form a self contained middle school for children with behavioral disorders and emotional disturbance. For each pair of participants, students rotated between being the tutor and the tutee roles for separate sets of stimuli. The data showed that both participants in each pair acquired new tacts through the tutor role in peer tutoring via observational learning. A functional relationship was demonstrated between peer tutoring and the acquisition of social studies tacts for the tutor and tutee. |
|
|
120. A Model for Brief Outpatient Evaluations of Problem Behaviors and Learning Difficulties. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD G. KOPELMAN (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa), Tracy Moran (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), LaKaren Rickman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A subgroup of young children who display noncompliant behaviors also have co-occurring learning difficulties. For this group, interactions may occur between specific learning difficulties and problem behaviors to produce varying levels of noncompliance. If these interactions are not identified, this may make the children’s noncompliance difficult to evaluate and treat. The purpose of this poster is to provide a description of the procedures used in a new outpatient clinic at the University of Iowa Hospitals and clinics, the NeuroBehavioral Service. Data will be provided on: The characteristics of the children who have been referred to the clinics, the types of assessments that have been conducted, and follow-up services that are provided. |
|
|
121. An Evaluation of the Effects of and Preference for a Magnetic Choice Board during Preschool Free-Play. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE HEAL (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: High levels of child engagement are desirable in early childhood classrooms because children learn through their interactions with their environments. We examined the effects of a magnetic choice board during free-play times on child engagement and location using a momentary-time sampling (MTS) procedure. In addition, the social validity of the intervention was directly assessed with the children via a group-oriented concurrent chains arrangement and indirectly assessed with the teachers via a questionnaire. Interobserver agreement was assessed for a minimum of 26% of sessions with mean agreement above 87% for all measures. Implementation of the magnetic choice board during free-play times resulted in a slight increase in engagement and less activity switching. Results of the social validity assessments indicated child and teacher preference for the magnetic choice board arrangement. Effective and preferred environmental arrangements for free-play times are discussed. |
|
|
122. The Effects of a Token Economy on the Rate of Learning of Children with Autism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTEN LEIGH PELICK (Columbia University Teachers College), Samantha M. Solow (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: The following study examined the effects of a token economy system on the rate of learning, measured as the number of learn units to criterion, for two 5-year-old children diagnosed with autism and pre-reader, pre-listener levels of verbal behavior. The participants were taught to use a simple token economy system in which they had to earn first one, then two, and finally three tokens to get an edible or toy reinforcer of their choice. Once the participants met the mastery criterion for each phase of the simple token economy (90% or 18/20 correct token exchanges across two consecutive sessions), the participants used a token menu which featured pictures of five reinforcers (different for each participant) which could be purchased for one, two, or three tokens apiece. The participants met the mastery criterion with the simple token economy and token menu procedures rapidly (training was completed after 1-3 sessions per phase). After implementation of the token economy, the number of learn units to criterion for both participants noticeably decreased. Implications for self-management and further research are discussed. |
|
|
123. An Examination of the Efficacy of Social Praise as a Reinforcer. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIA WARD (ABACAS Drogheda, Ireland), Juliet M. Quinlan (ABACAS Drogheda, Ireland) |
Abstract: This study investigates the relative effectiveness of social praise as a reinforcer to increase academic responding. Performance on acquisition tasks by both verbal and nonverbal students was measured while manipulating the level and quality of social praise as a reinforcer. The results are discussed with reference to current research in the area of Applied Behaviour Analysis and education |
|
|
124. The Effects of Implementing a Self-Management Questionnaire and Goal Setting to Enhance Public Posting of Data on Student Productivity. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI KINGSDORF (Columbia University Teachers College), Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: An experiment was conducted to test the effects of self management on students' learn units. The experiment employed two phases of treatment regarding a self-management questionnaire with and without goal setting. The study was conducted with two participants, in a CABAS(r) middle school classroom. The participants were males between the ages of 14
and 15 years old, with reader, writer, emergent self editor levels of
verbal behavior. Both participants were diagnosed with emotional and behavioral disorders. A delayed multiple baseline design was employed. The dependent variable in the study was the number of learn units achieved daily as a measure of productivity. The independent variable in the study was the use of a self management questionnaire to enhance the graphical display of data. The results of the study demonstrated a substantial increase in the total number of daily learn units completed by both participants during the second treatment phase. |
|
|
125. The Effects of a Self-Management Package on the Independent Academic Performance of Students with Autism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EDWARD D. PARKER (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Tracy L. Kettering (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The current investigation evaluated the effects of a self-management package, which included self-evaluation and self-reinforcement procedures, on the completion and accuracy of independent academic seatwork. Three participants diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities were taught self-management skills using a least-to-most prompting procedure following baseline using a multiple-probe baseline across subjects design. Following acquisition of the self-management package, prompts were removed and generalization probes were conducted in untrained settings and with untrained tasks. Results suggested that the self-management skills of self-evaluation and self-reinforcement can be taught to students with developmental disabilities and that those skills can maintain and generalize to other independent seatwork tasks and untrained educational settings. Results are discussed in terms of collateral effects of the self-management package on completion and accuracy of academic and the generalizability of self-management skills. |
|
|
126. Effects of Opportunities to Respond on Students Emitting Disruptive Behavior in General Education Classrooms. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TODD F. HAYDON (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A function of disruptive behavior of many students with emotional behavior disorders is not to gain teacher attention, but rather to escape academic tasks. Escape motivated behavior is part of a negative reinforcement cycle (Gunter, Hummel, & Conroy, 1998). Giving student’s opportunities to respond (OTR) is one effective practice that has shown to decrease escape-motivated behavior and improve academic outcomes. (Sutherland & Oswald, 2005). This study extended the literature on the use of opportunities to respond by implementing an ABAB withdrawal design in a regular education classroom setting. An elementary aged student identified as at-risk for behavior disordered participated in the study. The effects of an increased rate of OTR on student’s correct responses, disruptive behaviors, and on-task behavior and academic outcomes were measured using direct observation and permanent products. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 25% of the sessions across all four phases of the study. The results of the study demonstrated that when teachers used high rates of OTR there was (a) a decrease in the amount of disruptive incidents, (b) an increase in the number of correct responses, (c) an increase in student’s time on academic tasks. |
|
|
127. Relationship between Behavior and Absence Rates in Elementary School Students. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
CLARA OLIVIA ROMERO RODRÍGUEZ (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Leticia Rivera (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The present is a correlational-descriptive study that establishes the relationship between undiscipline (reasons of it given by teachers), academic performance (grades) and students abscenses in an elementary privated school in Veracruz Mexico. Preliminary results showed that 14.99% of the students have at least one undisciplinary report, while a 51.18% had being abscent at least once a month, and with an 7.7 as their grades average. This initial findings showed that sixth graders present the highest undisciplinary and abscense rate while their grades (academic performance) showed the lowest average. |
|
|
128. The Effects of Two Techniques on Student Participation with African American Boys with Emotional and Behavior Disorders. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN B. PATTERSON (University of North Florida), Susan Syverud (University of North Florida), Janice Seabrooks-Blackmore (University of North Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two active responding techniques (i.e., hand raising, response card) on student participation and on-task behavior in African American boys with emotional and behavioral disorders. Data were collected on six fourth grader's active responding, on-task and inappropriate behaviors during mathmatics instruction. An alternating treatment design was used to examine the effects of the independent variable. Results indicated that the response card technique was more efficient for all six students across all dependent measures. |
|
|
|
|
#450 International Poster Session - OBM |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
129. An Examination of the Relative Effects of Individual and Small Group Incentive Systems on Work Performance. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEZEEN OAH (Chung Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Department of Psychology, Chung-Ang University) |
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of individual incentive system, equally and differentially distributed group incentive system on performance when the opportunities for off-task behavior were available. An alternating treatment design was adopted and three experimental conditions were randomly alternated for each session. Four college students participated and completed 21 sessions (7 sessions per each condition). A simulated work task which consisted of three steps was used. The number of the correctly completed work tasks and the amount of idle time were the primary dependent variables. The results indicated that the performance under differentially distributed group incentive condition was higher than that under individual incentive and equally distributed group incentive condition. However, performance difference between the individual incentive system and equally distributed group incentive system was not statistically significant. Also, the amount of idle time under the differentially distributed group incentive condition was the lowest and that under the equally distributed group incentive condition was the highest. These results suggest that the differentially distributed group incentive system might be an effective pay plan to increase performance. Also the results suggest that more realistic simulation is necessary to examine the effects of different types of group incentive on work performance. |
|
|
130. Relation of Pay Strategies on Group vs. Individual Productivity. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET L. SYPHAN (West Chester University), Mary Katie Lettich (West Chester University), Lauren Zito (West Chester University), Christie Lawler (West Chester University), Phillip K. Duncan (West Chester University) |
Abstract: A counter-balanced single subject design examined the relationship between pay strategies for individuals or work groups and worker performance. Undergraduate participants (n=6) were divided into 2 groups containing 3 members and asked to perform a heterogeneous task. When pay is linked to performance, productivity is much greater compared to when pay is given for simply attending. The data also show differential effects when Ps are paid for individual or for group productivity. When payment depends upon group performance only, the group performance increases. Conversely, when payment depends upon individual performance, individual performance increases. |
|
|
131. The Effects of Reinforcement and Underestimated, Overestimated, and Accurate Feedback on Computer Safety Performance. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTEN STRUSS (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Observation and feedback play an important role in the Behavior-Based Safety process. Consultants deliver extensive training to ensure that employees are collecting accurate data and delivering accurate feedback. But when consultants are no longer present, it is not known whether employees are still reliably collecting data and delivering accurate feedback. The current study examined the effects of inaccurate feedback on safe typing performance. A multiple-baseline, within-subjects design was used to deliver overestimated, underestimated, and accurate feedback to participants regarding their safety performance. |
|
|
132. Effects of Supervisor or Peer Verbal Feedback on the Speed and Accuracy of Typing Performance. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
KRISTEN ROST (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Danielle Tittelbach (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Performance feedback has become one of the most widely used tools in organizational and social settings. Research studies have been conducted to support the effectiveness of performance feedback in many different work settings. To date, little research has been conducted that focuses primarily on comparisons of the differential effects of the sources, frequency, or media used for feedback on both the quality (accuracy) and quantity (speed) of performance. This research separated the effects of different sources of feedback for performance (peer vs. supervisor) on quality and quantity (separate and combined) of typing performance. The source of feedback did not differentially influence performance. Feedback, compared to no feedback, increased the targeted typing performance significantly. Feedback for accuracy of performance yielded the largest overall results. |
|
|
133. Improvement of Customer Safety in a Pharmacy: Task Clarification, Goal Setting, and Feedback. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA GRATTAN (Appalachian State University), Amber Hardesty (Appalachian State University), Brittney O'Neal (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Behaviors of employees at two pharmacies were pinpointed based on their impact on customer safety. Behaviors included counseling customers on drug purchases and maintaining a high standard of sanitation. The performance diagnostic checklist revealed a lack of antecedents and weak contingencies in these two areas. A multiple-baseline ABAC design was implemented. It delivered an intervention package consisting of task clarification, goal setting and feedback. During baseline hand sanitizer was placed in locations where employees interacted with customers. An intervention meeting provided task clarification for proper patient safety behaviors linked to employee-set goals. Feedback toward these goals followed for 4 weeks. The packaged intervention, which included multiple instances of reinforcement, resulted in a higher percentage of customer safety behaviors. |
|
|
134. The Observer Effect with Accuracy Training Plus an Assessment of the Relationship between Observer Ergonomic Safety Behavior and the Accuracy of Observations. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: This study expanded upon previous ergonomic safety behavior research by attempting to tease apart accuracy of observations with the act of observing. The study used a multiple-baseline design across two groups of responses. The phases included the following: a) baseline; b) observation training phase; and c) training plus observations. The results suggest that observer training alone will substantially improve safety performance. Furthermore, the results suggest that the act of conducting observations will further improve safety performance, however the accuracy of observations has minimal correlation with safety performance. |
|
|
135. The Effects of a Still-Photo Computer Module without Feedback on Ergonomic Behaviors. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RHIANNON M. FANTE (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of an interactive and individualized still-photo computer-based training module on the percentage of safe observations of assembling and lifting ergonomic behaviors. The computer-based training module was analogous to conducting peer observations to determine if the “observer effect” (Alvero & Austin, 2004) could be produced using photos instead of video. This study also sought to begin to deconstruct the “observer effect” by examining the effects on safety behavior of an evaluation only phase (active participant scoring of safe and at-risk photos), and an evaluation plus feedback phase (active participant scoring of safe and at-risk photos plus feedback based on scoring responses). The current study also controlled for performance difficulties in performing the dependent variables by providing information and having the participants demonstrate the safe behaviors prior to baseline. Reactivity to observation was controlled for by using a hidden camera to measure treatment effects. Results of this study indicate that a still photo computer training module with or without response-based feedback is a viable solution for improving safe ergonomic postures during assembly and lifting tasks. |
|
|
136. A Behavioral Systems Approach to Organizational Project Intake. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICK K. A. MARMOLEJO (Western Michigan University), Brian J. Crowley-Koch (Western Michigan University), Thorhallur O. Flosason (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Organizational units such as departments of Human Resources, Training and Development, often act as internal consultants. These units typically occupy their time by "fighting fires," maintaining regulatory compliance, and taking on projects to enhance organizational functioning. This process of ad hoc problem solving and project intake can often be a challenge when timely resolution is at odds with a comprehensive functional analysis.
The Progressive Organizational Intake Tree (POINT) addresses this organizational challenge by providing a structured project intake methodology. This procedure allows for the collection of relevant information on the presenting problem and a simultaneous function based assessment.
POINT allows a novice team to assess organizational problems though a structured interview process designed to glean relevant information on the problem and suggest possible areas for intervention. The result of the structured interview process results in an operationally pinpoint of the problem, a priority measure, a data collection plan, and a function based suggestion for intervention. These data are summarized on a single page POINT Report that serves as an executive summary of the overall organizational problem. This report is designed to help trained specialists develop more efficacious interventions. POINT offers an effective alternative to traditional project intake techniques. |
|
|
137. The Effects of an Interactive Public Posting of Task Completion on the Task Completion of Staff in a Human Services Setting. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: An interactive white board indicating training sessions to be completed by staff in a day centre for adults with developmental disabilities was introduced in a multiple baseline across client programs. Whereas the expectancy for training session completion remained the same from baseline conditions, the board required staff to update the board as sessions were completed. Results are discussed in terms of increases in quantity and quality as well as suggestions for further applications of this method. |
|
|
138. The Effect of Supervisor Feedback and Public-Posting on Staff Program Implementation in a Group Home for Adults with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Nicole Walton-Allen (Behaviour Institute), Saeed Ally (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: It is critical for persons with developmental disabilities living in community support residences to receive quality activities and opportunities to acquire adaptive life skills. Unfortunately, previous studies have indicated that such arrangements do not always occur. This poster will examine the effect of supervisor feedback and public posting on the adherence of residential staff to the correct implementation of protocols on client and staff behaviour. Effects were evaluated using a multiple-baseline design across staff. There was an increase in staff program implementation and client active engagement associated with supervisor feedback and public posting. |
|
|
139. The Effect of Public Posting of Child and Staff Behaviour on Quality of Programming for Children with Autism. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MIRANDA SIM (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Nadine Trottier (McMaster University) |
Abstract: In Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for young children with autism, the children’s learning is determined by the frequency and quality of staff interactions. Staff interactions with children, in turn, is determined by what instructional targets are selected, the quality of program design, as well as the fidelity and consistency of program implementation (supervision). Typically, the supervisor reviews data on the child’s performance and makes program changes accordingly and/or provides direct implementation feedback to the frontline staff. This poster will present the results of a quality assurance study using a direct observational measurement system (ecobehavioral analysis) comparing three strategies for increasing active engagement in the child’s learning. Four children with autism in a centre-based program were identified to participate in this study. Each child received EIBI through a team of typically three therapists, supervised by a coordinator. Using a multiple-baseline design across children, the following conditions were compared on the percent time child is actively engaged in learning: a) baseline; b) public posting of child’s baseline active engagement with target; c) public posting of staff’s accuracy of implementation and d) training on coordinator feedback to staff. The results indicated that the frequency and quality of staff interactions with the child increased most significantly when public posting was combined with coordinator training (increased supervision) and these effects were spontaneously generalized to interactions out of the cubby. |
|
|
140. Behavior Analysis in Inpatient Psychiatric Settings. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JANICE L. MARLEY (Our Lady of Peace), Kimberly Dwyer-Moore (Our Lady of Peace), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Our Lady of Peace) |
Abstract: The Neurobehavioral and Innovations programs at Our Lady of Peace Psychiatric Hospital provide psychiatric and behavioral services to children and adolescents with multiple diagnoses. As with all behavioral interventions the effectiveness of the services provided within this program are reliant on staff adherence to the prescribed behavioral plan. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of competency-and-performance based staff training measures on improving direct care staff performance. Furthermore the present study examined the effectiveness of a competency based staff training package on improving the accuracy in which function based behavior support plans were implemented by direct care staff at Our Lady of Peace. |
|
|
141. Is Extent of Engagement in Continuing Professional Development Activities within a Human Services Agency Correlated with Decreased Rates of Turnover? |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs), Daphna El-Roy (Eden II Programs), Eileen Hopkins (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: This research project is the first within a line of research on continuing education conducted at a not-for-profit agency serving individuals with autism. Data were analyzed from the first year during which an internally-imposed continuing-education requirement was initiated. The purpose of this study was to determine the degree to which a correlation exists between hours spent in continuing professional development/training activities and turnover rates. Although continuing education can be costly (both monetarily and staffing), it can result in gains such as potential skill competence relevant to a current position. Staff competence is a critical component to improve the quality of life for people with developmental disabilities (Jahr, 1998). Chan (2002, as cited by Johnson 2005) noted that areas of education have spread from strictly clinical to non-clinical content such as management, teaching and communications. Aside from preparation for a future possible position, continuing education can provide enrichment opportunities, and may have other professional implications as well. |
|
|
142. Increasing Arrival Data Collection at an Adult Day Training Facility. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CYNTHIA HARRISON BOYD (Florida State University, Panama City), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City), Kim Faustin (Pyramid Inc.) |
Abstract: When a residential facility transports developmentally delayed individuals to an adult day training facility (ADT), it is important to note the condition of the individual upon arrival; this practice aids both facilities for treatment and liability purposes. The current study evaluated the effects of multiple treatment procedures including adding a task analysis, contingent social praise, training, and feedback for both staff and management to increase the accuracy and completion of the necessary arrival form. This study took place at an ADT in Northwest Florida. Baseline data revealed a zero rate of compliance with accuracy and completion of the arrival forms. Intervention increased compliance to 89%, and after feedback, follow-up at two weeks and one month revealed a 100% compliance with the task. |
|
|
143. Evaluation of a Multiple Component Intervention Disseminating Behavior Technology to Group Home Paraprofessionals. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIANNE JENSEN (Community Residences, Inc.), Timothy J. H. Paisey (Community Residences, Inc.) |
Abstract: In the current investigation, we examined the fidelity of paraprofessional staff implementation of behavioral intervention plans in four group homes for young persons with mental retardation. The intervention was developed to increase the service delivery skills of both paraprofessional staff and supervisors so as to promote appropriate and effective implementation of behavior intervention plans. Baseline data were collected using a comprehensive checklist of quality indicators conducted by the investigator. The treatment package contained three components: 1) workshop-format instruction to supervisors on implementation of behavior intervention plans, methods of providing performance based feedback, and the expected frequency and duration of staff observations 2) implementation of an observation checklist 3) graphing and posting of supervision data along with rate of implementation at regular supervision meetings for supervisors. The dependent variable was the consistency and accuracy of behavior intervention plan implementation by paraprofessional staff. Results will indicate the effects of each component of the treatment package as well as combined components. This research extends the literature on enhancing staff performance and improving the quality of service delivery. |
|
|
144. Teaching Chinese Pronunciation: A Tutoring Package to Teach Pronunciation of Mandarin Chinese Characters. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HANG WU (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of a tutoring package on the performance of two participants’ Mandarin Chinese pronunciation. The tutoring package included verbal modeling, hand prompts, praise, and Chinese conversations with the tutor. The effect of the tutoring package was analyzed with a multiple baseline design across two sets of 50 words across two participants. The tutoring package produced improvement of the participant’s correct pronunciation from 48% pre-tutoring to 90% post-tutoring. This study showed the tutoring package produced reasonable mastery of two non-native speakers’ Mandarin Chinese pronunciation. |
|
|
|
|
#451 Poster Session - VRB |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
145. Testing the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Transformation of Stimulus Functions Across Written and Vocal Spelling Responses. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (Columbia University Teachers College), Dr. Shira A. Ackerman (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: This experiment investigated the use of multiple exemplar instruction on the emergence of joint stimulus control across written and vocal responses. The participants were four middle school students in a 6:1:1 classroom outside a major metropolitan area possessing listener/non-listener, speaker, reader, writer, and emergent self-editor repertoires. The students were classified as having emotional and behavioral disabilities. The investigator used a delayed counter balanced multiple probe design across participants and experimental probes to test the emergence of untaught responses following multiple exemplar instruction and the teaching of one repertoire. Multiple exemplar instruction was used to teach grade level spelling words in vocal and written format. The results demonstrated that the use of multiple exemplar instruction for spelling words was effective in teaching the students joint stimulus control across written and vocal responses. |
|
|
146. Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START): Teaching Parents to Teach. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START) is a service offered through the parent education division of Behavior Analysts, Inc. START provides parents with an overview of strategies used in applied behavior analysis and the training of verbal behavior with a curriculum specifically designed for parents and caregivers. Over the course of the 16-week training, data are collected on both the child’s behavior and the parent’s implementation of procedures. An illustrative case example will be presented for which baseline data have informed treatment implementation. |
|
|
147. The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised: A Preliminary Investigation of Interobserver Agreement (IOA). |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOEL VIDOVIC (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) is an assessment instrument frequently used to determine skill deficits and areas for improvement for children with language delays (Partington & Sundberg, 1998). Often, results of the ABLLS assist special education teachers in the development of goals for Individualized Education Plans. To date, no investigations have been conducted to determine the interobserver agreement (IOA) of multiple individuals completing an ABLLS. In this study, an ABLLS assessment was conducted with students with autism in a nonpublic school, the STARS School. Two independent observers collected IOA for the first ten task items in skills sets A-I as identified in the ABLLS-R. IOA was calculated using both occurrence and non-occurrence measures. Preliminary results reveal an occurrence agreement score of 76% and a non-occurrence agreement score of 90%. |
|
|
148. Analyses of Appropriate Communication in Children with Selective Mutism and Children with Disruptive Behavior Disorder. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENDA J. ENGEBRETSON (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Michael A. Lind (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Maliha Zaman (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Analyses of appropriate communication were conducted within brief multi-element designs for two groups of typically developing children referred to a Behavioral Pediatrics Clinic: children with selective mutism and children with disruptive behavior disorder. The independent variable was level of demand (free play vs. parent-directed play), and the dependent variable was appropriate communication, defined as audible words spoken to another individual to initiate or expand conversation. Data were collected using 10-second partial-interval recording systems and inter-observer agreement data were collected during all evaluations. Data from 2 evaluations of children within each group will be presented. Children with selective mutism demonstrated a decreasing trend in appropriate communication across sessions of free play and parent-directed play, showing an evocative effect for demands that generalizes across context. Children with disruptive behavior disorder usually maintain a similar level of communication in free play conditions throughout the evaluation, and thus show problematic behavior only during the demand context. Implications for the use of experimental analyses for the assessment and treatment of children with selective mutism will be discussed. |
|
|
149. The Effects of Implementing Verbal Behavior Teaching Strategies on the Acquisition of New Verbal Operants and Complex Language Use for Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (Virginia Commonwealth University), Anna M. Young Zaleska (Faison School for Autism), Adam S. Warman (Virginia Commonwealth University Autism Center) |
Abstract: Verbal behavior teaching strategies have been used to develop beginning and advanced speaker repertoires. These strategies can include mand and tact instruction, speaker emmersion, peer tutoring, social skills, and self-management. At The Faison School for Autism, these strategies have been used to evoke beginning and advanced language skills in children with a range of abilities. This paper reports on the effects of these strategies based on learn unit analyses and assessments. The results of these procedures are discussed in relation to Skinner's Verbal Behavior and principles of behavior. |
|
|
150. Using the Verbal Behavior Approach to Increase Language in a Child with Autism. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY L. KETTERING (The Ohio State University), Edward D. Parker (The Ohio State University), Amanda E. Guld (The Ohio State University), Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: There is a fairly large research literature base evaluating the use of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior for teaching aspects of language to children with autism and language delays. However, although many practitioners are using the “verbal behavior approach” (Sundberg & Partington, 1998) to teach language to these children, no research was found evaluating the effects of the entire approach on language development in children with autism. The purpose of this case study was to employ the verbal behavior approach as presented by Sundberg and Partington (1998) with a young child with autism. A multiple baseline across verbal operants design was used to evaluate the acquisition of verbal behavior across the individually targeted elementary verbal operants. Additionally, The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills, the Test of Language Development-P:2, and the Leiter-R were administered once every three months to monitor the student’s overall progress. The verbal behavior approach was effective at teaching the student new verbal behavior across the elementary verbal operants. Limitations and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
151. Reducing Aggressive Behaviors in a Non-Verbal Individual Using Mand Training. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY M. SMITH (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children), Timothy McGhee (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children) |
Abstract: This intervention took place at a behavior focus group home setting. This intervention was used with a non-verbal twenty-year-old female individual. This individual exhibited aggression towards others (ATO) and aggression towards property (ATP). To reduce the frequency of these challenging behaviors, mand training was used to increase her ability to request items and identify her needs. Mand training was completed by teaching this individual to use signs to communicate. Data was collected on the frequency of aggressive behaviors, as well as the percentage of mands for highly preferred items given multiple opportunities during sessions that required different prompting levels (unprompted, verbal, model or physical guidance). All trials involved the highly preferred stimulus being visibly present. Approximately forty to fifty trials were run during each session. There appears to be a correlation between the decrease in aggressive behaviors and the increase of unprompted mands. |
|
|
152. Reducing Aggressive Behaviors in a Verbal Individual Using Mand Training. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
TATE MCGHEE (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children), Kimberly M. Smith (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children) |
Abstract: This intervention took place at a behavior focus group home setting. This intervention was used with a verbal twenty-year-old male individual diagnosed with autism. This individual exhibited aggression towards others (ATO), aggression towards property (ATP) and self-abusive behavior (SAB). To reduce the frequency of these challenging behaviors, mand training was used to increase his ability to request items and identify his needs. Mand training was completed by teaching this individual to use signs and verbalizations to communicate. Through mand training, this individual has acquired new mands to get his needs and wants met, as well as, generalized these mands to other settings and persons. Data was collected on the frequency of aggressive behaviors, as well as the percentage of independent mands for highly preferred items during sessions given multiple opportunities to mand for those items during these sessions. Some trials involved the stimulus being visually present while during other trials the highly preferred stimulus was hidden. In addition, he received training to wait for reinforcement when manding. There were approximately forty to fifty opportunities for manding per session. There appears to be a correlation between the decrease in aggressive behaviors and the increase of unprompted mands. |
|
|
153. The Relationship between Verbal Description of Contingencies and Response Patterns in a Conditional Discrimination Task. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Florente Lopez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: Our objective was to analyze the effects of verbal description of contingencies on the subject’s response pattern in a reinforcement schedule. With that purpose subjects were submitted to a conditional discrimination task of their own behavior: First, a fixed-ratio or a fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement was in effect and served as sample stimulus. Second, in the comparison trial, subjects decided which schedule was in effect in the sample trial. Forty volunteer university students were randomly assigned to groups with and without concurrent verbalization of contingencies. In the group with concurrent verbalizations, subjects were asked to describe their behavior and how was it related to the earning of points. In general, verbal descriptions agreed with scheduled contingencies, indicating that subjects created two general classes of self-descriptions: with numerical or counting content, and with temporal content; and these descriptions occurred along with a better adjustment of the response pattern to the ratio and interval contingencies than in the no-verbalization group. The data suggest that the kind and accuracy of the self-descriptions was associated to the corresponding response patterns. |
|
|
154. The Effects of Receptive-Language Training on Functional Verbal Behavior and Brain Function. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUNO TAKEUCHI (Keio University, Japan), Koji Takeuchi (Japan Agency of Science and Technology), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to investigate whether the training of receptive language facilitated the function of productive speech and changed brain function in children with autistic disorders. We evaluated the function of receptive and productive verbal behavior of the children with autism using “the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills”(Partington & Sundberg, 1998). We also measured the change of the blood volume in the frontal cortex using non-invaded brain-imaging technique, such as near infrared spectrometry (NIRS). The intervention program was selected from Applied Verbal Behavior procedure developed by Sundberg and Partington (1998). As the intervention progressed, the performances of receptive language improved, the functional verbal behavior increased and echolalia decreased. And we found that the curved lines of blood volume activated as session progressed as neurological correlates. These results show that the training of receptive language is effective not only for the acquisition of functional verbal behavior but also for the activities of the frontal cortex. We discussed the relationship between behavior and brain function and enhancement of neural plasticity by applied verbal behavior technique. |
|
|
155. Investigating the Level of Functional Independence between Mand and Tact Processes. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
SUZANNE M. NANGLE (Bryn Mawr College), Beth Mugno (Bryn Mawr College), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College) |
Abstract: The purpose of the proposed study is to examine the level of functional independence between mand and tact units of verbal behavior. Research in the field of applied behavior analysis is conflicted as to the interdependent nature of the relation between these two operant classes. In the current study, non-vocal, developmentally delayed participants with established generalized mand and tact repertoires will be evaluated for the level of independence exhibited between tacts and mands. Tact training of novel items will proceed opportunities for a mand response (without specific mand training). It is predicted that tact training will transfer to mand operations in this population of individuals with established mand repertoires, in some situations but not others. The results of this examination will contribute to the existing literature, in so far as an extension of the current debate regarding the level of functional independence between tact and mand verbal classes. Additionally, these results will contribute to further narrowing the factors that contribute to this transfer. |
|
|
156. Acquisition and Translativity of a Matching to Sample Task under Different Language Modes and Modal Transfer. |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL GOMEZ-FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Language is an articulated system of social conventions related principally to speech though it can occur in some other dimensions. Each one of these constitutes a mode of occurrence and a different way of behavior. The appropriate combination of the modes of occurrence and reactive systems in which behavior takes place, gives us six language modes, some of active nature and others of reactive nature. The following pairs can be identified: gesturing, pointing out-observing, writing-reading and speaking-listening. The present study is based on the general research line of Behavior Theory (Ribes & López, 1985; Ribes 1990, 1999) in which the main purpose is to analyze the initial acquisition, translativity, inter-modal and cross-modal transference of problem solving behaviors in first and second-order matching to sample tasks through direct and arbitrary matching. 108 experimentally unaware children participated in the experiment, aged 8 to 12, in the fourth grade from the elementary school in the city of Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico. A pre-test/ post-test design was applied, five training sessions and three transference tests for each language mode. The results suggest that in these experiments, the speaking mode was easier to acquire and that the translativity was greater from the speaking mode in relation to the pointing out and writing modes and also that the intermodal and cross modal transference was greater in the pointing out mode when during the training the speaking and writing modes were used. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Windsor B |
Chair: Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The goal of this meeting is to put together an oversight board for the journals and elect members. |
|
|
|
|
Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Edward C |
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
CABA welcomes all members and persons desiring to join CABA to the CABA Business Meeting. We will review activities of 2006 and plans for 2007. |
|
|
|
|
Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Edward D |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Business meeting of the Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, & Fitness Activity: Martial Arts/Relaxation |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Molly AB |
Chair: Frank D. Buono (KGH Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
The HSF Martial Arts/Relaxation meeting will show and discuss how martial arts and relaxation can aid the behavioral community. Martial arts can individually help exercise different techniques to increase positive reactions with behavioral support. Relaxation can provide an individual self-regulation of the body, such as: controlling your heart rate, lowering your blood pressure, or helping a child with autism to not exhibit problematic behaviors.
The topics that will be discussed include how breath control can help regulate children with autism and what comes after CPI? The event will conclude with a ten-minute relaxation session. |
|
|
|
|
Missouri Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Annie AB |
Chair: Jenny Frisbee (Special School District) |
Presenting Authors: |
Business meeting of the Missouri Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Ford C |
Chair: Joseph M. Pancari (Builders for the Family and Youth - Catholic Charities) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting will be to bring attendees up to date on the activities of NYSABA, and to make plans for activities moving forward. |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network Business Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Ford AB |
Chair: Angela R. Lebbon (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual meeting of the OBM Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to OBM. In addition, Network officers will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization. |
|
|
|
|
International Panel - Professional Development Series: Behavior Analysis Around the World |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
7:30 PM–8:50 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
SIMON DYMOND (University of Wales, Swansea) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
JON GRETAR SIGURJONSSON (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: As Behavior Analysis continues to grow and develop around the world, it is important for the new generation of behavior analysts to be aware of how our science is developing in other countires. Panelists will dicuss current dissemination efforts, trends in other countries, and future opportunites in behavior analysis. This is a student sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Auburn University Reunion |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
8:30 PM–10:30 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Chair: James M. Johnston (Auburn University) |
Reunion of all faculty, graduates, and current students from Auburn University. |
|
|
|
|
St. Cloud State University Alum and Friends |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
8:30 PM–10:30 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University) |
Social for alum and friends of St. Cloud State University. |
|
|
|
|
Tribute to an ABA Pioneer: A Memorial for Scott Wood |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
8:30 PM–10:30 PM |
America's Cup ABCD |
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
The memorial will be co-hosted by Jon Bailey and Jack Michael. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Social |
Monday, May 28, 2007 |
10:30 PM–1:00 AM |
Douglas BC |
Please join us, your friends, and colleagues for music and dancing at the ABA Social. Live music early on by Breez'n and DJ Sound Express later in the evening will play pop, Latin, and jazz standards for all ages. The B.F. Skinner Foundation will auction three personal items of Skinner during this event. One-third of the proceeds will be donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis with the rest going to the B.F. Skinner Foundation. |
|
|